feat(添加ffmpeg库)
This commit is contained in:
parent
646637e209
commit
0a203af2ff
|
@ -203,10 +203,13 @@ QPushButton:hover{
|
|||
<number>0</number>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<layout class="QHBoxLayout" name="horizontalLayout" stretch="0,0,9">
|
||||
<layout class="QHBoxLayout" name="horizontalLayout" stretch="0,0,1">
|
||||
<property name="spacing">
|
||||
<number>0</number>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="rightMargin">
|
||||
<number>0</number>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="bottomMargin">
|
||||
<number>0</number>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
|
@ -945,114 +948,6 @@ border:none;</string>
|
|||
</item>
|
||||
</layout>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<layout class="QHBoxLayout" name="horizontalLayout_7">
|
||||
<property name="spacing">
|
||||
<number>0</number>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<widget class="QLabel" name="label_windowsNum">
|
||||
<property name="minimumSize">
|
||||
<size>
|
||||
<width>0</width>
|
||||
<height>28</height>
|
||||
</size>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="styleSheet">
|
||||
<string notr="true">#label_windowsNum{
|
||||
color:white;
|
||||
border-image: url(:/CameraLoopPlay/Resource/image/windowNum.png);
|
||||
}</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="text">
|
||||
<string>画面窗口数</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="alignment">
|
||||
<set>Qt::AlignCenter</set>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<widget class="QComboBox" name="comboBox_windowNumber">
|
||||
<property name="minimumSize">
|
||||
<size>
|
||||
<width>0</width>
|
||||
<height>28</height>
|
||||
</size>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="styleSheet">
|
||||
<string notr="true">QComboBox {
|
||||
border: 1px solid #007BFF; /* 边框颜色为蓝色 */
|
||||
|
||||
padding: 5px;
|
||||
color:white;
|
||||
|
||||
background-color: rgba(30, 31, 54, 255);
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
QComboBox::drop-down {
|
||||
subcontrol-origin: padding;
|
||||
subcontrol-position: top right;
|
||||
width: 20px;
|
||||
border-left: 1px solid #007BFF; /* 下拉按钮的左边框 */
|
||||
background-color: rgba(27, 48, 107, 255); /* 下拉按钮的背景颜色为蓝色 */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
QComboBox::down-arrow {
|
||||
image: url(:/Resource/image/combox_open.png); /* 替换下拉箭头图片 */
|
||||
width: 10px;
|
||||
height: 10px;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
QComboBox QAbstractItemView {
|
||||
border: 1px solid #007BFF; /* 下拉列表边框颜色为蓝色 */
|
||||
selection-background-color: #007BFF; /* 选中项的背景颜色为蓝色 */
|
||||
selection-color: white; /* 选中项的文本颜色为白色 */
|
||||
color:white;
|
||||
background-color: rgba(30, 31, 54, 255);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
QComboBox:disabled {
|
||||
background-color: #E0E0E0; /* 禁用时的背景颜色 */
|
||||
color: #A0A0A0; /* 禁用时的文字颜色 */
|
||||
}
|
||||
</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<property name="text">
|
||||
<string>1</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<property name="text">
|
||||
<string>4</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<property name="text">
|
||||
<string>9</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<property name="text">
|
||||
<string>16</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<property name="text">
|
||||
<string>20</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<property name="text">
|
||||
<string>36</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
</layout>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<layout class="QHBoxLayout" name="horizontalLayout_8">
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
|
@ -1206,6 +1101,21 @@ color:white;
|
|||
</layout>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<widget class="QWidget" name="widget" native="true">
|
||||
<layout class="QVBoxLayout" name="verticalLayout_5" stretch="1,0">
|
||||
<property name="leftMargin">
|
||||
<number>0</number>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="topMargin">
|
||||
<number>0</number>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="rightMargin">
|
||||
<number>0</number>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="bottomMargin">
|
||||
<number>0</number>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<widget class="QWidget" name="widget_right" native="true">
|
||||
<property name="styleSheet">
|
||||
|
@ -1239,6 +1149,145 @@ color:white;
|
|||
</layout>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<widget class="QWidget" name="widget_2" native="true">
|
||||
<layout class="QHBoxLayout" name="horizontalLayout_21">
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<spacer name="horizontalSpacer_9">
|
||||
<property name="orientation">
|
||||
<enum>Qt::Horizontal</enum>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="sizeHint" stdset="0">
|
||||
<size>
|
||||
<width>40</width>
|
||||
<height>20</height>
|
||||
</size>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</spacer>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<widget class="QPushButton" name="pushButton_2">
|
||||
<property name="text">
|
||||
<string>PushButton</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<widget class="QPushButton" name="pushButton">
|
||||
<property name="text">
|
||||
<string>PushButton</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<widget class="QPushButton" name="pushButton_3">
|
||||
<property name="text">
|
||||
<string>PushButton</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<widget class="QComboBox" name="comboBox_windowNumber">
|
||||
<property name="minimumSize">
|
||||
<size>
|
||||
<width>0</width>
|
||||
<height>28</height>
|
||||
</size>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<property name="styleSheet">
|
||||
<string notr="true">QComboBox {
|
||||
border: 1px solid #007BFF; /* 边框颜色为蓝色 */
|
||||
|
||||
padding: 5px;
|
||||
color:white;
|
||||
|
||||
background-color: rgba(30, 31, 54, 255);
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
QComboBox::drop-down {
|
||||
subcontrol-origin: padding;
|
||||
subcontrol-position: top right;
|
||||
width: 20px;
|
||||
border-left: 1px solid #007BFF; /* 下拉按钮的左边框 */
|
||||
background-color: rgba(27, 48, 107, 255); /* 下拉按钮的背景颜色为蓝色 */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
QComboBox::down-arrow {
|
||||
image: url(:/Resource/image/combox_open.png); /* 替换下拉箭头图片 */
|
||||
width: 10px;
|
||||
height: 10px;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
QComboBox QAbstractItemView {
|
||||
border: 1px solid #007BFF; /* 下拉列表边框颜色为蓝色 */
|
||||
selection-background-color: #007BFF; /* 选中项的背景颜色为蓝色 */
|
||||
selection-color: white; /* 选中项的文本颜色为白色 */
|
||||
color:white;
|
||||
background-color: rgba(30, 31, 54, 255);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
QComboBox:disabled {
|
||||
background-color: #E0E0E0; /* 禁用时的背景颜色 */
|
||||
color: #A0A0A0; /* 禁用时的文字颜色 */
|
||||
}
|
||||
</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<property name="text">
|
||||
<string>1</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<property name="text">
|
||||
<string>4</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<property name="text">
|
||||
<string>9</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<property name="text">
|
||||
<string>16</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<property name="text">
|
||||
<string>20</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<property name="text">
|
||||
<string>36</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<widget class="QComboBox" name="comboBox"/>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<widget class="QPushButton" name="pushButton_4">
|
||||
<property name="text">
|
||||
<string>PushButton</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
<item>
|
||||
<widget class="QPushButton" name="pushButton_5">
|
||||
<property name="text">
|
||||
<string>PushButton</string>
|
||||
</property>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
</layout>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
</layout>
|
||||
</widget>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
</layout>
|
||||
</item>
|
||||
</layout>
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -65,12 +65,12 @@
|
|||
</PropertyGroup>
|
||||
<ItemDefinitionGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release|x64'">
|
||||
<ClCompile>
|
||||
<AdditionalIncludeDirectories>..\external\CH-HCNetSDK\include;%(AdditionalIncludeDirectories)</AdditionalIncludeDirectories>
|
||||
<AdditionalIncludeDirectories>..\external\CH-HCNetSDK\include;.\ffmpeg\ffmpeg4\include;$(QTDIR)\include;%(AdditionalIncludeDirectories)</AdditionalIncludeDirectories>
|
||||
<Optimization>Disabled</Optimization>
|
||||
</ClCompile>
|
||||
<Link>
|
||||
<AdditionalLibraryDirectories>..\external\CH-HCNetSDK\lib;%(AdditionalLibraryDirectories)</AdditionalLibraryDirectories>
|
||||
<AdditionalDependencies>HCNetSDK.lib;HCCore.lib;PlayCtrl.lib;GdiPlus.lib;%(AdditionalDependencies)</AdditionalDependencies>
|
||||
<AdditionalLibraryDirectories>..\external\CH-HCNetSDK\lib;.\ffmpeg\ffmpeg4\libwin64;$(QTDIR)\lib;%(AdditionalLibraryDirectories)</AdditionalLibraryDirectories>
|
||||
<AdditionalDependencies>Qt5Core.lib;Qt5Gui.lib;Qt5Widgets.lib;HCNetSDK.lib;HCCore.lib;PlayCtrl.lib;GdiPlus.lib;avcodec.lib;avdevice.lib;avfilter.lib;avformat.lib;avutil.lib;postproc.lib;swresample.lib;swscale.lib;%(AdditionalDependencies)</AdditionalDependencies>
|
||||
</Link>
|
||||
</ItemDefinitionGroup>
|
||||
<ItemDefinitionGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)' == 'Debug|x64'" Label="Configuration">
|
||||
|
@ -104,6 +104,7 @@
|
|||
<ItemGroup>
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="component\videowindowscomponent.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="ControlptzWidget.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="ffmpeg\ffmpeg.cpp" />
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="SingleCameraWidget.cpp" />
|
||||
<QtRcc Include="CameraLoopPlay.qrc" />
|
||||
<QtUic Include="CameraLoopPlay.ui" />
|
||||
|
@ -119,6 +120,8 @@
|
|||
</ItemGroup>
|
||||
<ItemGroup>
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="cameradeviceinfo.h" />
|
||||
<QtMoc Include="ffmpeg\ffmpeg.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="ffmpeg\ffmpeginclude.h" />
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="model\CameraDeviceInfo.h" />
|
||||
<QtMoc Include="component\videowindowscomponent.h" />
|
||||
<QtMoc Include="ControlptzWidget.h" />
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -27,6 +27,12 @@
|
|||
<Filter Include="Source Files\component">
|
||||
<UniqueIdentifier>{36367f84-7f0a-45d9-8b96-53eaa0db232d}</UniqueIdentifier>
|
||||
</Filter>
|
||||
<Filter Include="Source Files\ffmpeg">
|
||||
<UniqueIdentifier>{494fd474-b2b7-4836-addd-c1ab32bc677d}</UniqueIdentifier>
|
||||
</Filter>
|
||||
<Filter Include="Header Files\ffmpeg">
|
||||
<UniqueIdentifier>{159a4a57-a400-4f5e-9da4-5395d3a54d37}</UniqueIdentifier>
|
||||
</Filter>
|
||||
</ItemGroup>
|
||||
<ItemGroup>
|
||||
<QtRcc Include="CameraLoopPlay.qrc">
|
||||
|
@ -58,6 +64,9 @@
|
|||
<ClCompile Include="component\videowindowscomponent.cpp">
|
||||
<Filter>Source Files\component</Filter>
|
||||
</ClCompile>
|
||||
<ClCompile Include="ffmpeg\ffmpeg.cpp">
|
||||
<Filter>Source Files\ffmpeg</Filter>
|
||||
</ClCompile>
|
||||
</ItemGroup>
|
||||
<ItemGroup>
|
||||
<QtMoc Include="CameraThread.h">
|
||||
|
@ -72,6 +81,9 @@
|
|||
<QtMoc Include="component\videowindowscomponent.h">
|
||||
<Filter>Header Files\component</Filter>
|
||||
</QtMoc>
|
||||
<QtMoc Include="ffmpeg\ffmpeg.h">
|
||||
<Filter>Header Files\ffmpeg</Filter>
|
||||
</QtMoc>
|
||||
</ItemGroup>
|
||||
<ItemGroup>
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="cameradeviceinfo.h">
|
||||
|
@ -80,6 +92,9 @@
|
|||
<ClInclude Include="model\CameraDeviceInfo.h">
|
||||
<Filter>Header Files</Filter>
|
||||
</ClInclude>
|
||||
<ClInclude Include="ffmpeg\ffmpeginclude.h">
|
||||
<Filter>Header Files\ffmpeg</Filter>
|
||||
</ClInclude>
|
||||
</ItemGroup>
|
||||
<ItemGroup>
|
||||
<QtUic Include="SingleCameraWidget.ui">
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,474 @@
|
|||
#include "ffmpeg.h"
|
||||
|
||||
FFmpegThread::FFmpegThread(QObject *parent) : QThread(parent) {
|
||||
setObjectName("FFmpegThread");
|
||||
stopped = false;
|
||||
isPlay = false;
|
||||
|
||||
frameFinish = false;
|
||||
videoWidth = 0;
|
||||
videoHeight = 0;
|
||||
videoStreamIndex = -1;
|
||||
audioStreamIndex = -1;
|
||||
|
||||
url = "rtsp://192.168.111.11:8554/1";
|
||||
|
||||
buffer = NULL;
|
||||
avPacket = NULL;
|
||||
yuvFrame = NULL;
|
||||
rgbFrame = NULL;
|
||||
formatCtx = NULL;
|
||||
videoCodecCtx = NULL;
|
||||
audioCodecCtx = NULL;
|
||||
swsContext = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
options = NULL;
|
||||
videoCodec = NULL;
|
||||
audioCodec = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
//初始化注册,一个软件中只注册一次即可
|
||||
FFmpegThread::initlib();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//一个软件中只需要初始化一次就行
|
||||
void FFmpegThread::initlib() {
|
||||
static QMutex mutex;
|
||||
QMutexLocker locker(&mutex);
|
||||
static bool isInit = false;
|
||||
if (!isInit) {
|
||||
//注册库中所有可用的文件格式和解码器
|
||||
//av_register_all();
|
||||
//注册所有设备,主要用于本地摄像机播放支持
|
||||
#ifdef ffmpegdevice
|
||||
avdevice_register_all();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
//初始化网络流格式,使用网络流时必须先执行
|
||||
avformat_network_init();
|
||||
|
||||
isInit = true;
|
||||
qDebug() << TIMEMS << "init ffmpeg lib ok"
|
||||
<< " version:" << FFMPEG_VERSION;
|
||||
#if 0
|
||||
//输出所有支持的解码器名称
|
||||
QStringList listCodeName;
|
||||
AVCodec *code = av_codec_next(NULL);
|
||||
while (code != NULL) {
|
||||
listCodeName << code->name;
|
||||
code = code->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
qDebug() << TIMEMS << listCodeName;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool FFmpegThread::init() {
|
||||
//在打开码流前指定各种参数比如:探测时间/超时时间/最大延时等
|
||||
//设置缓存大小,1080p可将值调大
|
||||
av_dict_set(&options, "buffer_size", "8192000", 0);
|
||||
//以tcp方式打开,如果以udp方式打开将tcp替换为udp
|
||||
av_dict_set(&options, "rtsp_transport", "tcp", 0);
|
||||
//设置超时断开连接时间,单位微秒,3000000表示3秒
|
||||
av_dict_set(&options, "stimeout", "3000000", 0);
|
||||
//设置最大时延,单位微秒,1000000表示1秒
|
||||
av_dict_set(&options, "max_delay", "1000000", 0);
|
||||
//自动开启线程数
|
||||
av_dict_set(&options, "threads", "auto", 0);
|
||||
|
||||
//打开视频流
|
||||
formatCtx = avformat_alloc_context();
|
||||
|
||||
int result =
|
||||
avformat_open_input(&formatCtx, url.toStdString().data(), NULL, &options);
|
||||
if (result < 0) {
|
||||
qDebug() << TIMEMS << "open input error" << url;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//释放设置参数
|
||||
if (options != NULL) {
|
||||
av_dict_free(&options);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//获取流信息
|
||||
result = avformat_find_stream_info(formatCtx, NULL);
|
||||
if (result < 0) {
|
||||
qDebug() << TIMEMS << "find stream info error";
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//----------视频流部分开始,打个标记方便折叠代码----------
|
||||
if (1) {
|
||||
videoStreamIndex = av_find_best_stream(formatCtx, AVMEDIA_TYPE_VIDEO, -1,
|
||||
-1, &videoCodec, 0);
|
||||
if (videoStreamIndex < 0) {
|
||||
qDebug() << TIMEMS << "find video stream index error";
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// 获取视频流
|
||||
AVStream* videoStream = formatCtx->streams[videoStreamIndex];
|
||||
|
||||
// 获取视频流的编解码器参数
|
||||
AVCodecParameters* codecPar = videoStream->codecpar; // 获取编解码器参数
|
||||
|
||||
// 查找解码器
|
||||
AVCodec* videoCodec = avcodec_find_decoder(codecPar->codec_id); // 根据 codec_id 查找解码器
|
||||
if (videoCodec == NULL) {
|
||||
qDebug() << TIMEMS << "video decoder not found";
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// 创建解码器上下文
|
||||
videoCodecCtx = avcodec_alloc_context3(videoCodec);
|
||||
if (!videoCodecCtx) {
|
||||
qDebug() << TIMEMS << "Could not allocate codec context";
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// 将编解码器参数拷贝到解码器上下文
|
||||
if (avcodec_parameters_to_context(videoCodecCtx, codecPar) < 0) {
|
||||
qDebug() << TIMEMS << "Failed to copy codec parameters to codec context";
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// 打开解码器
|
||||
if (avcodec_open2(videoCodecCtx, videoCodec, nullptr) < 0) {
|
||||
qDebug() << TIMEMS << "Failed to open codec";
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//设置加速解码
|
||||
videoCodecCtx->lowres = videoCodec->max_lowres;
|
||||
videoCodecCtx->flags2 |= AV_CODEC_FLAG2_FAST;
|
||||
|
||||
//打开视频解码器
|
||||
result = avcodec_open2(videoCodecCtx, videoCodec, NULL);
|
||||
if (result < 0) {
|
||||
qDebug() << TIMEMS << "open video codec error";
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//获取分辨率大小
|
||||
videoWidth = videoCodecCtx->width;
|
||||
videoHeight = videoCodecCtx->height;
|
||||
|
||||
//如果没有获取到宽高则返回
|
||||
if (videoWidth == 0 || videoHeight == 0) {
|
||||
qDebug() << TIMEMS << "find width height error";
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
QString videoInfo = QString("视频流信息 -> 索引: %1 解码: %2 格式: %3 "
|
||||
"时长: %4 秒 分辨率: %5*%6")
|
||||
.arg(videoStreamIndex)
|
||||
.arg(videoCodec->name)
|
||||
.arg(formatCtx->iformat->name)
|
||||
.arg((formatCtx->duration) / 1000000)
|
||||
.arg(videoWidth)
|
||||
.arg(videoHeight);
|
||||
qDebug() << TIMEMS << videoInfo;
|
||||
}
|
||||
//----------视频流部分开始----------
|
||||
|
||||
//----------音频流部分开始,打个标记方便折叠代码----------
|
||||
//----------音频流部分开始,打个标记方便折叠代码----------
|
||||
if (1) {
|
||||
// 循环查找音频流索引
|
||||
audioStreamIndex = -1;
|
||||
for (uint i = 0; i < formatCtx->nb_streams; i++) {
|
||||
if (formatCtx->streams[i]->codecpar->codec_type == AVMEDIA_TYPE_AUDIO) {
|
||||
audioStreamIndex = i;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// 有些没有音频流,所以这里不用返回
|
||||
if (audioStreamIndex == -1) {
|
||||
qDebug() << TIMEMS << "find audio stream index error";
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
// 获取音频流
|
||||
AVStream* audioStream = formatCtx->streams[audioStreamIndex];
|
||||
|
||||
// 获取音频流的编解码器参数
|
||||
AVCodecParameters* audioCodecPar = audioStream->codecpar;
|
||||
|
||||
// 查找解码器
|
||||
audioCodec = avcodec_find_decoder(audioCodecPar->codec_id);
|
||||
if (audioCodec == NULL) {
|
||||
qDebug() << TIMEMS << "audio codec not found";
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// 创建解码器上下文
|
||||
audioCodecCtx = avcodec_alloc_context3(audioCodec);
|
||||
if (!audioCodecCtx) {
|
||||
qDebug() << TIMEMS << "Could not allocate audio codec context";
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// 将编解码器参数拷贝到解码器上下文
|
||||
if (avcodec_parameters_to_context(audioCodecCtx, audioCodecPar) < 0) {
|
||||
qDebug() << TIMEMS << "Failed to copy audio codec parameters to codec context";
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// 打开音频解码器
|
||||
int result = avcodec_open2(audioCodecCtx, audioCodec, NULL);
|
||||
if (result < 0) {
|
||||
qDebug() << TIMEMS << "open audio codec error";
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// 输出音频流信息
|
||||
QString audioInfo = QString("音频流信息 -> 索引: %1 解码: %2 比特率: "
|
||||
"%3 声道数: %4 采样: %5")
|
||||
.arg(audioStreamIndex)
|
||||
.arg(audioCodec->name)
|
||||
.arg(formatCtx->bit_rate)
|
||||
.arg(audioCodecCtx->channels)
|
||||
.arg(audioCodecCtx->sample_rate);
|
||||
qDebug() << TIMEMS << audioInfo;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
//----------音频流部分结束----------
|
||||
|
||||
//预分配好内存
|
||||
avPacket = av_packet_alloc();
|
||||
yuvFrame = av_frame_alloc();
|
||||
rgbFrame = av_frame_alloc();
|
||||
|
||||
int byte = av_image_get_buffer_size(AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32, videoWidth, videoHeight,1);
|
||||
|
||||
buffer = (uint8_t *)av_malloc(byte * sizeof(uint8_t));
|
||||
|
||||
//定义像素格式
|
||||
AVPixelFormat srcFormat = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P;
|
||||
AVPixelFormat dstFormat = AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32;
|
||||
//通过解码器获取解码格式
|
||||
srcFormat = videoCodecCtx->pix_fmt;
|
||||
|
||||
//默认最快速度的解码采用的SWS_FAST_BILINEAR参数,可能会丢失部分图片数据,可以自行更改成其他参数
|
||||
int flags = SWS_FAST_BILINEAR;
|
||||
|
||||
//开辟缓存存储一帧数据
|
||||
//以下两种方法都可以,avpicture_fill已经逐渐被废弃
|
||||
// avpicture_fill((AVPicture *)rgbFrame, buffer, dstFormat, videoWidth,
|
||||
// videoHeight);
|
||||
av_image_fill_arrays(rgbFrame->data, rgbFrame->linesize, buffer, dstFormat,
|
||||
videoWidth, videoHeight, 1);
|
||||
|
||||
//图像转换
|
||||
swsContext = sws_getContext(videoWidth, videoHeight, srcFormat, videoWidth,
|
||||
videoHeight, dstFormat, flags, NULL, NULL, NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
//输出视频信息
|
||||
// av_dump_format(formatCtx, 0, url.toStdString().data(), 0);
|
||||
|
||||
// qDebug() << TIMEMS << "init ffmpeg finsh";
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void FFmpegThread::run() {
|
||||
qint64 startTime = av_gettime();
|
||||
while (!stopped) {
|
||||
//根据标志位执行初始化操作
|
||||
if (isPlay) {
|
||||
this->init();
|
||||
isPlay = false;
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
frameFinish = av_read_frame(formatCtx, avPacket);
|
||||
if (frameFinish >= 0) {
|
||||
//下面演示倍速播放
|
||||
if (0) {
|
||||
double speed = 2.0;
|
||||
avPacket->pts = avPacket->pts / speed;
|
||||
avPacket->dts = avPacket->dts / speed;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//判断当前包是视频还是音频
|
||||
int index = avPacket->stream_index;
|
||||
if (index == videoStreamIndex) {
|
||||
//解码视频流 avcodec_decode_video2 方法已被废弃
|
||||
#if 0
|
||||
avcodec_decode_video2(videoCodecCtx, yuvFrame, &frameFinish, avPacket);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
frameFinish = avcodec_send_packet(videoCodecCtx, avPacket);
|
||||
if (frameFinish < 0) {
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
frameFinish = avcodec_receive_frame(videoCodecCtx, yuvFrame);
|
||||
if (frameFinish < 0) {
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
if (frameFinish >= 0) {
|
||||
//将数据转成一张图片
|
||||
sws_scale(swsContext, (const uint8_t *const *)yuvFrame->data,
|
||||
yuvFrame->linesize, 0, videoHeight, rgbFrame->data,
|
||||
rgbFrame->linesize);
|
||||
|
||||
//以下两种方法都可以
|
||||
// QImage image(rgbFrame->data[0], videoWidth, videoHeight,
|
||||
// QImage::Format_RGB32);
|
||||
QImage image((uchar *)buffer, videoWidth, videoHeight,
|
||||
QImage::Format_RGB32);
|
||||
if (!image.isNull()) {
|
||||
emit receiveImage(image);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
usleep(1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#if 1
|
||||
//延时(不然文件会立即全部播放完)
|
||||
AVRational timeBase = {1, AV_TIME_BASE};
|
||||
int64_t ptsTime = av_rescale_q(
|
||||
avPacket->dts, formatCtx->streams[videoStreamIndex]->time_base,
|
||||
timeBase);
|
||||
int64_t nowTime = av_gettime() - startTime;
|
||||
if (ptsTime > nowTime) {
|
||||
av_usleep(ptsTime - nowTime);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
} else if (index == audioStreamIndex) {
|
||||
//解码音频流,自行处理
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
av_packet_unref(avPacket);
|
||||
av_freep(avPacket);
|
||||
usleep(1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//线程结束后释放资源
|
||||
free();
|
||||
stopped = false;
|
||||
isPlay = false;
|
||||
qDebug() << TIMEMS << "stop ffmpeg thread";
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void FFmpegThread::setUrl(const QString &url) { this->url = url; }
|
||||
|
||||
void FFmpegThread::free() {
|
||||
if (swsContext != NULL) {
|
||||
sws_freeContext(swsContext);
|
||||
swsContext = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (avPacket != NULL) {
|
||||
av_packet_unref(avPacket);
|
||||
avPacket = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (yuvFrame != NULL) {
|
||||
av_frame_free(&yuvFrame);
|
||||
yuvFrame = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (rgbFrame != NULL) {
|
||||
av_frame_free(&rgbFrame);
|
||||
rgbFrame = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (videoCodecCtx != NULL) {
|
||||
avcodec_close(videoCodecCtx);
|
||||
videoCodecCtx = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (audioCodecCtx != NULL) {
|
||||
avcodec_close(audioCodecCtx);
|
||||
audioCodecCtx = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (formatCtx != NULL) {
|
||||
avformat_close_input(&formatCtx);
|
||||
formatCtx = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
av_dict_free(&options);
|
||||
// qDebug() << TIMEMS << "close ffmpeg ok";
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void FFmpegThread::play() {
|
||||
//通过标志位让线程执行初始化
|
||||
isPlay = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void FFmpegThread::pause() {}
|
||||
|
||||
void FFmpegThread::next() {}
|
||||
|
||||
void FFmpegThread::stop() {
|
||||
//通过标志位让线程停止
|
||||
stopped = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//实时视频显示窗体类
|
||||
FFmpegWidget::FFmpegWidget(QWidget *parent) : QWidget(parent) {
|
||||
thread = new FFmpegThread(this);
|
||||
connect(thread, SIGNAL(receiveImage(QImage)), this,
|
||||
SLOT(updateImage(QImage)));
|
||||
image = QImage();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
FFmpegWidget::~FFmpegWidget() { close(); }
|
||||
|
||||
void FFmpegWidget::paintEvent(QPaintEvent *) {
|
||||
if (image.isNull()) {
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// qDebug() << TIMEMS << "paintEvent" << objectName();
|
||||
QPainter painter(this);
|
||||
#if 0
|
||||
//image = image.scaled(this->size(), Qt::KeepAspectRatio);
|
||||
//按照比例自动居中绘制
|
||||
int pixX = rect().center().x() - image.width() / 2;
|
||||
int pixY = rect().center().y() - image.height() / 2;
|
||||
QPoint point(pixX, pixY);
|
||||
painter.drawImage(point, image);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
painter.drawImage(this->rect(), image);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void FFmpegWidget::updateImage(const QImage &image) {
|
||||
// this->image = image.copy();
|
||||
this->image = image;
|
||||
this->update();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void FFmpegWidget::setUrl(const QString &url) { thread->setUrl(url); }
|
||||
|
||||
void FFmpegWidget::open() {
|
||||
// qDebug() << TIMEMS << "open video" << objectName();
|
||||
clear();
|
||||
|
||||
thread->play();
|
||||
thread->start();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void FFmpegWidget::pause() { thread->pause(); }
|
||||
|
||||
void FFmpegWidget::next() { thread->next(); }
|
||||
|
||||
void FFmpegWidget::close() {
|
||||
// qDebug() << TIMEMS << "close video" << objectName();
|
||||
if (thread->isRunning()) {
|
||||
thread->stop();
|
||||
thread->quit();
|
||||
thread->wait(500);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
QTimer::singleShot(1, this, SLOT(clear()));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void FFmpegWidget::clear() {
|
||||
image = QImage();
|
||||
update();
|
||||
}
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
|
|||
#ifndef FFMPEG_H
|
||||
#define FFMPEG_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <QtGui>
|
||||
#if (QT_VERSION >= QT_VERSION_CHECK(5,0,0))
|
||||
#include <QtWidgets>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "ffmpeginclude.h"
|
||||
|
||||
class FFmpegThread : public QThread
|
||||
{
|
||||
Q_OBJECT
|
||||
public:
|
||||
explicit FFmpegThread(QObject *parent = 0);
|
||||
static void initlib();
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
void run();
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
volatile bool stopped; //线程停止标志位
|
||||
volatile bool isPlay; //播放视频标志位
|
||||
|
||||
int frameFinish; //一帧完成
|
||||
int videoWidth; //视频宽度
|
||||
int videoHeight; //视频高度
|
||||
int videoStreamIndex; //视频流索引
|
||||
int audioStreamIndex; //音频流索引
|
||||
|
||||
QString url; //视频流地址
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t *buffer; //存储解码后图片buffer
|
||||
AVPacket *avPacket; //包对象
|
||||
AVFrame *yuvFrame; //原始视频帧
|
||||
AVFrame *rgbFrame; //转图片视频帧
|
||||
|
||||
AVFormatContext *formatCtx; //格式上下文
|
||||
AVCodecContext *videoCodecCtx; //视频解码器上下文
|
||||
AVCodecContext *audioCodecCtx; //音频解码器上下文
|
||||
SwsContext *swsContext; //处理图片数据对象
|
||||
|
||||
AVDictionary *options; //参数对象
|
||||
AVCodec *videoCodec; //视频解码器
|
||||
AVCodec *audioCodec; //音频解码器
|
||||
|
||||
signals:
|
||||
//收到图片信号
|
||||
void receiveImage(const QImage &image);
|
||||
|
||||
public slots:
|
||||
//设置视频流地址
|
||||
void setUrl(const QString &url);
|
||||
|
||||
//初始化视频对象
|
||||
bool init();
|
||||
//释放对象
|
||||
void free();
|
||||
//播放视频对象
|
||||
void play();
|
||||
//暂停播放
|
||||
void pause();
|
||||
//继续播放
|
||||
void next();
|
||||
//停止采集线程
|
||||
void stop();
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//实时视频显示窗体类
|
||||
class FFmpegWidget : public QWidget
|
||||
{
|
||||
Q_OBJECT
|
||||
public:
|
||||
explicit FFmpegWidget(QWidget *parent = 0);
|
||||
~FFmpegWidget();
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
void paintEvent(QPaintEvent *);
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
FFmpegThread *thread;
|
||||
QImage image;
|
||||
|
||||
private slots:
|
||||
//接收图像并绘制
|
||||
void updateImage(const QImage &image);
|
||||
|
||||
public slots:
|
||||
//设置视频流地址
|
||||
void setUrl(const QString &url);
|
||||
|
||||
//打开设备
|
||||
void open();
|
||||
//暂停
|
||||
void pause();
|
||||
//继续
|
||||
void next();
|
||||
//关闭设备
|
||||
void close();
|
||||
//清空
|
||||
void clear();
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // FFMPEG_H
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
|
|||
#如果用的是ffmpeg4内核请将ffmpeg3改成ffmpeg4
|
||||
DEFINES += ffmpeg4
|
||||
contains(DEFINES, ffmpeg4) {
|
||||
path_main = ffmpeg4
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
path_main = ffmpeg3
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
contains(QT_ARCH, x86_64) {
|
||||
path_lib = libwin64
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
path_lib = libwin32
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#包含头文件
|
||||
INCLUDEPATH += $$PWD/$$path_main/include
|
||||
#链接库文件
|
||||
LIBS += -L$$PWD/$$path_main/$$path_lib/ -lavformat -lavfilter -lavcodec -lswresample -lswscale -lavutil
|
||||
|
||||
HEADERS += $$PWD/ffmpeginclude.h
|
||||
HEADERS += $$PWD/ffmpeg.h
|
||||
SOURCES += $$PWD/ffmpeg.cpp
|
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
|
@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVCODEC_AVDCT_H
|
||||
#define AVCODEC_AVDCT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libavutil/opt.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* AVDCT context.
|
||||
* @note function pointers can be NULL if the specific features have been
|
||||
* disabled at build time.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVDCT {
|
||||
const AVClass *av_class;
|
||||
|
||||
void (*idct)(int16_t *block /* align 16 */);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* IDCT input permutation.
|
||||
* Several optimized IDCTs need a permutated input (relative to the
|
||||
* normal order of the reference IDCT).
|
||||
* This permutation must be performed before the idct_put/add.
|
||||
* Note, normally this can be merged with the zigzag/alternate scan<br>
|
||||
* An example to avoid confusion:
|
||||
* - (->decode coeffs -> zigzag reorder -> dequant -> reference IDCT -> ...)
|
||||
* - (x -> reference DCT -> reference IDCT -> x)
|
||||
* - (x -> reference DCT -> simple_mmx_perm = idct_permutation
|
||||
* -> simple_idct_mmx -> x)
|
||||
* - (-> decode coeffs -> zigzag reorder -> simple_mmx_perm -> dequant
|
||||
* -> simple_idct_mmx -> ...)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t idct_permutation[64];
|
||||
|
||||
void (*fdct)(int16_t *block /* align 16 */);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* DCT algorithm.
|
||||
* must use AVOptions to set this field.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int dct_algo;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* IDCT algorithm.
|
||||
* must use AVOptions to set this field.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int idct_algo;
|
||||
|
||||
void (*get_pixels)(int16_t *block /* align 16 */,
|
||||
const uint8_t *pixels /* align 8 */,
|
||||
ptrdiff_t line_size);
|
||||
|
||||
int bits_per_sample;
|
||||
} AVDCT;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocates a AVDCT context.
|
||||
* This needs to be initialized with avcodec_dct_init() after optionally
|
||||
* configuring it with AVOptions.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* To free it use av_free()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVDCT *avcodec_dct_alloc(void);
|
||||
int avcodec_dct_init(AVDCT *);
|
||||
|
||||
const AVClass *avcodec_dct_get_class(void);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVCODEC_AVDCT_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVCODEC_AVFFT_H
|
||||
#define AVCODEC_AVFFT_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup lavc_fft
|
||||
* FFT functions
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavc_fft FFT functions
|
||||
* @ingroup lavc_misc
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
typedef float FFTSample;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct FFTComplex {
|
||||
FFTSample re, im;
|
||||
} FFTComplex;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct FFTContext FFTContext;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Set up a complex FFT.
|
||||
* @param nbits log2 of the length of the input array
|
||||
* @param inverse if 0 perform the forward transform, if 1 perform the inverse
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FFTContext *av_fft_init(int nbits, int inverse);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Do the permutation needed BEFORE calling ff_fft_calc().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_fft_permute(FFTContext *s, FFTComplex *z);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Do a complex FFT with the parameters defined in av_fft_init(). The
|
||||
* input data must be permuted before. No 1.0/sqrt(n) normalization is done.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_fft_calc(FFTContext *s, FFTComplex *z);
|
||||
|
||||
void av_fft_end(FFTContext *s);
|
||||
|
||||
FFTContext *av_mdct_init(int nbits, int inverse, double scale);
|
||||
void av_imdct_calc(FFTContext *s, FFTSample *output, const FFTSample *input);
|
||||
void av_imdct_half(FFTContext *s, FFTSample *output, const FFTSample *input);
|
||||
void av_mdct_calc(FFTContext *s, FFTSample *output, const FFTSample *input);
|
||||
void av_mdct_end(FFTContext *s);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Real Discrete Fourier Transform */
|
||||
|
||||
enum RDFTransformType {
|
||||
DFT_R2C,
|
||||
IDFT_C2R,
|
||||
IDFT_R2C,
|
||||
DFT_C2R,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct RDFTContext RDFTContext;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Set up a real FFT.
|
||||
* @param nbits log2 of the length of the input array
|
||||
* @param trans the type of transform
|
||||
*/
|
||||
RDFTContext *av_rdft_init(int nbits, enum RDFTransformType trans);
|
||||
void av_rdft_calc(RDFTContext *s, FFTSample *data);
|
||||
void av_rdft_end(RDFTContext *s);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Discrete Cosine Transform */
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct DCTContext DCTContext;
|
||||
|
||||
enum DCTTransformType {
|
||||
DCT_II = 0,
|
||||
DCT_III,
|
||||
DCT_I,
|
||||
DST_I,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Set up DCT.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param nbits size of the input array:
|
||||
* (1 << nbits) for DCT-II, DCT-III and DST-I
|
||||
* (1 << nbits) + 1 for DCT-I
|
||||
* @param type the type of transform
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note the first element of the input of DST-I is ignored
|
||||
*/
|
||||
DCTContext *av_dct_init(int nbits, enum DCTTransformType type);
|
||||
void av_dct_calc(DCTContext *s, FFTSample *data);
|
||||
void av_dct_end (DCTContext *s);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVCODEC_AVFFT_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* Direct3D11 HW acceleration
|
||||
*
|
||||
* copyright (c) 2009 Laurent Aimar
|
||||
* copyright (c) 2015 Steve Lhomme
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVCODEC_D3D11VA_H
|
||||
#define AVCODEC_D3D11VA_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_d3d11va
|
||||
* Public libavcodec D3D11VA header.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(_WIN32_WINNT) || _WIN32_WINNT < 0x0602
|
||||
#undef _WIN32_WINNT
|
||||
#define _WIN32_WINNT 0x0602
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
#include <d3d11.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_d3d11va Direct3D11
|
||||
* @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define FF_DXVA2_WORKAROUND_SCALING_LIST_ZIGZAG 1 ///< Work around for Direct3D11 and old UVD/UVD+ ATI video cards
|
||||
#define FF_DXVA2_WORKAROUND_INTEL_CLEARVIDEO 2 ///< Work around for Direct3D11 and old Intel GPUs with ClearVideo interface
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This structure is used to provides the necessary configurations and data
|
||||
* to the Direct3D11 FFmpeg HWAccel implementation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The application must make it available as AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Use av_d3d11va_alloc_context() exclusively to allocate an AVD3D11VAContext.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVD3D11VAContext {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* D3D11 decoder object
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ID3D11VideoDecoder *decoder;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* D3D11 VideoContext
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ID3D11VideoContext *video_context;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* D3D11 configuration used to create the decoder
|
||||
*/
|
||||
D3D11_VIDEO_DECODER_CONFIG *cfg;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The number of surface in the surface array
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned surface_count;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The array of Direct3D surfaces used to create the decoder
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ID3D11VideoDecoderOutputView **surface;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A bit field configuring the workarounds needed for using the decoder
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint64_t workaround;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Private to the FFmpeg AVHWAccel implementation
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned report_id;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Mutex to access video_context
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HANDLE context_mutex;
|
||||
} AVD3D11VAContext;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate an AVD3D11VAContext.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return Newly-allocated AVD3D11VAContext or NULL on failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVD3D11VAContext *av_d3d11va_alloc_context(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVCODEC_D3D11VA_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2007 Marco Gerards <marco@gnu.org>
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2009 David Conrad
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2011 Jordi Ortiz
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVCODEC_DIRAC_H
|
||||
#define AVCODEC_DIRAC_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* Interface to Dirac Decoder/Encoder
|
||||
* @author Marco Gerards <marco@gnu.org>
|
||||
* @author David Conrad
|
||||
* @author Jordi Ortiz
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "avcodec.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The spec limits the number of wavelet decompositions to 4 for both
|
||||
* level 1 (VC-2) and 128 (long-gop default).
|
||||
* 5 decompositions is the maximum before >16-bit buffers are needed.
|
||||
* Schroedinger allows this for DD 9,7 and 13,7 wavelets only, limiting
|
||||
* the others to 4 decompositions (or 3 for the fidelity filter).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* We use this instead of MAX_DECOMPOSITIONS to save some memory.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define MAX_DWT_LEVELS 5
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Parse code values:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Dirac Specification ->
|
||||
* 9.6.1 Table 9.1
|
||||
*
|
||||
* VC-2 Specification ->
|
||||
* 10.4.1 Table 10.1
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
enum DiracParseCodes {
|
||||
DIRAC_PCODE_SEQ_HEADER = 0x00,
|
||||
DIRAC_PCODE_END_SEQ = 0x10,
|
||||
DIRAC_PCODE_AUX = 0x20,
|
||||
DIRAC_PCODE_PAD = 0x30,
|
||||
DIRAC_PCODE_PICTURE_CODED = 0x08,
|
||||
DIRAC_PCODE_PICTURE_RAW = 0x48,
|
||||
DIRAC_PCODE_PICTURE_LOW_DEL = 0xC8,
|
||||
DIRAC_PCODE_PICTURE_HQ = 0xE8,
|
||||
DIRAC_PCODE_INTER_NOREF_CO1 = 0x0A,
|
||||
DIRAC_PCODE_INTER_NOREF_CO2 = 0x09,
|
||||
DIRAC_PCODE_INTER_REF_CO1 = 0x0D,
|
||||
DIRAC_PCODE_INTER_REF_CO2 = 0x0E,
|
||||
DIRAC_PCODE_INTRA_REF_CO = 0x0C,
|
||||
DIRAC_PCODE_INTRA_REF_RAW = 0x4C,
|
||||
DIRAC_PCODE_INTRA_REF_PICT = 0xCC,
|
||||
DIRAC_PCODE_MAGIC = 0x42424344,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct DiracVersionInfo {
|
||||
int major;
|
||||
int minor;
|
||||
} DiracVersionInfo;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct AVDiracSeqHeader {
|
||||
unsigned width;
|
||||
unsigned height;
|
||||
uint8_t chroma_format; ///< 0: 444 1: 422 2: 420
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t interlaced;
|
||||
uint8_t top_field_first;
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t frame_rate_index; ///< index into dirac_frame_rate[]
|
||||
uint8_t aspect_ratio_index; ///< index into dirac_aspect_ratio[]
|
||||
|
||||
uint16_t clean_width;
|
||||
uint16_t clean_height;
|
||||
uint16_t clean_left_offset;
|
||||
uint16_t clean_right_offset;
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t pixel_range_index; ///< index into dirac_pixel_range_presets[]
|
||||
uint8_t color_spec_index; ///< index into dirac_color_spec_presets[]
|
||||
|
||||
int profile;
|
||||
int level;
|
||||
|
||||
AVRational framerate;
|
||||
AVRational sample_aspect_ratio;
|
||||
|
||||
enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt;
|
||||
enum AVColorRange color_range;
|
||||
enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries;
|
||||
enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc;
|
||||
enum AVColorSpace colorspace;
|
||||
|
||||
DiracVersionInfo version;
|
||||
int bit_depth;
|
||||
} AVDiracSeqHeader;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Parse a Dirac sequence header.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param dsh this function will allocate and fill an AVDiracSeqHeader struct
|
||||
* and write it into this pointer. The caller must free it with
|
||||
* av_free().
|
||||
* @param buf the data buffer
|
||||
* @param buf_size the size of the data buffer in bytes
|
||||
* @param log_ctx if non-NULL, this function will log errors here
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_dirac_parse_sequence_header(AVDiracSeqHeader **dsh,
|
||||
const uint8_t *buf, size_t buf_size,
|
||||
void *log_ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVCODEC_DIRAC_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVCODEC_DV_PROFILE_H
|
||||
#define AVCODEC_DV_PROFILE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h"
|
||||
#include "libavutil/rational.h"
|
||||
#include "avcodec.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* minimum number of bytes to read from a DV stream in order to
|
||||
* determine the profile */
|
||||
#define DV_PROFILE_BYTES (6 * 80) /* 6 DIF blocks */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* AVDVProfile is used to express the differences between various
|
||||
* DV flavors. For now it's primarily used for differentiating
|
||||
* 525/60 and 625/50, but the plans are to use it for various
|
||||
* DV specs as well (e.g. SMPTE314M vs. IEC 61834).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVDVProfile {
|
||||
int dsf; /* value of the dsf in the DV header */
|
||||
int video_stype; /* stype for VAUX source pack */
|
||||
int frame_size; /* total size of one frame in bytes */
|
||||
int difseg_size; /* number of DIF segments per DIF channel */
|
||||
int n_difchan; /* number of DIF channels per frame */
|
||||
AVRational time_base; /* 1/framerate */
|
||||
int ltc_divisor; /* FPS from the LTS standpoint */
|
||||
int height; /* picture height in pixels */
|
||||
int width; /* picture width in pixels */
|
||||
AVRational sar[2]; /* sample aspect ratios for 4:3 and 16:9 */
|
||||
enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt; /* picture pixel format */
|
||||
int bpm; /* blocks per macroblock */
|
||||
const uint8_t *block_sizes; /* AC block sizes, in bits */
|
||||
int audio_stride; /* size of audio_shuffle table */
|
||||
int audio_min_samples[3]; /* min amount of audio samples */
|
||||
/* for 48kHz, 44.1kHz and 32kHz */
|
||||
int audio_samples_dist[5]; /* how many samples are supposed to be */
|
||||
/* in each frame in a 5 frames window */
|
||||
const uint8_t (*audio_shuffle)[9]; /* PCM shuffling table */
|
||||
} AVDVProfile;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get a DV profile for the provided compressed frame.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param sys the profile used for the previous frame, may be NULL
|
||||
* @param frame the compressed data buffer
|
||||
* @param buf_size size of the buffer in bytes
|
||||
* @return the DV profile for the supplied data or NULL on failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const AVDVProfile *av_dv_frame_profile(const AVDVProfile *sys,
|
||||
const uint8_t *frame, unsigned buf_size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get a DV profile for the provided stream parameters.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const AVDVProfile *av_dv_codec_profile(int width, int height, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get a DV profile for the provided stream parameters.
|
||||
* The frame rate is used as a best-effort parameter.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const AVDVProfile *av_dv_codec_profile2(int width, int height, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, AVRational frame_rate);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVCODEC_DV_PROFILE_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* DXVA2 HW acceleration
|
||||
*
|
||||
* copyright (c) 2009 Laurent Aimar
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVCODEC_DXVA2_H
|
||||
#define AVCODEC_DXVA2_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_dxva2
|
||||
* Public libavcodec DXVA2 header.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(_WIN32_WINNT) || _WIN32_WINNT < 0x0602
|
||||
#undef _WIN32_WINNT
|
||||
#define _WIN32_WINNT 0x0602
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
#include <d3d9.h>
|
||||
#include <dxva2api.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_dxva2 DXVA2
|
||||
* @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define FF_DXVA2_WORKAROUND_SCALING_LIST_ZIGZAG 1 ///< Work around for DXVA2 and old UVD/UVD+ ATI video cards
|
||||
#define FF_DXVA2_WORKAROUND_INTEL_CLEARVIDEO 2 ///< Work around for DXVA2 and old Intel GPUs with ClearVideo interface
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This structure is used to provides the necessary configurations and data
|
||||
* to the DXVA2 FFmpeg HWAccel implementation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The application must make it available as AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct dxva_context {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* DXVA2 decoder object
|
||||
*/
|
||||
IDirectXVideoDecoder *decoder;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* DXVA2 configuration used to create the decoder
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const DXVA2_ConfigPictureDecode *cfg;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The number of surface in the surface array
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned surface_count;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The array of Direct3D surfaces used to create the decoder
|
||||
*/
|
||||
LPDIRECT3DSURFACE9 *surface;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A bit field configuring the workarounds needed for using the decoder
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint64_t workaround;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Private to the FFmpeg AVHWAccel implementation
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned report_id;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVCODEC_DXVA2_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* JNI public API functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Matthieu Bouron <matthieu.bouron stupeflix.com>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVCODEC_JNI_H
|
||||
#define AVCODEC_JNI_H
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Manually set a Java virtual machine which will be used to retrieve the JNI
|
||||
* environment. Once a Java VM is set it cannot be changed afterwards, meaning
|
||||
* you can call multiple times av_jni_set_java_vm with the same Java VM pointer
|
||||
* however it will error out if you try to set a different Java VM.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param vm Java virtual machine
|
||||
* @param log_ctx context used for logging, can be NULL
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, < 0 otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_jni_set_java_vm(void *vm, void *log_ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Get the Java virtual machine which has been set with av_jni_set_java_vm.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param vm Java virtual machine
|
||||
* @return a pointer to the Java virtual machine
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *av_jni_get_java_vm(void *log_ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVCODEC_JNI_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* Android MediaCodec public API
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2016 Matthieu Bouron <matthieu.bouron stupeflix.com>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVCODEC_MEDIACODEC_H
|
||||
#define AVCODEC_MEDIACODEC_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libavcodec/avcodec.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This structure holds a reference to a android/view/Surface object that will
|
||||
* be used as output by the decoder.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVMediaCodecContext {
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* android/view/Surface object reference.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *surface;
|
||||
|
||||
} AVMediaCodecContext;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate and initialize a MediaCodec context.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* When decoding with MediaCodec is finished, the caller must free the
|
||||
* MediaCodec context with av_mediacodec_default_free.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return a pointer to a newly allocated AVMediaCodecContext on success, NULL otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVMediaCodecContext *av_mediacodec_alloc_context(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Convenience function that sets up the MediaCodec context.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param avctx codec context
|
||||
* @param ctx MediaCodec context to initialize
|
||||
* @param surface reference to an android/view/Surface
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, < 0 otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_mediacodec_default_init(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVMediaCodecContext *ctx, void *surface);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This function must be called to free the MediaCodec context initialized with
|
||||
* av_mediacodec_default_init().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param avctx codec context
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_mediacodec_default_free(AVCodecContext *avctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Opaque structure representing a MediaCodec buffer to render.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct MediaCodecBuffer AVMediaCodecBuffer;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Release a MediaCodec buffer and render it to the surface that is associated
|
||||
* with the decoder. This function should only be called once on a given
|
||||
* buffer, once released the underlying buffer returns to the codec, thus
|
||||
* subsequent calls to this function will have no effect.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param buffer the buffer to render
|
||||
* @param render 1 to release and render the buffer to the surface or 0 to
|
||||
* discard the buffer
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, < 0 otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_mediacodec_release_buffer(AVMediaCodecBuffer *buffer, int render);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVCODEC_MEDIACODEC_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* Intel MediaSDK QSV public API
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVCODEC_QSV_H
|
||||
#define AVCODEC_QSV_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <mfx/mfxvideo.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libavutil/buffer.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This struct is used for communicating QSV parameters between libavcodec and
|
||||
* the caller. It is managed by the caller and must be assigned to
|
||||
* AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context.
|
||||
* - decoding: hwaccel_context must be set on return from the get_format()
|
||||
* callback
|
||||
* - encoding: hwaccel_context must be set before avcodec_open2()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVQSVContext {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* If non-NULL, the session to use for encoding or decoding.
|
||||
* Otherwise, libavcodec will try to create an internal session.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
mfxSession session;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The IO pattern to use.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int iopattern;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Extra buffers to pass to encoder or decoder initialization.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
mfxExtBuffer **ext_buffers;
|
||||
int nb_ext_buffers;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Encoding only. If this field is set to non-zero by the caller, libavcodec
|
||||
* will create an mfxExtOpaqueSurfaceAlloc extended buffer and pass it to
|
||||
* the encoder initialization. This only makes sense if iopattern is also
|
||||
* set to MFX_IOPATTERN_IN_OPAQUE_MEMORY.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The number of allocated opaque surfaces will be the sum of the number
|
||||
* required by the encoder and the user-provided value nb_opaque_surfaces.
|
||||
* The array of the opaque surfaces will be exported to the caller through
|
||||
* the opaque_surfaces field.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int opaque_alloc;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Encoding only, and only if opaque_alloc is set to non-zero. Before
|
||||
* calling avcodec_open2(), the caller should set this field to the number
|
||||
* of extra opaque surfaces to allocate beyond what is required by the
|
||||
* encoder.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* On return from avcodec_open2(), this field will be set by libavcodec to
|
||||
* the total number of allocated opaque surfaces.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int nb_opaque_surfaces;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Encoding only, and only if opaque_alloc is set to non-zero. On return
|
||||
* from avcodec_open2(), this field will be used by libavcodec to export the
|
||||
* array of the allocated opaque surfaces to the caller, so they can be
|
||||
* passed to other parts of the pipeline.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The buffer reference exported here is owned and managed by libavcodec,
|
||||
* the callers should make their own reference with av_buffer_ref() and free
|
||||
* it with av_buffer_unref() when it is no longer needed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The buffer data is an nb_opaque_surfaces-sized array of mfxFrameSurface1.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVBufferRef *opaque_surfaces;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Encoding only, and only if opaque_alloc is set to non-zero. On return
|
||||
* from avcodec_open2(), this field will be set to the surface type used in
|
||||
* the opaque allocation request.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int opaque_alloc_type;
|
||||
} AVQSVContext;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate a new context.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* It must be freed by the caller with av_free().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVQSVContext *av_qsv_alloc_context(void);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVCODEC_QSV_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,195 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* Video Acceleration API (shared data between FFmpeg and the video player)
|
||||
* HW decode acceleration for MPEG-2, MPEG-4, H.264 and VC-1
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2008-2009 Splitted-Desktop Systems
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVCODEC_VAAPI_H
|
||||
#define AVCODEC_VAAPI_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vaapi
|
||||
* Public libavcodec VA API header.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
#include "libavutil/attributes.h"
|
||||
#include "version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if FF_API_STRUCT_VAAPI_CONTEXT
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vaapi VA API Decoding
|
||||
* @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This structure is used to share data between the FFmpeg library and
|
||||
* the client video application.
|
||||
* This shall be zero-allocated and available as
|
||||
* AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context. All user members can be set once
|
||||
* during initialization or through each AVCodecContext.get_buffer()
|
||||
* function call. In any case, they must be valid prior to calling
|
||||
* decoding functions.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Deprecated: use AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx instead.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct attribute_deprecated vaapi_context {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Window system dependent data
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Set by user
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *display;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Configuration ID
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Set by user
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t config_id;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Context ID (video decode pipeline)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Set by user
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t context_id;
|
||||
|
||||
#if FF_API_VAAPI_CONTEXT
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* VAPictureParameterBuffer ID
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
uint32_t pic_param_buf_id;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* VAIQMatrixBuffer ID
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
uint32_t iq_matrix_buf_id;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* VABitPlaneBuffer ID (for VC-1 decoding)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
uint32_t bitplane_buf_id;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Slice parameter/data buffer IDs
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
uint32_t *slice_buf_ids;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Number of effective slice buffer IDs to send to the HW
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
unsigned int n_slice_buf_ids;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Size of pre-allocated slice_buf_ids
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
unsigned int slice_buf_ids_alloc;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Pointer to VASliceParameterBuffers
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
void *slice_params;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Size of a VASliceParameterBuffer element
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
unsigned int slice_param_size;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Size of pre-allocated slice_params
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
unsigned int slice_params_alloc;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Number of slices currently filled in
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
unsigned int slice_count;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Pointer to slice data buffer base
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
const uint8_t *slice_data;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Current size of slice data
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
uint32_t slice_data_size;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* @} */
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* FF_API_STRUCT_VAAPI_CONTEXT */
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVCODEC_VAAPI_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,230 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* VDA HW acceleration
|
||||
*
|
||||
* copyright (c) 2011 Sebastien Zwickert
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVCODEC_VDA_H
|
||||
#define AVCODEC_VDA_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vda
|
||||
* Public libavcodec VDA header.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libavcodec/avcodec.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
// emmintrin.h is unable to compile with -std=c99 -Werror=missing-prototypes
|
||||
// http://openradar.appspot.com/8026390
|
||||
#undef __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__
|
||||
|
||||
#define Picture QuickdrawPicture
|
||||
#include <VideoDecodeAcceleration/VDADecoder.h>
|
||||
#undef Picture
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libavcodec/version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
// extra flags not defined in VDADecoder.h
|
||||
enum {
|
||||
kVDADecodeInfo_Asynchronous = 1UL << 0,
|
||||
kVDADecodeInfo_FrameDropped = 1UL << 1
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vda VDA
|
||||
* @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This structure is used to provide the necessary configurations and data
|
||||
* to the VDA FFmpeg HWAccel implementation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The application must make it available as AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct vda_context {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* VDA decoder object.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Set/Unset by libavcodec.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
VDADecoder decoder;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The Core Video pixel buffer that contains the current image data.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* encoding: unused
|
||||
* decoding: Set by libavcodec. Unset by user.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
CVPixelBufferRef cv_buffer;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Use the hardware decoder in synchronous mode.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* encoding: unused
|
||||
* decoding: Set by user.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int use_sync_decoding;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The frame width.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Set/Unset by user.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int width;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The frame height.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Set/Unset by user.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int height;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The frame format.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Set/Unset by user.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int format;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The pixel format for output image buffers.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Set/Unset by user.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
OSType cv_pix_fmt_type;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* unused
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t *priv_bitstream;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* unused
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int priv_bitstream_size;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* unused
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int priv_allocated_size;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Use av_buffer to manage buffer.
|
||||
* When the flag is set, the CVPixelBuffers returned by the decoder will
|
||||
* be released automatically, so you have to retain them if necessary.
|
||||
* Not setting this flag may cause memory leak.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* encoding: unused
|
||||
* decoding: Set by user.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int use_ref_buffer;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/** Create the video decoder. */
|
||||
int ff_vda_create_decoder(struct vda_context *vda_ctx,
|
||||
uint8_t *extradata,
|
||||
int extradata_size);
|
||||
|
||||
/** Destroy the video decoder. */
|
||||
int ff_vda_destroy_decoder(struct vda_context *vda_ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This struct holds all the information that needs to be passed
|
||||
* between the caller and libavcodec for initializing VDA decoding.
|
||||
* Its size is not a part of the public ABI, it must be allocated with
|
||||
* av_vda_alloc_context() and freed with av_free().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVVDAContext {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* VDA decoder object. Created and freed by the caller.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
VDADecoder decoder;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The output callback that must be passed to VDADecoderCreate.
|
||||
* Set by av_vda_alloc_context().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
VDADecoderOutputCallback output_callback;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* CVPixelBuffer Format Type that VDA will use for decoded frames; set by
|
||||
* the caller.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
OSType cv_pix_fmt_type;
|
||||
} AVVDAContext;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate and initialize a VDA context.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function should be called from the get_format() callback when the caller
|
||||
* selects the AV_PIX_FMT_VDA format. The caller must then create the decoder
|
||||
* object (using the output callback provided by libavcodec) that will be used
|
||||
* for VDA-accelerated decoding.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* When decoding with VDA is finished, the caller must destroy the decoder
|
||||
* object and free the VDA context using av_free().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return the newly allocated context or NULL on failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVVDAContext *av_vda_alloc_context(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This is a convenience function that creates and sets up the VDA context using
|
||||
* an internal implementation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param avctx the corresponding codec context
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_vda_default_init(AVCodecContext *avctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This is a convenience function that creates and sets up the VDA context using
|
||||
* an internal implementation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param avctx the corresponding codec context
|
||||
* @param vdactx the VDA context to use
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_vda_default_init2(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVVDAContext *vdactx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This function must be called to free the VDA context initialized with
|
||||
* av_vda_default_init().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param avctx the corresponding codec context
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_vda_default_free(AVCodecContext *avctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVCODEC_VDA_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,253 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* The Video Decode and Presentation API for UNIX (VDPAU) is used for
|
||||
* hardware-accelerated decoding of MPEG-1/2, H.264 and VC-1.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2008 NVIDIA
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVCODEC_VDPAU_H
|
||||
#define AVCODEC_VDPAU_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vdpau
|
||||
* Public libavcodec VDPAU header.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vdpau VDPAU Decoder and Renderer
|
||||
* @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel
|
||||
*
|
||||
* VDPAU hardware acceleration has two modules
|
||||
* - VDPAU decoding
|
||||
* - VDPAU presentation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The VDPAU decoding module parses all headers using FFmpeg
|
||||
* parsing mechanisms and uses VDPAU for the actual decoding.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* As per the current implementation, the actual decoding
|
||||
* and rendering (API calls) are done as part of the VDPAU
|
||||
* presentation (vo_vdpau.c) module.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <vdpau/vdpau.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libavutil/avconfig.h"
|
||||
#include "libavutil/attributes.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "avcodec.h"
|
||||
#include "version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if FF_API_BUFS_VDPAU
|
||||
union AVVDPAUPictureInfo {
|
||||
VdpPictureInfoH264 h264;
|
||||
VdpPictureInfoMPEG1Or2 mpeg;
|
||||
VdpPictureInfoVC1 vc1;
|
||||
VdpPictureInfoMPEG4Part2 mpeg4;
|
||||
};
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
struct AVCodecContext;
|
||||
struct AVFrame;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef int (*AVVDPAU_Render2)(struct AVCodecContext *, struct AVFrame *,
|
||||
const VdpPictureInfo *, uint32_t,
|
||||
const VdpBitstreamBuffer *);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This structure is used to share data between the libavcodec library and
|
||||
* the client video application.
|
||||
* The user shall allocate the structure via the av_alloc_vdpau_hwaccel
|
||||
* function and make it available as
|
||||
* AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context. Members can be set by the user once
|
||||
* during initialization or through each AVCodecContext.get_buffer()
|
||||
* function call. In any case, they must be valid prior to calling
|
||||
* decoding functions.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The size of this structure is not a part of the public ABI and must not
|
||||
* be used outside of libavcodec. Use av_vdpau_alloc_context() to allocate an
|
||||
* AVVDPAUContext.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVVDPAUContext {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* VDPAU decoder handle
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Set by user.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
VdpDecoder decoder;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* VDPAU decoder render callback
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Set by the user.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
VdpDecoderRender *render;
|
||||
|
||||
#if FF_API_BUFS_VDPAU
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* VDPAU picture information
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Set by libavcodec.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
union AVVDPAUPictureInfo info;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocated size of the bitstream_buffers table.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Set by libavcodec.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
int bitstream_buffers_allocated;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Useful bitstream buffers in the bitstream buffers table.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Set by libavcodec.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
int bitstream_buffers_used;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Table of bitstream buffers.
|
||||
* The user is responsible for freeing this buffer using av_freep().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Set by libavcodec.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
VdpBitstreamBuffer *bitstream_buffers;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
AVVDPAU_Render2 render2;
|
||||
} AVVDPAUContext;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief allocation function for AVVDPAUContext
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Allows extending the struct without breaking API/ABI
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVVDPAUContext *av_alloc_vdpaucontext(void);
|
||||
|
||||
AVVDPAU_Render2 av_vdpau_hwaccel_get_render2(const AVVDPAUContext *);
|
||||
void av_vdpau_hwaccel_set_render2(AVVDPAUContext *, AVVDPAU_Render2);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Associate a VDPAU device with a codec context for hardware acceleration.
|
||||
* This function is meant to be called from the get_format() codec callback,
|
||||
* or earlier. It can also be called after avcodec_flush_buffers() to change
|
||||
* the underlying VDPAU device mid-stream (e.g. to recover from non-transparent
|
||||
* display preemption).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note get_format() must return AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU if this function completes
|
||||
* successfully.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param avctx decoding context whose get_format() callback is invoked
|
||||
* @param device VDPAU device handle to use for hardware acceleration
|
||||
* @param get_proc_address VDPAU device driver
|
||||
* @param flags zero of more OR'd AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_* flags
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, an AVERROR code on failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_vdpau_bind_context(AVCodecContext *avctx, VdpDevice device,
|
||||
VdpGetProcAddress *get_proc_address, unsigned flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Gets the parameters to create an adequate VDPAU video surface for the codec
|
||||
* context using VDPAU hardware decoding acceleration.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note Behavior is undefined if the context was not successfully bound to a
|
||||
* VDPAU device using av_vdpau_bind_context().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param avctx the codec context being used for decoding the stream
|
||||
* @param type storage space for the VDPAU video surface chroma type
|
||||
* (or NULL to ignore)
|
||||
* @param width storage space for the VDPAU video surface pixel width
|
||||
* (or NULL to ignore)
|
||||
* @param height storage space for the VDPAU video surface pixel height
|
||||
* (or NULL to ignore)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_vdpau_get_surface_parameters(AVCodecContext *avctx, VdpChromaType *type,
|
||||
uint32_t *width, uint32_t *height);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate an AVVDPAUContext.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return Newly-allocated AVVDPAUContext or NULL on failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVVDPAUContext *av_vdpau_alloc_context(void);
|
||||
|
||||
#if FF_API_VDPAU_PROFILE
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get a decoder profile that should be used for initializing a VDPAU decoder.
|
||||
* Should be called from the AVCodecContext.get_format() callback.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @deprecated Use av_vdpau_bind_context() instead.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param avctx the codec context being used for decoding the stream
|
||||
* @param profile a pointer into which the result will be written on success.
|
||||
* The contents of profile are undefined if this function returns
|
||||
* an error.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 0 on success (non-negative), a negative AVERROR on failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
int av_vdpau_get_profile(AVCodecContext *avctx, VdpDecoderProfile *profile);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if FF_API_CAP_VDPAU
|
||||
/** @brief The videoSurface is used for rendering. */
|
||||
#define FF_VDPAU_STATE_USED_FOR_RENDER 1
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief The videoSurface is needed for reference/prediction.
|
||||
* The codec manipulates this.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FF_VDPAU_STATE_USED_FOR_REFERENCE 2
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This structure is used as a callback between the FFmpeg
|
||||
* decoder (vd_) and presentation (vo_) module.
|
||||
* This is used for defining a video frame containing surface,
|
||||
* picture parameter, bitstream information etc which are passed
|
||||
* between the FFmpeg decoder and its clients.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct vdpau_render_state {
|
||||
VdpVideoSurface surface; ///< Used as rendered surface, never changed.
|
||||
|
||||
int state; ///< Holds FF_VDPAU_STATE_* values.
|
||||
|
||||
/** picture parameter information for all supported codecs */
|
||||
union AVVDPAUPictureInfo info;
|
||||
|
||||
/** Describe size/location of the compressed video data.
|
||||
Set to 0 when freeing bitstream_buffers. */
|
||||
int bitstream_buffers_allocated;
|
||||
int bitstream_buffers_used;
|
||||
/** The user is responsible for freeing this buffer using av_freep(). */
|
||||
VdpBitstreamBuffer *bitstream_buffers;
|
||||
};
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* @}*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVCODEC_VDPAU_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,243 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVCODEC_VERSION_H
|
||||
#define AVCODEC_VERSION_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup libavc
|
||||
* Libavcodec version macros.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libavutil/version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR 57
|
||||
#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR 107
|
||||
#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO 100
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR, \
|
||||
LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR, \
|
||||
LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO)
|
||||
#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR, \
|
||||
LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR, \
|
||||
LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO)
|
||||
#define LIBAVCODEC_BUILD LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBAVCODEC_IDENT "Lavc" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be
|
||||
* dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of
|
||||
* the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note, when bumping the major version it is recommended to manually
|
||||
* disable each FF_API_* in its own commit instead of disabling them all
|
||||
* at once through the bump. This improves the git bisect-ability of the change.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_VIMA_DECODER
|
||||
#define FF_API_VIMA_DECODER (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_AUDIO_CONVERT
|
||||
#define FF_API_AUDIO_CONVERT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_AVCODEC_RESAMPLE
|
||||
#define FF_API_AVCODEC_RESAMPLE FF_API_AUDIO_CONVERT
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_MISSING_SAMPLE
|
||||
#define FF_API_MISSING_SAMPLE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_LOWRES
|
||||
#define FF_API_LOWRES (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_CAP_VDPAU
|
||||
#define FF_API_CAP_VDPAU (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_BUFS_VDPAU
|
||||
#define FF_API_BUFS_VDPAU (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_VOXWARE
|
||||
#define FF_API_VOXWARE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_SET_DIMENSIONS
|
||||
#define FF_API_SET_DIMENSIONS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_DEBUG_MV
|
||||
#define FF_API_DEBUG_MV (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_AC_VLC
|
||||
#define FF_API_AC_VLC (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_OLD_MSMPEG4
|
||||
#define FF_API_OLD_MSMPEG4 (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_ASPECT_EXTENDED
|
||||
#define FF_API_ASPECT_EXTENDED (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_ARCH_ALPHA
|
||||
#define FF_API_ARCH_ALPHA (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_XVMC
|
||||
#define FF_API_XVMC (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_ERROR_RATE
|
||||
#define FF_API_ERROR_RATE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_QSCALE_TYPE
|
||||
#define FF_API_QSCALE_TYPE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_MB_TYPE
|
||||
#define FF_API_MB_TYPE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_MAX_BFRAMES
|
||||
#define FF_API_MAX_BFRAMES (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_NEG_LINESIZES
|
||||
#define FF_API_NEG_LINESIZES (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_EMU_EDGE
|
||||
#define FF_API_EMU_EDGE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_ARCH_SH4
|
||||
#define FF_API_ARCH_SH4 (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_ARCH_SPARC
|
||||
#define FF_API_ARCH_SPARC (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_UNUSED_MEMBERS
|
||||
#define FF_API_UNUSED_MEMBERS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_IDCT_XVIDMMX
|
||||
#define FF_API_IDCT_XVIDMMX (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_INPUT_PRESERVED
|
||||
#define FF_API_INPUT_PRESERVED (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_NORMALIZE_AQP
|
||||
#define FF_API_NORMALIZE_AQP (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_GMC
|
||||
#define FF_API_GMC (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_MV0
|
||||
#define FF_API_MV0 (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_CODEC_NAME
|
||||
#define FF_API_CODEC_NAME (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_AFD
|
||||
#define FF_API_AFD (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_VISMV
|
||||
/* XXX: don't forget to drop the -vismv documentation */
|
||||
#define FF_API_VISMV (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_AUDIOENC_DELAY
|
||||
#define FF_API_AUDIOENC_DELAY (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_VAAPI_CONTEXT
|
||||
#define FF_API_VAAPI_CONTEXT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_MERGE_SD
|
||||
#define FF_API_MERGE_SD (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_AVCTX_TIMEBASE
|
||||
#define FF_API_AVCTX_TIMEBASE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_MPV_OPT
|
||||
#define FF_API_MPV_OPT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_STREAM_CODEC_TAG
|
||||
#define FF_API_STREAM_CODEC_TAG (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_QUANT_BIAS
|
||||
#define FF_API_QUANT_BIAS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_RC_STRATEGY
|
||||
#define FF_API_RC_STRATEGY (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_CODED_FRAME
|
||||
#define FF_API_CODED_FRAME (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_MOTION_EST
|
||||
#define FF_API_MOTION_EST (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_WITHOUT_PREFIX
|
||||
#define FF_API_WITHOUT_PREFIX (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_SIDEDATA_ONLY_PKT
|
||||
#define FF_API_SIDEDATA_ONLY_PKT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_VDPAU_PROFILE
|
||||
#define FF_API_VDPAU_PROFILE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_CONVERGENCE_DURATION
|
||||
#define FF_API_CONVERGENCE_DURATION (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_AVPICTURE
|
||||
#define FF_API_AVPICTURE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_AVPACKET_OLD_API
|
||||
#define FF_API_AVPACKET_OLD_API (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_RTP_CALLBACK
|
||||
#define FF_API_RTP_CALLBACK (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_VBV_DELAY
|
||||
#define FF_API_VBV_DELAY (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_CODER_TYPE
|
||||
#define FF_API_CODER_TYPE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_STAT_BITS
|
||||
#define FF_API_STAT_BITS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT
|
||||
#define FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_ASS_TIMING
|
||||
#define FF_API_ASS_TIMING (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_OLD_BSF
|
||||
#define FF_API_OLD_BSF (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_COPY_CONTEXT
|
||||
#define FF_API_COPY_CONTEXT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_GET_CONTEXT_DEFAULTS
|
||||
#define FF_API_GET_CONTEXT_DEFAULTS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_NVENC_OLD_NAME
|
||||
#define FF_API_NVENC_OLD_NAME (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_STRUCT_VAAPI_CONTEXT
|
||||
#define FF_API_STRUCT_VAAPI_CONTEXT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_MERGE_SD_API
|
||||
#define FF_API_MERGE_SD_API (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_TAG_STRING
|
||||
#define FF_API_TAG_STRING (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_GETCHROMA
|
||||
#define FF_API_GETCHROMA (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVCODEC_VERSION_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* Videotoolbox hardware acceleration
|
||||
*
|
||||
* copyright (c) 2012 Sebastien Zwickert
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVCODEC_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H
|
||||
#define AVCODEC_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_videotoolbox
|
||||
* Public libavcodec Videotoolbox header.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#define Picture QuickdrawPicture
|
||||
#include <VideoToolbox/VideoToolbox.h>
|
||||
#undef Picture
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libavcodec/avcodec.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This struct holds all the information that needs to be passed
|
||||
* between the caller and libavcodec for initializing Videotoolbox decoding.
|
||||
* Its size is not a part of the public ABI, it must be allocated with
|
||||
* av_videotoolbox_alloc_context() and freed with av_free().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVVideotoolboxContext {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Videotoolbox decompression session object.
|
||||
* Created and freed the caller.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
VTDecompressionSessionRef session;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The output callback that must be passed to the session.
|
||||
* Set by av_videottoolbox_default_init()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
VTDecompressionOutputCallback output_callback;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* CVPixelBuffer Format Type that Videotoolbox will use for decoded frames.
|
||||
* set by the caller. If this is set to 0, then no specific format is
|
||||
* requested from the decoder, and its native format is output.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
OSType cv_pix_fmt_type;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* CoreMedia Format Description that Videotoolbox will use to create the decompression session.
|
||||
* Set by the caller.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
CMVideoFormatDescriptionRef cm_fmt_desc;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* CoreMedia codec type that Videotoolbox will use to create the decompression session.
|
||||
* Set by the caller.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int cm_codec_type;
|
||||
} AVVideotoolboxContext;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate and initialize a Videotoolbox context.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function should be called from the get_format() callback when the caller
|
||||
* selects the AV_PIX_FMT_VIDETOOLBOX format. The caller must then create
|
||||
* the decoder object (using the output callback provided by libavcodec) that
|
||||
* will be used for Videotoolbox-accelerated decoding.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* When decoding with Videotoolbox is finished, the caller must destroy the decoder
|
||||
* object and free the Videotoolbox context using av_free().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return the newly allocated context or NULL on failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVVideotoolboxContext *av_videotoolbox_alloc_context(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This is a convenience function that creates and sets up the Videotoolbox context using
|
||||
* an internal implementation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param avctx the corresponding codec context
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_videotoolbox_default_init(AVCodecContext *avctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This is a convenience function that creates and sets up the Videotoolbox context using
|
||||
* an internal implementation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param avctx the corresponding codec context
|
||||
* @param vtctx the Videotoolbox context to use
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_videotoolbox_default_init2(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVVideotoolboxContext *vtctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This function must be called to free the Videotoolbox context initialized with
|
||||
* av_videotoolbox_default_init().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param avctx the corresponding codec context
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_videotoolbox_default_free(AVCodecContext *avctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVCODEC_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* A public API for Vorbis parsing
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Determines the duration for each packet.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVCODEC_VORBIS_PARSER_H
|
||||
#define AVCODEC_VORBIS_PARSER_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct AVVorbisParseContext AVVorbisParseContext;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate and initialize the Vorbis parser using headers in the extradata.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVVorbisParseContext *av_vorbis_parse_init(const uint8_t *extradata,
|
||||
int extradata_size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free the parser and everything associated with it.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_vorbis_parse_free(AVVorbisParseContext **s);
|
||||
|
||||
#define VORBIS_FLAG_HEADER 0x00000001
|
||||
#define VORBIS_FLAG_COMMENT 0x00000002
|
||||
#define VORBIS_FLAG_SETUP 0x00000004
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the duration for a Vorbis packet.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If @p flags is @c NULL,
|
||||
* special frames are considered invalid.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s Vorbis parser context
|
||||
* @param buf buffer containing a Vorbis frame
|
||||
* @param buf_size size of the buffer
|
||||
* @param flags flags for special frames
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_vorbis_parse_frame_flags(AVVorbisParseContext *s, const uint8_t *buf,
|
||||
int buf_size, int *flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the duration for a Vorbis packet.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s Vorbis parser context
|
||||
* @param buf buffer containing a Vorbis frame
|
||||
* @param buf_size size of the buffer
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_vorbis_parse_frame(AVVorbisParseContext *s, const uint8_t *buf,
|
||||
int buf_size);
|
||||
|
||||
void av_vorbis_parse_reset(AVVorbisParseContext *s);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVCODEC_VORBIS_PARSER_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,170 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2003 Ivan Kalvachev
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVCODEC_XVMC_H
|
||||
#define AVCODEC_XVMC_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_xvmc
|
||||
* Public libavcodec XvMC header.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <X11/extensions/XvMC.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libavutil/attributes.h"
|
||||
#include "version.h"
|
||||
#include "avcodec.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_xvmc XvMC
|
||||
* @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_XVMC_ID 0x1DC711C0 /**< special value to ensure that regular pixel routines haven't corrupted the struct
|
||||
the number is 1337 speak for the letters IDCT MCo (motion compensation) */
|
||||
|
||||
struct attribute_deprecated xvmc_pix_fmt {
|
||||
/** The field contains the special constant value AV_XVMC_ID.
|
||||
It is used as a test that the application correctly uses the API,
|
||||
and that there is no corruption caused by pixel routines.
|
||||
- application - set during initialization
|
||||
- libavcodec - unchanged
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int xvmc_id;
|
||||
|
||||
/** Pointer to the block array allocated by XvMCCreateBlocks().
|
||||
The array has to be freed by XvMCDestroyBlocks().
|
||||
Each group of 64 values represents one data block of differential
|
||||
pixel information (in MoCo mode) or coefficients for IDCT.
|
||||
- application - set the pointer during initialization
|
||||
- libavcodec - fills coefficients/pixel data into the array
|
||||
*/
|
||||
short* data_blocks;
|
||||
|
||||
/** Pointer to the macroblock description array allocated by
|
||||
XvMCCreateMacroBlocks() and freed by XvMCDestroyMacroBlocks().
|
||||
- application - set the pointer during initialization
|
||||
- libavcodec - fills description data into the array
|
||||
*/
|
||||
XvMCMacroBlock* mv_blocks;
|
||||
|
||||
/** Number of macroblock descriptions that can be stored in the mv_blocks
|
||||
array.
|
||||
- application - set during initialization
|
||||
- libavcodec - unchanged
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int allocated_mv_blocks;
|
||||
|
||||
/** Number of blocks that can be stored at once in the data_blocks array.
|
||||
- application - set during initialization
|
||||
- libavcodec - unchanged
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int allocated_data_blocks;
|
||||
|
||||
/** Indicate that the hardware would interpret data_blocks as IDCT
|
||||
coefficients and perform IDCT on them.
|
||||
- application - set during initialization
|
||||
- libavcodec - unchanged
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int idct;
|
||||
|
||||
/** In MoCo mode it indicates that intra macroblocks are assumed to be in
|
||||
unsigned format; same as the XVMC_INTRA_UNSIGNED flag.
|
||||
- application - set during initialization
|
||||
- libavcodec - unchanged
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int unsigned_intra;
|
||||
|
||||
/** Pointer to the surface allocated by XvMCCreateSurface().
|
||||
It has to be freed by XvMCDestroySurface() on application exit.
|
||||
It identifies the frame and its state on the video hardware.
|
||||
- application - set during initialization
|
||||
- libavcodec - unchanged
|
||||
*/
|
||||
XvMCSurface* p_surface;
|
||||
|
||||
/** Set by the decoder before calling ff_draw_horiz_band(),
|
||||
needed by the XvMCRenderSurface function. */
|
||||
//@{
|
||||
/** Pointer to the surface used as past reference
|
||||
- application - unchanged
|
||||
- libavcodec - set
|
||||
*/
|
||||
XvMCSurface* p_past_surface;
|
||||
|
||||
/** Pointer to the surface used as future reference
|
||||
- application - unchanged
|
||||
- libavcodec - set
|
||||
*/
|
||||
XvMCSurface* p_future_surface;
|
||||
|
||||
/** top/bottom field or frame
|
||||
- application - unchanged
|
||||
- libavcodec - set
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned int picture_structure;
|
||||
|
||||
/** XVMC_SECOND_FIELD - 1st or 2nd field in the sequence
|
||||
- application - unchanged
|
||||
- libavcodec - set
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned int flags;
|
||||
//}@
|
||||
|
||||
/** Number of macroblock descriptions in the mv_blocks array
|
||||
that have already been passed to the hardware.
|
||||
- application - zeroes it on get_buffer().
|
||||
A successful ff_draw_horiz_band() may increment it
|
||||
with filled_mb_block_num or zero both.
|
||||
- libavcodec - unchanged
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int start_mv_blocks_num;
|
||||
|
||||
/** Number of new macroblock descriptions in the mv_blocks array (after
|
||||
start_mv_blocks_num) that are filled by libavcodec and have to be
|
||||
passed to the hardware.
|
||||
- application - zeroes it on get_buffer() or after successful
|
||||
ff_draw_horiz_band().
|
||||
- libavcodec - increment with one of each stored MB
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int filled_mv_blocks_num;
|
||||
|
||||
/** Number of the next free data block; one data block consists of
|
||||
64 short values in the data_blocks array.
|
||||
All blocks before this one have already been claimed by placing their
|
||||
position into the corresponding block description structure field,
|
||||
that are part of the mv_blocks array.
|
||||
- application - zeroes it on get_buffer().
|
||||
A successful ff_draw_horiz_band() may zero it together
|
||||
with start_mb_blocks_num.
|
||||
- libavcodec - each decoded macroblock increases it by the number
|
||||
of coded blocks it contains.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int next_free_data_block_num;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVCODEC_XVMC_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,514 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVDEVICE_AVDEVICE_H
|
||||
#define AVDEVICE_AVDEVICE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup lavd
|
||||
* Main libavdevice API header
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavd libavdevice
|
||||
* Special devices muxing/demuxing library.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Libavdevice is a complementary library to @ref libavf "libavformat". It
|
||||
* provides various "special" platform-specific muxers and demuxers, e.g. for
|
||||
* grabbing devices, audio capture and playback etc. As a consequence, the
|
||||
* (de)muxers in libavdevice are of the AVFMT_NOFILE type (they use their own
|
||||
* I/O functions). The filename passed to avformat_open_input() often does not
|
||||
* refer to an actually existing file, but has some special device-specific
|
||||
* meaning - e.g. for xcbgrab it is the display name.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* To use libavdevice, simply call avdevice_register_all() to register all
|
||||
* compiled muxers and demuxers. They all use standard libavformat API.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libavutil/log.h"
|
||||
#include "libavutil/opt.h"
|
||||
#include "libavutil/dict.h"
|
||||
#include "libavformat/avformat.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_INT constant.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned avdevice_version(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the libavdevice build-time configuration.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *avdevice_configuration(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the libavdevice license.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *avdevice_license(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize libavdevice and register all the input and output devices.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void avdevice_register_all(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Audio input devices iterator.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If d is NULL, returns the first registered input audio/video device,
|
||||
* if d is non-NULL, returns the next registered input audio/video device after d
|
||||
* or NULL if d is the last one.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVInputFormat *av_input_audio_device_next(AVInputFormat *d);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Video input devices iterator.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If d is NULL, returns the first registered input audio/video device,
|
||||
* if d is non-NULL, returns the next registered input audio/video device after d
|
||||
* or NULL if d is the last one.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVInputFormat *av_input_video_device_next(AVInputFormat *d);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Audio output devices iterator.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If d is NULL, returns the first registered output audio/video device,
|
||||
* if d is non-NULL, returns the next registered output audio/video device after d
|
||||
* or NULL if d is the last one.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVOutputFormat *av_output_audio_device_next(AVOutputFormat *d);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Video output devices iterator.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If d is NULL, returns the first registered output audio/video device,
|
||||
* if d is non-NULL, returns the next registered output audio/video device after d
|
||||
* or NULL if d is the last one.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVOutputFormat *av_output_video_device_next(AVOutputFormat *d);
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct AVDeviceRect {
|
||||
int x; /**< x coordinate of top left corner */
|
||||
int y; /**< y coordinate of top left corner */
|
||||
int width; /**< width */
|
||||
int height; /**< height */
|
||||
} AVDeviceRect;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Message types used by avdevice_app_to_dev_control_message().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVAppToDevMessageType {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Dummy message.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_APP_TO_DEV_NONE = MKBETAG('N','O','N','E'),
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Window size change message.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Message is sent to the device every time the application changes the size
|
||||
* of the window device renders to.
|
||||
* Message should also be sent right after window is created.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* data: AVDeviceRect: new window size.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_APP_TO_DEV_WINDOW_SIZE = MKBETAG('G','E','O','M'),
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Repaint request message.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Message is sent to the device when window has to be repainted.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* data: AVDeviceRect: area required to be repainted.
|
||||
* NULL: whole area is required to be repainted.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_APP_TO_DEV_WINDOW_REPAINT = MKBETAG('R','E','P','A'),
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Request pause/play.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Application requests pause/unpause playback.
|
||||
* Mostly usable with devices that have internal buffer.
|
||||
* By default devices are not paused.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* data: NULL
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_APP_TO_DEV_PAUSE = MKBETAG('P', 'A', 'U', ' '),
|
||||
AV_APP_TO_DEV_PLAY = MKBETAG('P', 'L', 'A', 'Y'),
|
||||
AV_APP_TO_DEV_TOGGLE_PAUSE = MKBETAG('P', 'A', 'U', 'T'),
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Volume control message.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Set volume level. It may be device-dependent if volume
|
||||
* is changed per stream or system wide. Per stream volume
|
||||
* change is expected when possible.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* data: double: new volume with range of 0.0 - 1.0.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_APP_TO_DEV_SET_VOLUME = MKBETAG('S', 'V', 'O', 'L'),
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Mute control messages.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Change mute state. It may be device-dependent if mute status
|
||||
* is changed per stream or system wide. Per stream mute status
|
||||
* change is expected when possible.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* data: NULL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_APP_TO_DEV_MUTE = MKBETAG(' ', 'M', 'U', 'T'),
|
||||
AV_APP_TO_DEV_UNMUTE = MKBETAG('U', 'M', 'U', 'T'),
|
||||
AV_APP_TO_DEV_TOGGLE_MUTE = MKBETAG('T', 'M', 'U', 'T'),
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get volume/mute messages.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Force the device to send AV_DEV_TO_APP_VOLUME_LEVEL_CHANGED or
|
||||
* AV_DEV_TO_APP_MUTE_STATE_CHANGED command respectively.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* data: NULL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_APP_TO_DEV_GET_VOLUME = MKBETAG('G', 'V', 'O', 'L'),
|
||||
AV_APP_TO_DEV_GET_MUTE = MKBETAG('G', 'M', 'U', 'T'),
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Message types used by avdevice_dev_to_app_control_message().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVDevToAppMessageType {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Dummy message.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_DEV_TO_APP_NONE = MKBETAG('N','O','N','E'),
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Create window buffer message.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Device requests to create a window buffer. Exact meaning is device-
|
||||
* and application-dependent. Message is sent before rendering first
|
||||
* frame and all one-shot initializations should be done here.
|
||||
* Application is allowed to ignore preferred window buffer size.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note: Application is obligated to inform about window buffer size
|
||||
* with AV_APP_TO_DEV_WINDOW_SIZE message.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* data: AVDeviceRect: preferred size of the window buffer.
|
||||
* NULL: no preferred size of the window buffer.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_DEV_TO_APP_CREATE_WINDOW_BUFFER = MKBETAG('B','C','R','E'),
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Prepare window buffer message.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Device requests to prepare a window buffer for rendering.
|
||||
* Exact meaning is device- and application-dependent.
|
||||
* Message is sent before rendering of each frame.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* data: NULL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_DEV_TO_APP_PREPARE_WINDOW_BUFFER = MKBETAG('B','P','R','E'),
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Display window buffer message.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Device requests to display a window buffer.
|
||||
* Message is sent when new frame is ready to be displayed.
|
||||
* Usually buffers need to be swapped in handler of this message.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* data: NULL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_DEV_TO_APP_DISPLAY_WINDOW_BUFFER = MKBETAG('B','D','I','S'),
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Destroy window buffer message.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Device requests to destroy a window buffer.
|
||||
* Message is sent when device is about to be destroyed and window
|
||||
* buffer is not required anymore.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* data: NULL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_DEV_TO_APP_DESTROY_WINDOW_BUFFER = MKBETAG('B','D','E','S'),
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Buffer fullness status messages.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Device signals buffer overflow/underflow.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* data: NULL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_DEV_TO_APP_BUFFER_OVERFLOW = MKBETAG('B','O','F','L'),
|
||||
AV_DEV_TO_APP_BUFFER_UNDERFLOW = MKBETAG('B','U','F','L'),
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Buffer readable/writable.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Device informs that buffer is readable/writable.
|
||||
* When possible, device informs how many bytes can be read/write.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @warning Device may not inform when number of bytes than can be read/write changes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* data: int64_t: amount of bytes available to read/write.
|
||||
* NULL: amount of bytes available to read/write is not known.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_DEV_TO_APP_BUFFER_READABLE = MKBETAG('B','R','D',' '),
|
||||
AV_DEV_TO_APP_BUFFER_WRITABLE = MKBETAG('B','W','R',' '),
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Mute state change message.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Device informs that mute state has changed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* data: int: 0 for not muted state, non-zero for muted state.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_DEV_TO_APP_MUTE_STATE_CHANGED = MKBETAG('C','M','U','T'),
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Volume level change message.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Device informs that volume level has changed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* data: double: new volume with range of 0.0 - 1.0.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_DEV_TO_APP_VOLUME_LEVEL_CHANGED = MKBETAG('C','V','O','L'),
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Send control message from application to device.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s device context.
|
||||
* @param type message type.
|
||||
* @param data message data. Exact type depends on message type.
|
||||
* @param data_size size of message data.
|
||||
* @return >= 0 on success, negative on error.
|
||||
* AVERROR(ENOSYS) when device doesn't implement handler of the message.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avdevice_app_to_dev_control_message(struct AVFormatContext *s,
|
||||
enum AVAppToDevMessageType type,
|
||||
void *data, size_t data_size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Send control message from device to application.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s device context.
|
||||
* @param type message type.
|
||||
* @param data message data. Can be NULL.
|
||||
* @param data_size size of message data.
|
||||
* @return >= 0 on success, negative on error.
|
||||
* AVERROR(ENOSYS) when application doesn't implement handler of the message.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avdevice_dev_to_app_control_message(struct AVFormatContext *s,
|
||||
enum AVDevToAppMessageType type,
|
||||
void *data, size_t data_size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Following API allows user to probe device capabilities (supported codecs,
|
||||
* pixel formats, sample formats, resolutions, channel counts, etc).
|
||||
* It is build on top op AVOption API.
|
||||
* Queried capabilities make it possible to set up converters of video or audio
|
||||
* parameters that fit to the device.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* List of capabilities that can be queried:
|
||||
* - Capabilities valid for both audio and video devices:
|
||||
* - codec: supported audio/video codecs.
|
||||
* type: AV_OPT_TYPE_INT (AVCodecID value)
|
||||
* - Capabilities valid for audio devices:
|
||||
* - sample_format: supported sample formats.
|
||||
* type: AV_OPT_TYPE_INT (AVSampleFormat value)
|
||||
* - sample_rate: supported sample rates.
|
||||
* type: AV_OPT_TYPE_INT
|
||||
* - channels: supported number of channels.
|
||||
* type: AV_OPT_TYPE_INT
|
||||
* - channel_layout: supported channel layouts.
|
||||
* type: AV_OPT_TYPE_INT64
|
||||
* - Capabilities valid for video devices:
|
||||
* - pixel_format: supported pixel formats.
|
||||
* type: AV_OPT_TYPE_INT (AVPixelFormat value)
|
||||
* - window_size: supported window sizes (describes size of the window size presented to the user).
|
||||
* type: AV_OPT_TYPE_IMAGE_SIZE
|
||||
* - frame_size: supported frame sizes (describes size of provided video frames).
|
||||
* type: AV_OPT_TYPE_IMAGE_SIZE
|
||||
* - fps: supported fps values
|
||||
* type: AV_OPT_TYPE_RATIONAL
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Value of the capability may be set by user using av_opt_set() function
|
||||
* and AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery object. Following queries will
|
||||
* limit results to the values matching already set capabilities.
|
||||
* For example, setting a codec may impact number of formats or fps values
|
||||
* returned during next query. Setting invalid value may limit results to zero.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example of the usage basing on opengl output device:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @code
|
||||
* AVFormatContext *oc = NULL;
|
||||
* AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery *caps = NULL;
|
||||
* AVOptionRanges *ranges;
|
||||
* int ret;
|
||||
*
|
||||
* if ((ret = avformat_alloc_output_context2(&oc, NULL, "opengl", NULL)) < 0)
|
||||
* goto fail;
|
||||
* if (avdevice_capabilities_create(&caps, oc, NULL) < 0)
|
||||
* goto fail;
|
||||
*
|
||||
* //query codecs
|
||||
* if (av_opt_query_ranges(&ranges, caps, "codec", AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE)) < 0)
|
||||
* goto fail;
|
||||
* //pick codec here and set it
|
||||
* av_opt_set(caps, "codec", AV_CODEC_ID_RAWVIDEO, 0);
|
||||
*
|
||||
* //query format
|
||||
* if (av_opt_query_ranges(&ranges, caps, "pixel_format", AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE)) < 0)
|
||||
* goto fail;
|
||||
* //pick format here and set it
|
||||
* av_opt_set(caps, "pixel_format", AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P, 0);
|
||||
*
|
||||
* //query and set more capabilities
|
||||
*
|
||||
* fail:
|
||||
* //clean up code
|
||||
* avdevice_capabilities_free(&query, oc);
|
||||
* avformat_free_context(oc);
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Structure describes device capabilities.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* It is used by devices in conjunction with av_device_capabilities AVOption table
|
||||
* to implement capabilities probing API based on AVOption API. Should not be used directly.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery {
|
||||
const AVClass *av_class;
|
||||
AVFormatContext *device_context;
|
||||
enum AVCodecID codec;
|
||||
enum AVSampleFormat sample_format;
|
||||
enum AVPixelFormat pixel_format;
|
||||
int sample_rate;
|
||||
int channels;
|
||||
int64_t channel_layout;
|
||||
int window_width;
|
||||
int window_height;
|
||||
int frame_width;
|
||||
int frame_height;
|
||||
AVRational fps;
|
||||
} AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* AVOption table used by devices to implement device capabilities API. Should not be used by a user.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern const AVOption av_device_capabilities[];
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize capabilities probing API based on AVOption API.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* avdevice_capabilities_free() must be called when query capabilities API is
|
||||
* not used anymore.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[out] caps Device capabilities data. Pointer to a NULL pointer must be passed.
|
||||
* @param s Context of the device.
|
||||
* @param device_options An AVDictionary filled with device-private options.
|
||||
* On return this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict
|
||||
* containing options that were not found. May be NULL.
|
||||
* The same options must be passed later to avformat_write_header() for output
|
||||
* devices or avformat_open_input() for input devices, or at any other place
|
||||
* that affects device-private options.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return >= 0 on success, negative otherwise.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avdevice_capabilities_create(AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery **caps, AVFormatContext *s,
|
||||
AVDictionary **device_options);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free resources created by avdevice_capabilities_create()
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param caps Device capabilities data to be freed.
|
||||
* @param s Context of the device.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void avdevice_capabilities_free(AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery **caps, AVFormatContext *s);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Structure describes basic parameters of the device.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVDeviceInfo {
|
||||
char *device_name; /**< device name, format depends on device */
|
||||
char *device_description; /**< human friendly name */
|
||||
} AVDeviceInfo;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* List of devices.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVDeviceInfoList {
|
||||
AVDeviceInfo **devices; /**< list of autodetected devices */
|
||||
int nb_devices; /**< number of autodetected devices */
|
||||
int default_device; /**< index of default device or -1 if no default */
|
||||
} AVDeviceInfoList;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* List devices.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Returns available device names and their parameters.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note: Some devices may accept system-dependent device names that cannot be
|
||||
* autodetected. The list returned by this function cannot be assumed to
|
||||
* be always completed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s device context.
|
||||
* @param[out] device_list list of autodetected devices.
|
||||
* @return count of autodetected devices, negative on error.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avdevice_list_devices(struct AVFormatContext *s, AVDeviceInfoList **device_list);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Convenient function to free result of avdevice_list_devices().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param devices device list to be freed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void avdevice_free_list_devices(AVDeviceInfoList **device_list);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* List devices.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Returns available device names and their parameters.
|
||||
* These are convinient wrappers for avdevice_list_devices().
|
||||
* Device context is allocated and deallocated internally.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param device device format. May be NULL if device name is set.
|
||||
* @param device_name device name. May be NULL if device format is set.
|
||||
* @param device_options An AVDictionary filled with device-private options. May be NULL.
|
||||
* The same options must be passed later to avformat_write_header() for output
|
||||
* devices or avformat_open_input() for input devices, or at any other place
|
||||
* that affects device-private options.
|
||||
* @param[out] device_list list of autodetected devices
|
||||
* @return count of autodetected devices, negative on error.
|
||||
* @note device argument takes precedence over device_name when both are set.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avdevice_list_input_sources(struct AVInputFormat *device, const char *device_name,
|
||||
AVDictionary *device_options, AVDeviceInfoList **device_list);
|
||||
int avdevice_list_output_sinks(struct AVOutputFormat *device, const char *device_name,
|
||||
AVDictionary *device_options, AVDeviceInfoList **device_list);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVDEVICE_AVDEVICE_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVDEVICE_VERSION_H
|
||||
#define AVDEVICE_VERSION_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup lavd
|
||||
* Libavdevice version macros
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libavutil/version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MAJOR 57
|
||||
#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MINOR 10
|
||||
#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MICRO 100
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MAJOR, \
|
||||
LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MINOR, \
|
||||
LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MICRO)
|
||||
#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MAJOR, \
|
||||
LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MINOR, \
|
||||
LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MICRO)
|
||||
#define LIBAVDEVICE_BUILD LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_INT
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBAVDEVICE_IDENT "Lavd" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be
|
||||
* dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of
|
||||
* the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVDEVICE_VERSION_H */
|
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
|
@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* Filter graphs
|
||||
* copyright (c) 2007 Bobby Bingham
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVFILTER_AVFILTERGRAPH_H
|
||||
#define AVFILTER_AVFILTERGRAPH_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "avfilter.h"
|
||||
#include "libavutil/log.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVFILTER_AVFILTERGRAPH_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,165 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVFILTER_BUFFERSINK_H
|
||||
#define AVFILTER_BUFFERSINK_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup lavfi_buffersink
|
||||
* memory buffer sink API for audio and video
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "avfilter.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavfi_buffersink Buffer sink API
|
||||
* @ingroup lavfi
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get a frame with filtered data from sink and put it in frame.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ctx pointer to a buffersink or abuffersink filter context.
|
||||
* @param frame pointer to an allocated frame that will be filled with data.
|
||||
* The data must be freed using av_frame_unref() / av_frame_free()
|
||||
* @param flags a combination of AV_BUFFERSINK_FLAG_* flags
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return >= 0 in for success, a negative AVERROR code for failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_buffersink_get_frame_flags(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVFrame *frame, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Tell av_buffersink_get_buffer_ref() to read video/samples buffer
|
||||
* reference, but not remove it from the buffer. This is useful if you
|
||||
* need only to read a video/samples buffer, without to fetch it.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_BUFFERSINK_FLAG_PEEK 1
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Tell av_buffersink_get_buffer_ref() not to request a frame from its input.
|
||||
* If a frame is already buffered, it is read (and removed from the buffer),
|
||||
* but if no frame is present, return AVERROR(EAGAIN).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_BUFFERSINK_FLAG_NO_REQUEST 2
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Struct to use for initializing a buffersink context.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVBufferSinkParams {
|
||||
const enum AVPixelFormat *pixel_fmts; ///< list of allowed pixel formats, terminated by AV_PIX_FMT_NONE
|
||||
} AVBufferSinkParams;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Create an AVBufferSinkParams structure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Must be freed with av_free().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVBufferSinkParams *av_buffersink_params_alloc(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Struct to use for initializing an abuffersink context.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVABufferSinkParams {
|
||||
const enum AVSampleFormat *sample_fmts; ///< list of allowed sample formats, terminated by AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE
|
||||
const int64_t *channel_layouts; ///< list of allowed channel layouts, terminated by -1
|
||||
const int *channel_counts; ///< list of allowed channel counts, terminated by -1
|
||||
int all_channel_counts; ///< if not 0, accept any channel count or layout
|
||||
int *sample_rates; ///< list of allowed sample rates, terminated by -1
|
||||
} AVABufferSinkParams;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Create an AVABufferSinkParams structure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Must be freed with av_free().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVABufferSinkParams *av_abuffersink_params_alloc(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Set the frame size for an audio buffer sink.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All calls to av_buffersink_get_buffer_ref will return a buffer with
|
||||
* exactly the specified number of samples, or AVERROR(EAGAIN) if there is
|
||||
* not enough. The last buffer at EOF will be padded with 0.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_buffersink_set_frame_size(AVFilterContext *ctx, unsigned frame_size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavfi_buffersink_accessors Buffer sink accessors
|
||||
* Get the properties of the stream
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
enum AVMediaType av_buffersink_get_type (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
|
||||
AVRational av_buffersink_get_time_base (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
|
||||
int av_buffersink_get_format (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
AVRational av_buffersink_get_frame_rate (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
|
||||
int av_buffersink_get_w (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
|
||||
int av_buffersink_get_h (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
|
||||
AVRational av_buffersink_get_sample_aspect_ratio (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
int av_buffersink_get_channels (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
|
||||
uint64_t av_buffersink_get_channel_layout (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
|
||||
int av_buffersink_get_sample_rate (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
AVBufferRef * av_buffersink_get_hw_frames_ctx (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/** @} */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get a frame with filtered data from sink and put it in frame.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ctx pointer to a context of a buffersink or abuffersink AVFilter.
|
||||
* @param frame pointer to an allocated frame that will be filled with data.
|
||||
* The data must be freed using av_frame_unref() / av_frame_free()
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return
|
||||
* - >= 0 if a frame was successfully returned.
|
||||
* - AVERROR(EAGAIN) if no frames are available at this point; more
|
||||
* input frames must be added to the filtergraph to get more output.
|
||||
* - AVERROR_EOF if there will be no more output frames on this sink.
|
||||
* - A different negative AVERROR code in other failure cases.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_buffersink_get_frame(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVFrame *frame);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Same as av_buffersink_get_frame(), but with the ability to specify the number
|
||||
* of samples read. This function is less efficient than
|
||||
* av_buffersink_get_frame(), because it copies the data around.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ctx pointer to a context of the abuffersink AVFilter.
|
||||
* @param frame pointer to an allocated frame that will be filled with data.
|
||||
* The data must be freed using av_frame_unref() / av_frame_free()
|
||||
* frame will contain exactly nb_samples audio samples, except at
|
||||
* the end of stream, when it can contain less than nb_samples.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return The return codes have the same meaning as for
|
||||
* av_buffersink_get_samples().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @warning do not mix this function with av_buffersink_get_frame(). Use only one or
|
||||
* the other with a single sink, not both.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_buffersink_get_samples(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVFrame *frame, int nb_samples);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVFILTER_BUFFERSINK_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,209 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVFILTER_BUFFERSRC_H
|
||||
#define AVFILTER_BUFFERSRC_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup lavfi_buffersrc
|
||||
* Memory buffer source API.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "avfilter.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavfi_buffersrc Buffer source API
|
||||
* @ingroup lavfi
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
enum {
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Do not check for format changes.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_NO_CHECK_FORMAT = 1,
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Immediately push the frame to the output.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_PUSH = 4,
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Keep a reference to the frame.
|
||||
* If the frame if reference-counted, create a new reference; otherwise
|
||||
* copy the frame data.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_KEEP_REF = 8,
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the number of failed requests.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* A failed request is when the request_frame method is called while no
|
||||
* frame is present in the buffer.
|
||||
* The number is reset when a frame is added.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned av_buffersrc_get_nb_failed_requests(AVFilterContext *buffer_src);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This structure contains the parameters describing the frames that will be
|
||||
* passed to this filter.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* It should be allocated with av_buffersrc_parameters_alloc() and freed with
|
||||
* av_free(). All the allocated fields in it remain owned by the caller.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVBufferSrcParameters {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* video: the pixel format, value corresponds to enum AVPixelFormat
|
||||
* audio: the sample format, value corresponds to enum AVSampleFormat
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int format;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The timebase to be used for the timestamps on the input frames.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational time_base;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Video only, the display dimensions of the input frames.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int width, height;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Video only, the sample (pixel) aspect ratio.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational sample_aspect_ratio;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Video only, the frame rate of the input video. This field must only be
|
||||
* set to a non-zero value if input stream has a known constant framerate
|
||||
* and should be left at its initial value if the framerate is variable or
|
||||
* unknown.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational frame_rate;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Video with a hwaccel pixel format only. This should be a reference to an
|
||||
* AVHWFramesContext instance describing the input frames.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVBufferRef *hw_frames_ctx;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Audio only, the audio sampling rate in samples per secon.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int sample_rate;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Audio only, the audio channel layout
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint64_t channel_layout;
|
||||
} AVBufferSrcParameters;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate a new AVBufferSrcParameters instance. It should be freed by the
|
||||
* caller with av_free().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVBufferSrcParameters *av_buffersrc_parameters_alloc(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize the buffersrc or abuffersrc filter with the provided parameters.
|
||||
* This function may be called multiple times, the later calls override the
|
||||
* previous ones. Some of the parameters may also be set through AVOptions, then
|
||||
* whatever method is used last takes precedence.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ctx an instance of the buffersrc or abuffersrc filter
|
||||
* @param param the stream parameters. The frames later passed to this filter
|
||||
* must conform to those parameters. All the allocated fields in
|
||||
* param remain owned by the caller, libavfilter will make internal
|
||||
* copies or references when necessary.
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_buffersrc_parameters_set(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVBufferSrcParameters *param);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Add a frame to the buffer source.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ctx an instance of the buffersrc filter
|
||||
* @param frame frame to be added. If the frame is reference counted, this
|
||||
* function will make a new reference to it. Otherwise the frame data will be
|
||||
* copied.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function is equivalent to av_buffersrc_add_frame_flags() with the
|
||||
* AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_KEEP_REF flag.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
av_warn_unused_result
|
||||
int av_buffersrc_write_frame(AVFilterContext *ctx, const AVFrame *frame);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Add a frame to the buffer source.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ctx an instance of the buffersrc filter
|
||||
* @param frame frame to be added. If the frame is reference counted, this
|
||||
* function will take ownership of the reference(s) and reset the frame.
|
||||
* Otherwise the frame data will be copied. If this function returns an error,
|
||||
* the input frame is not touched.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note the difference between this function and av_buffersrc_write_frame() is
|
||||
* that av_buffersrc_write_frame() creates a new reference to the input frame,
|
||||
* while this function takes ownership of the reference passed to it.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function is equivalent to av_buffersrc_add_frame_flags() without the
|
||||
* AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_KEEP_REF flag.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
av_warn_unused_result
|
||||
int av_buffersrc_add_frame(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVFrame *frame);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Add a frame to the buffer source.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* By default, if the frame is reference-counted, this function will take
|
||||
* ownership of the reference(s) and reset the frame. This can be controlled
|
||||
* using the flags.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If this function returns an error, the input frame is not touched.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param buffer_src pointer to a buffer source context
|
||||
* @param frame a frame, or NULL to mark EOF
|
||||
* @param flags a combination of AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_*
|
||||
* @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative AVERROR code
|
||||
* in case of failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
av_warn_unused_result
|
||||
int av_buffersrc_add_frame_flags(AVFilterContext *buffer_src,
|
||||
AVFrame *frame, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Close the buffer source after EOF.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This is similar to passing NULL to av_buffersrc_add_frame_flags()
|
||||
* except it takes the timestamp of the EOF, i.e. the timestamp of the end
|
||||
* of the last frame.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_buffersrc_close(AVFilterContext *ctx, int64_t pts, unsigned flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVFILTER_BUFFERSRC_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* Version macros.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVFILTER_VERSION_H
|
||||
#define AVFILTER_VERSION_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup lavfi
|
||||
* Libavfilter version macros
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libavutil/version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR 6
|
||||
#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MINOR 107
|
||||
#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MICRO 100
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR, \
|
||||
LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MINOR, \
|
||||
LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MICRO)
|
||||
#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR, \
|
||||
LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MINOR, \
|
||||
LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MICRO)
|
||||
#define LIBAVFILTER_BUILD LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_INT
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBAVFILTER_IDENT "Lavfi" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVFILTER_VERSION)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be
|
||||
* dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of
|
||||
* the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_OLD_FILTER_OPTS
|
||||
#define FF_API_OLD_FILTER_OPTS (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 7)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_OLD_FILTER_OPTS_ERROR
|
||||
#define FF_API_OLD_FILTER_OPTS_ERROR (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 7)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_AVFILTER_OPEN
|
||||
#define FF_API_AVFILTER_OPEN (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 7)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_AVFILTER_INIT_FILTER
|
||||
#define FF_API_AVFILTER_INIT_FILTER (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 7)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_OLD_FILTER_REGISTER
|
||||
#define FF_API_OLD_FILTER_REGISTER (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 7)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_NOCONST_GET_NAME
|
||||
#define FF_API_NOCONST_GET_NAME (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 7)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_LAVR_OPTS
|
||||
#define FF_API_LAVR_OPTS (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 7)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVFILTER_VERSION_H */
|
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
|
@ -0,0 +1,867 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* copyright (c) 2001 Fabrice Bellard
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef AVFORMAT_AVIO_H
|
||||
#define AVFORMAT_AVIO_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup lavf_io
|
||||
* Buffered I/O operations
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libavutil/common.h"
|
||||
#include "libavutil/dict.h"
|
||||
#include "libavutil/log.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libavformat/version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Seeking works like for a local file.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AVIO_SEEKABLE_NORMAL (1 << 0)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Seeking by timestamp with avio_seek_time() is possible.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AVIO_SEEKABLE_TIME (1 << 1)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Callback for checking whether to abort blocking functions.
|
||||
* AVERROR_EXIT is returned in this case by the interrupted
|
||||
* function. During blocking operations, callback is called with
|
||||
* opaque as parameter. If the callback returns 1, the
|
||||
* blocking operation will be aborted.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* No members can be added to this struct without a major bump, if
|
||||
* new elements have been added after this struct in AVFormatContext
|
||||
* or AVIOContext.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVIOInterruptCB {
|
||||
int (*callback)(void*);
|
||||
void *opaque;
|
||||
} AVIOInterruptCB;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Directory entry types.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVIODirEntryType {
|
||||
AVIO_ENTRY_UNKNOWN,
|
||||
AVIO_ENTRY_BLOCK_DEVICE,
|
||||
AVIO_ENTRY_CHARACTER_DEVICE,
|
||||
AVIO_ENTRY_DIRECTORY,
|
||||
AVIO_ENTRY_NAMED_PIPE,
|
||||
AVIO_ENTRY_SYMBOLIC_LINK,
|
||||
AVIO_ENTRY_SOCKET,
|
||||
AVIO_ENTRY_FILE,
|
||||
AVIO_ENTRY_SERVER,
|
||||
AVIO_ENTRY_SHARE,
|
||||
AVIO_ENTRY_WORKGROUP,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Describes single entry of the directory.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Only name and type fields are guaranteed be set.
|
||||
* Rest of fields are protocol or/and platform dependent and might be unknown.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVIODirEntry {
|
||||
char *name; /**< Filename */
|
||||
int type; /**< Type of the entry */
|
||||
int utf8; /**< Set to 1 when name is encoded with UTF-8, 0 otherwise.
|
||||
Name can be encoded with UTF-8 even though 0 is set. */
|
||||
int64_t size; /**< File size in bytes, -1 if unknown. */
|
||||
int64_t modification_timestamp; /**< Time of last modification in microseconds since unix
|
||||
epoch, -1 if unknown. */
|
||||
int64_t access_timestamp; /**< Time of last access in microseconds since unix epoch,
|
||||
-1 if unknown. */
|
||||
int64_t status_change_timestamp; /**< Time of last status change in microseconds since unix
|
||||
epoch, -1 if unknown. */
|
||||
int64_t user_id; /**< User ID of owner, -1 if unknown. */
|
||||
int64_t group_id; /**< Group ID of owner, -1 if unknown. */
|
||||
int64_t filemode; /**< Unix file mode, -1 if unknown. */
|
||||
} AVIODirEntry;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct AVIODirContext {
|
||||
struct URLContext *url_context;
|
||||
} AVIODirContext;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Different data types that can be returned via the AVIO
|
||||
* write_data_type callback.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVIODataMarkerType {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Header data; this needs to be present for the stream to be decodeable.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVIO_DATA_MARKER_HEADER,
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A point in the output bytestream where a decoder can start decoding
|
||||
* (i.e. a keyframe). A demuxer/decoder given the data flagged with
|
||||
* AVIO_DATA_MARKER_HEADER, followed by any AVIO_DATA_MARKER_SYNC_POINT,
|
||||
* should give decodeable results.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVIO_DATA_MARKER_SYNC_POINT,
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A point in the output bytestream where a demuxer can start parsing
|
||||
* (for non self synchronizing bytestream formats). That is, any
|
||||
* non-keyframe packet start point.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVIO_DATA_MARKER_BOUNDARY_POINT,
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This is any, unlabelled data. It can either be a muxer not marking
|
||||
* any positions at all, it can be an actual boundary/sync point
|
||||
* that the muxer chooses not to mark, or a later part of a packet/fragment
|
||||
* that is cut into multiple write callbacks due to limited IO buffer size.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVIO_DATA_MARKER_UNKNOWN,
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Trailer data, which doesn't contain actual content, but only for
|
||||
* finalizing the output file.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVIO_DATA_MARKER_TRAILER,
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A point in the output bytestream where the underlying AVIOContext might
|
||||
* flush the buffer depending on latency or buffering requirements. Typically
|
||||
* means the end of a packet.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVIO_DATA_MARKER_FLUSH_POINT,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Bytestream IO Context.
|
||||
* New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps.
|
||||
* Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major
|
||||
* version bump.
|
||||
* sizeof(AVIOContext) must not be used outside libav*.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note None of the function pointers in AVIOContext should be called
|
||||
* directly, they should only be set by the client application
|
||||
* when implementing custom I/O. Normally these are set to the
|
||||
* function pointers specified in avio_alloc_context()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVIOContext {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A class for private options.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If this AVIOContext is created by avio_open2(), av_class is set and
|
||||
* passes the options down to protocols.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If this AVIOContext is manually allocated, then av_class may be set by
|
||||
* the caller.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* warning -- this field can be NULL, be sure to not pass this AVIOContext
|
||||
* to any av_opt_* functions in that case.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const AVClass *av_class;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* The following shows the relationship between buffer, buf_ptr,
|
||||
* buf_ptr_max, buf_end, buf_size, and pos, when reading and when writing
|
||||
* (since AVIOContext is used for both):
|
||||
*
|
||||
**********************************************************************************
|
||||
* READING
|
||||
**********************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* | buffer_size |
|
||||
* |---------------------------------------|
|
||||
* | |
|
||||
*
|
||||
* buffer buf_ptr buf_end
|
||||
* +---------------+-----------------------+
|
||||
* |/ / / / / / / /|/ / / / / / /| |
|
||||
* read buffer: |/ / consumed / | to be read /| |
|
||||
* |/ / / / / / / /|/ / / / / / /| |
|
||||
* +---------------+-----------------------+
|
||||
*
|
||||
* pos
|
||||
* +-------------------------------------------+-----------------+
|
||||
* input file: | | |
|
||||
* +-------------------------------------------+-----------------+
|
||||
*
|
||||
*
|
||||
**********************************************************************************
|
||||
* WRITING
|
||||
**********************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* | buffer_size |
|
||||
* |--------------------------------------|
|
||||
* | |
|
||||
*
|
||||
* buf_ptr_max
|
||||
* buffer (buf_ptr) buf_end
|
||||
* +-----------------------+--------------+
|
||||
* |/ / / / / / / / / / / /| |
|
||||
* write buffer: | / / to be flushed / / | |
|
||||
* |/ / / / / / / / / / / /| |
|
||||
* +-----------------------+--------------+
|
||||
* buf_ptr can be in this
|
||||
* due to a backward seek
|
||||
*
|
||||
* pos
|
||||
* +-------------+----------------------------------------------+
|
||||
* output file: | | |
|
||||
* +-------------+----------------------------------------------+
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned char *buffer; /**< Start of the buffer. */
|
||||
int buffer_size; /**< Maximum buffer size */
|
||||
unsigned char *buf_ptr; /**< Current position in the buffer */
|
||||
unsigned char *buf_end; /**< End of the data, may be less than
|
||||
buffer+buffer_size if the read function returned
|
||||
less data than requested, e.g. for streams where
|
||||
no more data has been received yet. */
|
||||
void *opaque; /**< A private pointer, passed to the read/write/seek/...
|
||||
functions. */
|
||||
int (*read_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size);
|
||||
int (*write_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size);
|
||||
int64_t (*seek)(void *opaque, int64_t offset, int whence);
|
||||
int64_t pos; /**< position in the file of the current buffer */
|
||||
int must_flush; /**< unused */
|
||||
int eof_reached; /**< true if eof reached */
|
||||
int write_flag; /**< true if open for writing */
|
||||
int max_packet_size;
|
||||
unsigned long checksum;
|
||||
unsigned char *checksum_ptr;
|
||||
unsigned long (*update_checksum)(unsigned long checksum, const uint8_t *buf, unsigned int size);
|
||||
int error; /**< contains the error code or 0 if no error happened */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Pause or resume playback for network streaming protocols - e.g. MMS.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*read_pause)(void *opaque, int pause);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Seek to a given timestamp in stream with the specified stream_index.
|
||||
* Needed for some network streaming protocols which don't support seeking
|
||||
* to byte position.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t (*read_seek)(void *opaque, int stream_index,
|
||||
int64_t timestamp, int flags);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A combination of AVIO_SEEKABLE_ flags or 0 when the stream is not seekable.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int seekable;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* max filesize, used to limit allocations
|
||||
* This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t maxsize;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* avio_read and avio_write should if possible be satisfied directly
|
||||
* instead of going through a buffer, and avio_seek will always
|
||||
* call the underlying seek function directly.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int direct;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Bytes read statistic
|
||||
* This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t bytes_read;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* seek statistic
|
||||
* This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int seek_count;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* writeout statistic
|
||||
* This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int writeout_count;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Original buffer size
|
||||
* used internally after probing and ensure seekback to reset the buffer size
|
||||
* This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int orig_buffer_size;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Threshold to favor readahead over seek.
|
||||
* This is current internal only, do not use from outside.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int short_seek_threshold;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* ',' separated list of allowed protocols.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *protocol_whitelist;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* ',' separated list of disallowed protocols.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *protocol_blacklist;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A callback that is used instead of write_packet.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*write_data_type)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size,
|
||||
enum AVIODataMarkerType type, int64_t time);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* If set, don't call write_data_type separately for AVIO_DATA_MARKER_BOUNDARY_POINT,
|
||||
* but ignore them and treat them as AVIO_DATA_MARKER_UNKNOWN (to avoid needlessly
|
||||
* small chunks of data returned from the callback).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int ignore_boundary_point;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Internal, not meant to be used from outside of AVIOContext.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVIODataMarkerType current_type;
|
||||
int64_t last_time;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A callback that is used instead of short_seek_threshold.
|
||||
* This is current internal only, do not use from outside.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*short_seek_get)(void *opaque);
|
||||
|
||||
int64_t written;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Maximum reached position before a backward seek in the write buffer,
|
||||
* used keeping track of already written data for a later flush.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned char *buf_ptr_max;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Try to buffer at least this amount of data before flushing it
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int min_packet_size;
|
||||
} AVIOContext;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the name of the protocol that will handle the passed URL.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* NULL is returned if no protocol could be found for the given URL.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return Name of the protocol or NULL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *avio_find_protocol_name(const char *url);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return AVIO_FLAG_* access flags corresponding to the access permissions
|
||||
* of the resource in url, or a negative value corresponding to an
|
||||
* AVERROR code in case of failure. The returned access flags are
|
||||
* masked by the value in flags.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note This function is intrinsically unsafe, in the sense that the
|
||||
* checked resource may change its existence or permission status from
|
||||
* one call to another. Thus you should not trust the returned value,
|
||||
* unless you are sure that no other processes are accessing the
|
||||
* checked resource.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_check(const char *url, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Move or rename a resource.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note url_src and url_dst should share the same protocol and authority.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param url_src url to resource to be moved
|
||||
* @param url_dst new url to resource if the operation succeeded
|
||||
* @return >=0 on success or negative on error.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avpriv_io_move(const char *url_src, const char *url_dst);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Delete a resource.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param url resource to be deleted.
|
||||
* @return >=0 on success or negative on error.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avpriv_io_delete(const char *url);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Open directory for reading.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s directory read context. Pointer to a NULL pointer must be passed.
|
||||
* @param url directory to be listed.
|
||||
* @param options A dictionary filled with protocol-private options. On return
|
||||
* this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dictionary
|
||||
* containing options that were not found. May be NULL.
|
||||
* @return >=0 on success or negative on error.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_open_dir(AVIODirContext **s, const char *url, AVDictionary **options);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get next directory entry.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Returned entry must be freed with avio_free_directory_entry(). In particular
|
||||
* it may outlive AVIODirContext.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s directory read context.
|
||||
* @param[out] next next entry or NULL when no more entries.
|
||||
* @return >=0 on success or negative on error. End of list is not considered an
|
||||
* error.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_read_dir(AVIODirContext *s, AVIODirEntry **next);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Close directory.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note Entries created using avio_read_dir() are not deleted and must be
|
||||
* freeded with avio_free_directory_entry().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s directory read context.
|
||||
* @return >=0 on success or negative on error.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_close_dir(AVIODirContext **s);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free entry allocated by avio_read_dir().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param entry entry to be freed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void avio_free_directory_entry(AVIODirEntry **entry);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate and initialize an AVIOContext for buffered I/O. It must be later
|
||||
* freed with avio_context_free().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param buffer Memory block for input/output operations via AVIOContext.
|
||||
* The buffer must be allocated with av_malloc() and friends.
|
||||
* It may be freed and replaced with a new buffer by libavformat.
|
||||
* AVIOContext.buffer holds the buffer currently in use,
|
||||
* which must be later freed with av_free().
|
||||
* @param buffer_size The buffer size is very important for performance.
|
||||
* For protocols with fixed blocksize it should be set to this blocksize.
|
||||
* For others a typical size is a cache page, e.g. 4kb.
|
||||
* @param write_flag Set to 1 if the buffer should be writable, 0 otherwise.
|
||||
* @param opaque An opaque pointer to user-specific data.
|
||||
* @param read_packet A function for refilling the buffer, may be NULL.
|
||||
* @param write_packet A function for writing the buffer contents, may be NULL.
|
||||
* The function may not change the input buffers content.
|
||||
* @param seek A function for seeking to specified byte position, may be NULL.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return Allocated AVIOContext or NULL on failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVIOContext *avio_alloc_context(
|
||||
unsigned char *buffer,
|
||||
int buffer_size,
|
||||
int write_flag,
|
||||
void *opaque,
|
||||
int (*read_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size),
|
||||
int (*write_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size),
|
||||
int64_t (*seek)(void *opaque, int64_t offset, int whence));
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free the supplied IO context and everything associated with it.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s Double pointer to the IO context. This function will write NULL
|
||||
* into s.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void avio_context_free(AVIOContext **s);
|
||||
|
||||
void avio_w8(AVIOContext *s, int b);
|
||||
void avio_write(AVIOContext *s, const unsigned char *buf, int size);
|
||||
void avio_wl64(AVIOContext *s, uint64_t val);
|
||||
void avio_wb64(AVIOContext *s, uint64_t val);
|
||||
void avio_wl32(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val);
|
||||
void avio_wb32(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val);
|
||||
void avio_wl24(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val);
|
||||
void avio_wb24(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val);
|
||||
void avio_wl16(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val);
|
||||
void avio_wb16(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Write a NULL-terminated string.
|
||||
* @return number of bytes written.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_put_str(AVIOContext *s, const char *str);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Convert an UTF-8 string to UTF-16LE and write it.
|
||||
* @param s the AVIOContext
|
||||
* @param str NULL-terminated UTF-8 string
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return number of bytes written.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_put_str16le(AVIOContext *s, const char *str);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Convert an UTF-8 string to UTF-16BE and write it.
|
||||
* @param s the AVIOContext
|
||||
* @param str NULL-terminated UTF-8 string
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return number of bytes written.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_put_str16be(AVIOContext *s, const char *str);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Mark the written bytestream as a specific type.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Zero-length ranges are omitted from the output.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param time the stream time the current bytestream pos corresponds to
|
||||
* (in AV_TIME_BASE units), or AV_NOPTS_VALUE if unknown or not
|
||||
* applicable
|
||||
* @param type the kind of data written starting at the current pos
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void avio_write_marker(AVIOContext *s, int64_t time, enum AVIODataMarkerType type);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* ORing this as the "whence" parameter to a seek function causes it to
|
||||
* return the filesize without seeking anywhere. Supporting this is optional.
|
||||
* If it is not supported then the seek function will return <0.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AVSEEK_SIZE 0x10000
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Passing this flag as the "whence" parameter to a seek function causes it to
|
||||
* seek by any means (like reopening and linear reading) or other normally unreasonable
|
||||
* means that can be extremely slow.
|
||||
* This may be ignored by the seek code.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AVSEEK_FORCE 0x20000
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* fseek() equivalent for AVIOContext.
|
||||
* @return new position or AVERROR.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t avio_seek(AVIOContext *s, int64_t offset, int whence);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Skip given number of bytes forward
|
||||
* @return new position or AVERROR.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t avio_skip(AVIOContext *s, int64_t offset);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* ftell() equivalent for AVIOContext.
|
||||
* @return position or AVERROR.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static av_always_inline int64_t avio_tell(AVIOContext *s)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return avio_seek(s, 0, SEEK_CUR);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the filesize.
|
||||
* @return filesize or AVERROR
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t avio_size(AVIOContext *s);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* feof() equivalent for AVIOContext.
|
||||
* @return non zero if and only if end of file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_feof(AVIOContext *s);
|
||||
#if FF_API_URL_FEOF
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @deprecated use avio_feof()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
int url_feof(AVIOContext *s);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @warning Writes up to 4 KiB per call */
|
||||
int avio_printf(AVIOContext *s, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(2, 3);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Force flushing of buffered data.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* For write streams, force the buffered data to be immediately written to the output,
|
||||
* without to wait to fill the internal buffer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* For read streams, discard all currently buffered data, and advance the
|
||||
* reported file position to that of the underlying stream. This does not
|
||||
* read new data, and does not perform any seeks.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void avio_flush(AVIOContext *s);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Read size bytes from AVIOContext into buf.
|
||||
* @return number of bytes read or AVERROR
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_read(AVIOContext *s, unsigned char *buf, int size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Read size bytes from AVIOContext into buf. Unlike avio_read(), this is allowed
|
||||
* to read fewer bytes than requested. The missing bytes can be read in the next
|
||||
* call. This always tries to read at least 1 byte.
|
||||
* Useful to reduce latency in certain cases.
|
||||
* @return number of bytes read or AVERROR
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_read_partial(AVIOContext *s, unsigned char *buf, int size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @name Functions for reading from AVIOContext
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note return 0 if EOF, so you cannot use it if EOF handling is
|
||||
* necessary
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_r8 (AVIOContext *s);
|
||||
unsigned int avio_rl16(AVIOContext *s);
|
||||
unsigned int avio_rl24(AVIOContext *s);
|
||||
unsigned int avio_rl32(AVIOContext *s);
|
||||
uint64_t avio_rl64(AVIOContext *s);
|
||||
unsigned int avio_rb16(AVIOContext *s);
|
||||
unsigned int avio_rb24(AVIOContext *s);
|
||||
unsigned int avio_rb32(AVIOContext *s);
|
||||
uint64_t avio_rb64(AVIOContext *s);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Read a string from pb into buf. The reading will terminate when either
|
||||
* a NULL character was encountered, maxlen bytes have been read, or nothing
|
||||
* more can be read from pb. The result is guaranteed to be NULL-terminated, it
|
||||
* will be truncated if buf is too small.
|
||||
* Note that the string is not interpreted or validated in any way, it
|
||||
* might get truncated in the middle of a sequence for multi-byte encodings.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return number of bytes read (is always <= maxlen).
|
||||
* If reading ends on EOF or error, the return value will be one more than
|
||||
* bytes actually read.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_get_str(AVIOContext *pb, int maxlen, char *buf, int buflen);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Read a UTF-16 string from pb and convert it to UTF-8.
|
||||
* The reading will terminate when either a null or invalid character was
|
||||
* encountered or maxlen bytes have been read.
|
||||
* @return number of bytes read (is always <= maxlen)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_get_str16le(AVIOContext *pb, int maxlen, char *buf, int buflen);
|
||||
int avio_get_str16be(AVIOContext *pb, int maxlen, char *buf, int buflen);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @name URL open modes
|
||||
* The flags argument to avio_open must be one of the following
|
||||
* constants, optionally ORed with other flags.
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AVIO_FLAG_READ 1 /**< read-only */
|
||||
#define AVIO_FLAG_WRITE 2 /**< write-only */
|
||||
#define AVIO_FLAG_READ_WRITE (AVIO_FLAG_READ|AVIO_FLAG_WRITE) /**< read-write pseudo flag */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Use non-blocking mode.
|
||||
* If this flag is set, operations on the context will return
|
||||
* AVERROR(EAGAIN) if they can not be performed immediately.
|
||||
* If this flag is not set, operations on the context will never return
|
||||
* AVERROR(EAGAIN).
|
||||
* Note that this flag does not affect the opening/connecting of the
|
||||
* context. Connecting a protocol will always block if necessary (e.g. on
|
||||
* network protocols) but never hang (e.g. on busy devices).
|
||||
* Warning: non-blocking protocols is work-in-progress; this flag may be
|
||||
* silently ignored.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AVIO_FLAG_NONBLOCK 8
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Use direct mode.
|
||||
* avio_read and avio_write should if possible be satisfied directly
|
||||
* instead of going through a buffer, and avio_seek will always
|
||||
* call the underlying seek function directly.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AVIO_FLAG_DIRECT 0x8000
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Create and initialize a AVIOContext for accessing the
|
||||
* resource indicated by url.
|
||||
* @note When the resource indicated by url has been opened in
|
||||
* read+write mode, the AVIOContext can be used only for writing.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s Used to return the pointer to the created AVIOContext.
|
||||
* In case of failure the pointed to value is set to NULL.
|
||||
* @param url resource to access
|
||||
* @param flags flags which control how the resource indicated by url
|
||||
* is to be opened
|
||||
* @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an
|
||||
* AVERROR code in case of failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_open(AVIOContext **s, const char *url, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Create and initialize a AVIOContext for accessing the
|
||||
* resource indicated by url.
|
||||
* @note When the resource indicated by url has been opened in
|
||||
* read+write mode, the AVIOContext can be used only for writing.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s Used to return the pointer to the created AVIOContext.
|
||||
* In case of failure the pointed to value is set to NULL.
|
||||
* @param url resource to access
|
||||
* @param flags flags which control how the resource indicated by url
|
||||
* is to be opened
|
||||
* @param int_cb an interrupt callback to be used at the protocols level
|
||||
* @param options A dictionary filled with protocol-private options. On return
|
||||
* this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict containing options
|
||||
* that were not found. May be NULL.
|
||||
* @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an
|
||||
* AVERROR code in case of failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_open2(AVIOContext **s, const char *url, int flags,
|
||||
const AVIOInterruptCB *int_cb, AVDictionary **options);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Close the resource accessed by the AVIOContext s and free it.
|
||||
* This function can only be used if s was opened by avio_open().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The internal buffer is automatically flushed before closing the
|
||||
* resource.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, an AVERROR < 0 on error.
|
||||
* @see avio_closep
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_close(AVIOContext *s);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Close the resource accessed by the AVIOContext *s, free it
|
||||
* and set the pointer pointing to it to NULL.
|
||||
* This function can only be used if s was opened by avio_open().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The internal buffer is automatically flushed before closing the
|
||||
* resource.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, an AVERROR < 0 on error.
|
||||
* @see avio_close
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_closep(AVIOContext **s);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Open a write only memory stream.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s new IO context
|
||||
* @return zero if no error.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_open_dyn_buf(AVIOContext **s);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the written size and a pointer to the buffer.
|
||||
* The AVIOContext stream is left intact.
|
||||
* The buffer must NOT be freed.
|
||||
* No padding is added to the buffer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s IO context
|
||||
* @param pbuffer pointer to a byte buffer
|
||||
* @return the length of the byte buffer
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_get_dyn_buf(AVIOContext *s, uint8_t **pbuffer);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the written size and a pointer to the buffer. The buffer
|
||||
* must be freed with av_free().
|
||||
* Padding of AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE is added to the buffer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s IO context
|
||||
* @param pbuffer pointer to a byte buffer
|
||||
* @return the length of the byte buffer
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_close_dyn_buf(AVIOContext *s, uint8_t **pbuffer);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Iterate through names of available protocols.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param opaque A private pointer representing current protocol.
|
||||
* It must be a pointer to NULL on first iteration and will
|
||||
* be updated by successive calls to avio_enum_protocols.
|
||||
* @param output If set to 1, iterate over output protocols,
|
||||
* otherwise over input protocols.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return A static string containing the name of current protocol or NULL
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *avio_enum_protocols(void **opaque, int output);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Pause and resume playing - only meaningful if using a network streaming
|
||||
* protocol (e.g. MMS).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param h IO context from which to call the read_pause function pointer
|
||||
* @param pause 1 for pause, 0 for resume
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_pause(AVIOContext *h, int pause);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Seek to a given timestamp relative to some component stream.
|
||||
* Only meaningful if using a network streaming protocol (e.g. MMS.).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param h IO context from which to call the seek function pointers
|
||||
* @param stream_index The stream index that the timestamp is relative to.
|
||||
* If stream_index is (-1) the timestamp should be in AV_TIME_BASE
|
||||
* units from the beginning of the presentation.
|
||||
* If a stream_index >= 0 is used and the protocol does not support
|
||||
* seeking based on component streams, the call will fail.
|
||||
* @param timestamp timestamp in AVStream.time_base units
|
||||
* or if there is no stream specified then in AV_TIME_BASE units.
|
||||
* @param flags Optional combination of AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD, AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE
|
||||
* and AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY. The protocol may silently ignore
|
||||
* AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD and AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY, but AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE will
|
||||
* fail if used and not supported.
|
||||
* @return >= 0 on success
|
||||
* @see AVInputFormat::read_seek
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t avio_seek_time(AVIOContext *h, int stream_index,
|
||||
int64_t timestamp, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Avoid a warning. The header can not be included because it breaks c++. */
|
||||
struct AVBPrint;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Read contents of h into print buffer, up to max_size bytes, or up to EOF.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 0 for success (max_size bytes read or EOF reached), negative error
|
||||
* code otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_read_to_bprint(AVIOContext *h, struct AVBPrint *pb, size_t max_size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Accept and allocate a client context on a server context.
|
||||
* @param s the server context
|
||||
* @param c the client context, must be unallocated
|
||||
* @return >= 0 on success or a negative value corresponding
|
||||
* to an AVERROR on failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_accept(AVIOContext *s, AVIOContext **c);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Perform one step of the protocol handshake to accept a new client.
|
||||
* This function must be called on a client returned by avio_accept() before
|
||||
* using it as a read/write context.
|
||||
* It is separate from avio_accept() because it may block.
|
||||
* A step of the handshake is defined by places where the application may
|
||||
* decide to change the proceedings.
|
||||
* For example, on a protocol with a request header and a reply header, each
|
||||
* one can constitute a step because the application may use the parameters
|
||||
* from the request to change parameters in the reply; or each individual
|
||||
* chunk of the request can constitute a step.
|
||||
* If the handshake is already finished, avio_handshake() does nothing and
|
||||
* returns 0 immediately.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param c the client context to perform the handshake on
|
||||
* @return 0 on a complete and successful handshake
|
||||
* > 0 if the handshake progressed, but is not complete
|
||||
* < 0 for an AVERROR code
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_handshake(AVIOContext *c);
|
||||
#endif /* AVFORMAT_AVIO_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* Version macros.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVFORMAT_VERSION_H
|
||||
#define AVFORMAT_VERSION_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup libavf
|
||||
* Libavformat version macros
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libavutil/version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
// Major bumping may affect Ticket5467, 5421, 5451(compatibility with Chromium)
|
||||
// Also please add any ticket numbers that you believe might be affected here
|
||||
#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR 57
|
||||
#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MINOR 83
|
||||
#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MICRO 100
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR, \
|
||||
LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MINOR, \
|
||||
LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MICRO)
|
||||
#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR, \
|
||||
LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MINOR, \
|
||||
LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MICRO)
|
||||
#define LIBAVFORMAT_BUILD LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_INT
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBAVFORMAT_IDENT "Lavf" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be
|
||||
* dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of
|
||||
* the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note, when bumping the major version it is recommended to manually
|
||||
* disable each FF_API_* in its own commit instead of disabling them all
|
||||
* at once through the bump. This improves the git bisect-ability of the change.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_LAVF_BITEXACT
|
||||
#define FF_API_LAVF_BITEXACT (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_LAVF_FRAC
|
||||
#define FF_API_LAVF_FRAC (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_LAVF_CODEC_TB
|
||||
#define FF_API_LAVF_CODEC_TB (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_URL_FEOF
|
||||
#define FF_API_URL_FEOF (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_LAVF_FMT_RAWPICTURE
|
||||
#define FF_API_LAVF_FMT_RAWPICTURE (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_COMPUTE_PKT_FIELDS2
|
||||
#define FF_API_COMPUTE_PKT_FIELDS2 (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_OLD_OPEN_CALLBACKS
|
||||
#define FF_API_OLD_OPEN_CALLBACKS (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_LAVF_AVCTX
|
||||
#define FF_API_LAVF_AVCTX (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_NOCONST_GET_SIDE_DATA
|
||||
#define FF_API_NOCONST_GET_SIDE_DATA (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_HTTP_USER_AGENT
|
||||
#define FF_API_HTTP_USER_AGENT (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_HLS_WRAP
|
||||
#define FF_API_HLS_WRAP (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_LAVF_MERGE_SD
|
||||
#define FF_API_LAVF_MERGE_SD (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_LAVF_KEEPSIDE_FLAG
|
||||
#define FF_API_LAVF_KEEPSIDE_FLAG (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_OLD_ROTATE_API
|
||||
#define FF_API_OLD_ROTATE_API (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_R_FRAME_RATE
|
||||
#define FF_API_R_FRAME_RATE 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif /* AVFORMAT_VERSION_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* copyright (c) 2006 Mans Rullgard
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu_adler32
|
||||
* Public header for Adler-32 hash function implementation.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_ADLER32_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_ADLER32_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
#include "attributes.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_adler32 Adler-32
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu_hash
|
||||
* Adler-32 hash function implementation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Calculate the Adler32 checksum of a buffer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Passing the return value to a subsequent av_adler32_update() call
|
||||
* allows the checksum of multiple buffers to be calculated as though
|
||||
* they were concatenated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param adler initial checksum value
|
||||
* @param buf pointer to input buffer
|
||||
* @param len size of input buffer
|
||||
* @return updated checksum
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned long av_adler32_update(unsigned long adler, const uint8_t *buf,
|
||||
unsigned int len) av_pure;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_ADLER32_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* copyright (c) 2007 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_AES_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_AES_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "attributes.h"
|
||||
#include "version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_aes AES
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu_crypto
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
extern const int av_aes_size;
|
||||
|
||||
struct AVAES;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate an AVAES context.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct AVAES *av_aes_alloc(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize an AVAES context.
|
||||
* @param key_bits 128, 192 or 256
|
||||
* @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_aes_init(struct AVAES *a, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits, int decrypt);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context.
|
||||
* @param count number of 16 byte blocks
|
||||
* @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
|
||||
* @param src source array, can be equal to dst
|
||||
* @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used
|
||||
* @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_aes_crypt(struct AVAES *a, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_AES_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* AES-CTR cipher
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2015 Eran Kornblau <erankor at gmail dot com>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_AES_CTR_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_AES_CTR_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "attributes.h"
|
||||
#include "version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#define AES_CTR_KEY_SIZE (16)
|
||||
#define AES_CTR_IV_SIZE (8)
|
||||
|
||||
struct AVAESCTR;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate an AVAESCTR context.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct AVAESCTR *av_aes_ctr_alloc(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize an AVAESCTR context.
|
||||
* @param key encryption key, must have a length of AES_CTR_KEY_SIZE
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_aes_ctr_init(struct AVAESCTR *a, const uint8_t *key);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Release an AVAESCTR context.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_aes_ctr_free(struct AVAESCTR *a);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Process a buffer using a previously initialized context.
|
||||
* @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
|
||||
* @param src source array, can be equal to dst
|
||||
* @param size the size of src and dst
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_aes_ctr_crypt(struct AVAESCTR *a, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the current iv
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const uint8_t* av_aes_ctr_get_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Generate a random iv
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_aes_ctr_set_random_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Forcefully change the iv
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_aes_ctr_set_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a, const uint8_t* iv);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Increment the top 64 bit of the iv (performed after each frame)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_aes_ctr_increment_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_AES_CTR_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,167 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* Macro definitions for various function/variable attributes
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUC__
|
||||
# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(x,y) (__GNUC__ > (x) || __GNUC__ == (x) && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= (y))
|
||||
# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_MOST(x,y) (__GNUC__ < (x) || __GNUC__ == (x) && __GNUC_MINOR__ <= (y))
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(x,y) 0
|
||||
# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_MOST(x,y) 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef av_always_inline
|
||||
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1)
|
||||
# define av_always_inline __attribute__((always_inline)) inline
|
||||
#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
|
||||
# define av_always_inline __forceinline
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define av_always_inline inline
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef av_extern_inline
|
||||
#if defined(__ICL) && __ICL >= 1210 || defined(__GNUC_STDC_INLINE__)
|
||||
# define av_extern_inline extern inline
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define av_extern_inline inline
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,4)
|
||||
# define av_warn_unused_result __attribute__((warn_unused_result))
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define av_warn_unused_result
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1)
|
||||
# define av_noinline __attribute__((noinline))
|
||||
#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
|
||||
# define av_noinline __declspec(noinline)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define av_noinline
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1)
|
||||
# define av_pure __attribute__((pure))
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define av_pure
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(2,6)
|
||||
# define av_const __attribute__((const))
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define av_const
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,3)
|
||||
# define av_cold __attribute__((cold))
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define av_cold
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,1) && !defined(__llvm__)
|
||||
# define av_flatten __attribute__((flatten))
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define av_flatten
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1)
|
||||
# define attribute_deprecated __attribute__((deprecated))
|
||||
#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
|
||||
# define attribute_deprecated __declspec(deprecated)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define attribute_deprecated
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Disable warnings about deprecated features
|
||||
* This is useful for sections of code kept for backward compatibility and
|
||||
* scheduled for removal.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED
|
||||
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,6)
|
||||
# define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) \
|
||||
_Pragma("GCC diagnostic push") \
|
||||
_Pragma("GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wdeprecated-declarations\"") \
|
||||
code \
|
||||
_Pragma("GCC diagnostic pop")
|
||||
#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
|
||||
# define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) \
|
||||
__pragma(warning(push)) \
|
||||
__pragma(warning(disable : 4996)) \
|
||||
code; \
|
||||
__pragma(warning(pop))
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) code
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)
|
||||
# define av_unused __attribute__((unused))
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define av_unused
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Mark a variable as used and prevent the compiler from optimizing it
|
||||
* away. This is useful for variables accessed only from inline
|
||||
* assembler without the compiler being aware.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) || defined(__clang__)
|
||||
# define av_used __attribute__((used))
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define av_used
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,3)
|
||||
# define av_alias __attribute__((may_alias))
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define av_alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) && !defined(__clang__)
|
||||
# define av_uninit(x) x=x
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define av_uninit(x) x
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUC__
|
||||
# define av_builtin_constant_p __builtin_constant_p
|
||||
# define av_printf_format(fmtpos, attrpos) __attribute__((__format__(__printf__, fmtpos, attrpos)))
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define av_builtin_constant_p(x) 0
|
||||
# define av_printf_format(fmtpos, attrpos)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(2,5)
|
||||
# define av_noreturn __attribute__((noreturn))
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define av_noreturn
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,187 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* Audio FIFO
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2012 Justin Ruggles <justin.ruggles@gmail.com>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* Audio FIFO Buffer
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_AUDIO_FIFO_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_AUDIO_FIFO_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "avutil.h"
|
||||
#include "fifo.h"
|
||||
#include "samplefmt.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup lavu_audio
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_audiofifo Audio FIFO Buffer
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Context for an Audio FIFO Buffer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Operates at the sample level rather than the byte level.
|
||||
* - Supports multiple channels with either planar or packed sample format.
|
||||
* - Automatic reallocation when writing to a full buffer.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVAudioFifo AVAudioFifo;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free an AVAudioFifo.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param af AVAudioFifo to free
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_audio_fifo_free(AVAudioFifo *af);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate an AVAudioFifo.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param sample_fmt sample format
|
||||
* @param channels number of channels
|
||||
* @param nb_samples initial allocation size, in samples
|
||||
* @return newly allocated AVAudioFifo, or NULL on error
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVAudioFifo *av_audio_fifo_alloc(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int channels,
|
||||
int nb_samples);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Reallocate an AVAudioFifo.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param af AVAudioFifo to reallocate
|
||||
* @param nb_samples new allocation size, in samples
|
||||
* @return 0 if OK, or negative AVERROR code on failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
av_warn_unused_result
|
||||
int av_audio_fifo_realloc(AVAudioFifo *af, int nb_samples);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Write data to an AVAudioFifo.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The AVAudioFifo will be reallocated automatically if the available space
|
||||
* is less than nb_samples.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see enum AVSampleFormat
|
||||
* The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param af AVAudioFifo to write to
|
||||
* @param data audio data plane pointers
|
||||
* @param nb_samples number of samples to write
|
||||
* @return number of samples actually written, or negative AVERROR
|
||||
* code on failure. If successful, the number of samples
|
||||
* actually written will always be nb_samples.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_audio_fifo_write(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Peek data from an AVAudioFifo.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see enum AVSampleFormat
|
||||
* The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param af AVAudioFifo to read from
|
||||
* @param data audio data plane pointers
|
||||
* @param nb_samples number of samples to peek
|
||||
* @return number of samples actually peek, or negative AVERROR code
|
||||
* on failure. The number of samples actually peek will not
|
||||
* be greater than nb_samples, and will only be less than
|
||||
* nb_samples if av_audio_fifo_size is less than nb_samples.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_audio_fifo_peek(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Peek data from an AVAudioFifo.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see enum AVSampleFormat
|
||||
* The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param af AVAudioFifo to read from
|
||||
* @param data audio data plane pointers
|
||||
* @param nb_samples number of samples to peek
|
||||
* @param offset offset from current read position
|
||||
* @return number of samples actually peek, or negative AVERROR code
|
||||
* on failure. The number of samples actually peek will not
|
||||
* be greater than nb_samples, and will only be less than
|
||||
* nb_samples if av_audio_fifo_size is less than nb_samples.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_audio_fifo_peek_at(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples, int offset);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Read data from an AVAudioFifo.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see enum AVSampleFormat
|
||||
* The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param af AVAudioFifo to read from
|
||||
* @param data audio data plane pointers
|
||||
* @param nb_samples number of samples to read
|
||||
* @return number of samples actually read, or negative AVERROR code
|
||||
* on failure. The number of samples actually read will not
|
||||
* be greater than nb_samples, and will only be less than
|
||||
* nb_samples if av_audio_fifo_size is less than nb_samples.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_audio_fifo_read(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Drain data from an AVAudioFifo.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Removes the data without reading it.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param af AVAudioFifo to drain
|
||||
* @param nb_samples number of samples to drain
|
||||
* @return 0 if OK, or negative AVERROR code on failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_audio_fifo_drain(AVAudioFifo *af, int nb_samples);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Reset the AVAudioFifo buffer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This empties all data in the buffer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param af AVAudioFifo to reset
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_audio_fifo_reset(AVAudioFifo *af);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the current number of samples in the AVAudioFifo available for reading.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param af the AVAudioFifo to query
|
||||
* @return number of samples available for reading
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_audio_fifo_size(AVAudioFifo *af);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the current number of samples in the AVAudioFifo available for writing.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param af the AVAudioFifo to query
|
||||
* @return number of samples available for writing
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_audio_fifo_space(AVAudioFifo *af);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_AUDIO_FIFO_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* copyright (c) 2010 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* simple assert() macros that are a bit more flexible than ISO C assert().
|
||||
* @author Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_AVASSERT_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_AVASSERT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include "avutil.h"
|
||||
#include "log.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* assert() equivalent, that is always enabled.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define av_assert0(cond) do { \
|
||||
if (!(cond)) { \
|
||||
av_log(NULL, AV_LOG_PANIC, "Assertion %s failed at %s:%d\n", \
|
||||
AV_STRINGIFY(cond), __FILE__, __LINE__); \
|
||||
abort(); \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
} while (0)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* assert() equivalent, that does not lie in speed critical code.
|
||||
* These asserts() thus can be enabled without fearing speed loss.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL > 0
|
||||
#define av_assert1(cond) av_assert0(cond)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define av_assert1(cond) ((void)0)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* assert() equivalent, that does lie in speed critical code.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL > 1
|
||||
#define av_assert2(cond) av_assert0(cond)
|
||||
#define av_assert2_fpu() av_assert0_fpu()
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define av_assert2(cond) ((void)0)
|
||||
#define av_assert2_fpu() ((void)0)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Assert that floating point opperations can be executed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This will av_assert0() that the cpu is not in MMX state on X86
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_assert0_fpu(void);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_AVASSERT_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
|
|||
/* Generated by ffconf */
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H
|
||||
#define AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN 0
|
||||
#define AV_HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED 1
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,407 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2007 Mans Rullgard
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_AVSTRING_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_AVSTRING_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
#include "attributes.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup lavu_string
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return non-zero if pfx is a prefix of str. If it is, *ptr is set to
|
||||
* the address of the first character in str after the prefix.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param str input string
|
||||
* @param pfx prefix to test
|
||||
* @param ptr updated if the prefix is matched inside str
|
||||
* @return non-zero if the prefix matches, zero otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_strstart(const char *str, const char *pfx, const char **ptr);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return non-zero if pfx is a prefix of str independent of case. If
|
||||
* it is, *ptr is set to the address of the first character in str
|
||||
* after the prefix.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param str input string
|
||||
* @param pfx prefix to test
|
||||
* @param ptr updated if the prefix is matched inside str
|
||||
* @return non-zero if the prefix matches, zero otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_stristart(const char *str, const char *pfx, const char **ptr);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Locate the first case-independent occurrence in the string haystack
|
||||
* of the string needle. A zero-length string needle is considered to
|
||||
* match at the start of haystack.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function is a case-insensitive version of the standard strstr().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param haystack string to search in
|
||||
* @param needle string to search for
|
||||
* @return pointer to the located match within haystack
|
||||
* or a null pointer if no match
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char *av_stristr(const char *haystack, const char *needle);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Locate the first occurrence of the string needle in the string haystack
|
||||
* where not more than hay_length characters are searched. A zero-length
|
||||
* string needle is considered to match at the start of haystack.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function is a length-limited version of the standard strstr().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param haystack string to search in
|
||||
* @param needle string to search for
|
||||
* @param hay_length length of string to search in
|
||||
* @return pointer to the located match within haystack
|
||||
* or a null pointer if no match
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char *av_strnstr(const char *haystack, const char *needle, size_t hay_length);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Copy the string src to dst, but no more than size - 1 bytes, and
|
||||
* null-terminate dst.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function is the same as BSD strlcpy().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param dst destination buffer
|
||||
* @param src source string
|
||||
* @param size size of destination buffer
|
||||
* @return the length of src
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @warning since the return value is the length of src, src absolutely
|
||||
* _must_ be a properly 0-terminated string, otherwise this will read beyond
|
||||
* the end of the buffer and possibly crash.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
size_t av_strlcpy(char *dst, const char *src, size_t size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Append the string src to the string dst, but to a total length of
|
||||
* no more than size - 1 bytes, and null-terminate dst.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function is similar to BSD strlcat(), but differs when
|
||||
* size <= strlen(dst).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param dst destination buffer
|
||||
* @param src source string
|
||||
* @param size size of destination buffer
|
||||
* @return the total length of src and dst
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @warning since the return value use the length of src and dst, these
|
||||
* absolutely _must_ be a properly 0-terminated strings, otherwise this
|
||||
* will read beyond the end of the buffer and possibly crash.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
size_t av_strlcat(char *dst, const char *src, size_t size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Append output to a string, according to a format. Never write out of
|
||||
* the destination buffer, and always put a terminating 0 within
|
||||
* the buffer.
|
||||
* @param dst destination buffer (string to which the output is
|
||||
* appended)
|
||||
* @param size total size of the destination buffer
|
||||
* @param fmt printf-compatible format string, specifying how the
|
||||
* following parameters are used
|
||||
* @return the length of the string that would have been generated
|
||||
* if enough space had been available
|
||||
*/
|
||||
size_t av_strlcatf(char *dst, size_t size, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(3, 4);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the count of continuous non zero chars starting from the beginning.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param len maximum number of characters to check in the string, that
|
||||
* is the maximum value which is returned by the function
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline size_t av_strnlen(const char *s, size_t len)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t i;
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < len && s[i]; i++)
|
||||
;
|
||||
return i;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Print arguments following specified format into a large enough auto
|
||||
* allocated buffer. It is similar to GNU asprintf().
|
||||
* @param fmt printf-compatible format string, specifying how the
|
||||
* following parameters are used.
|
||||
* @return the allocated string
|
||||
* @note You have to free the string yourself with av_free().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char *av_asprintf(const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(1, 2);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Convert a number to an av_malloced string.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char *av_d2str(double d);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Unescape the given string until a non escaped terminating char,
|
||||
* and return the token corresponding to the unescaped string.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The normal \ and ' escaping is supported. Leading and trailing
|
||||
* whitespaces are removed, unless they are escaped with '\' or are
|
||||
* enclosed between ''.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param buf the buffer to parse, buf will be updated to point to the
|
||||
* terminating char
|
||||
* @param term a 0-terminated list of terminating chars
|
||||
* @return the malloced unescaped string, which must be av_freed by
|
||||
* the user, NULL in case of allocation failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char *av_get_token(const char **buf, const char *term);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Split the string into several tokens which can be accessed by
|
||||
* successive calls to av_strtok().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* A token is defined as a sequence of characters not belonging to the
|
||||
* set specified in delim.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* On the first call to av_strtok(), s should point to the string to
|
||||
* parse, and the value of saveptr is ignored. In subsequent calls, s
|
||||
* should be NULL, and saveptr should be unchanged since the previous
|
||||
* call.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function is similar to strtok_r() defined in POSIX.1.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s the string to parse, may be NULL
|
||||
* @param delim 0-terminated list of token delimiters, must be non-NULL
|
||||
* @param saveptr user-provided pointer which points to stored
|
||||
* information necessary for av_strtok() to continue scanning the same
|
||||
* string. saveptr is updated to point to the next character after the
|
||||
* first delimiter found, or to NULL if the string was terminated
|
||||
* @return the found token, or NULL when no token is found
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char *av_strtok(char *s, const char *delim, char **saveptr);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isdigit.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline av_const int av_isdigit(int c)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return c >= '0' && c <= '9';
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isgraph.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline av_const int av_isgraph(int c)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return c > 32 && c < 127;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isspace.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline av_const int av_isspace(int c)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return c == ' ' || c == '\f' || c == '\n' || c == '\r' || c == '\t' ||
|
||||
c == '\v';
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Locale-independent conversion of ASCII characters to uppercase.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline av_const int av_toupper(int c)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z')
|
||||
c ^= 0x20;
|
||||
return c;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Locale-independent conversion of ASCII characters to lowercase.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline av_const int av_tolower(int c)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z')
|
||||
c ^= 0x20;
|
||||
return c;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isxdigit.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline av_const int av_isxdigit(int c)
|
||||
{
|
||||
c = av_tolower(c);
|
||||
return av_isdigit(c) || (c >= 'a' && c <= 'f');
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Locale-independent case-insensitive compare.
|
||||
* @note This means only ASCII-range characters are case-insensitive
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_strcasecmp(const char *a, const char *b);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Locale-independent case-insensitive compare.
|
||||
* @note This means only ASCII-range characters are case-insensitive
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_strncasecmp(const char *a, const char *b, size_t n);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Locale-independent strings replace.
|
||||
* @note This means only ASCII-range characters are replace
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char *av_strireplace(const char *str, const char *from, const char *to);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Thread safe basename.
|
||||
* @param path the path, on DOS both \ and / are considered separators.
|
||||
* @return pointer to the basename substring.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *av_basename(const char *path);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Thread safe dirname.
|
||||
* @param path the path, on DOS both \ and / are considered separators.
|
||||
* @return the path with the separator replaced by the string terminator or ".".
|
||||
* @note the function may change the input string.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *av_dirname(char *path);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Match instances of a name in a comma-separated list of names.
|
||||
* List entries are checked from the start to the end of the names list,
|
||||
* the first match ends further processing. If an entry prefixed with '-'
|
||||
* matches, then 0 is returned. The "ALL" list entry is considered to
|
||||
* match all names.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param name Name to look for.
|
||||
* @param names List of names.
|
||||
* @return 1 on match, 0 otherwise.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_match_name(const char *name, const char *names);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Append path component to the existing path.
|
||||
* Path separator '/' is placed between when needed.
|
||||
* Resulting string have to be freed with av_free().
|
||||
* @param path base path
|
||||
* @param component component to be appended
|
||||
* @return new path or NULL on error.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char *av_append_path_component(const char *path, const char *component);
|
||||
|
||||
enum AVEscapeMode {
|
||||
AV_ESCAPE_MODE_AUTO, ///< Use auto-selected escaping mode.
|
||||
AV_ESCAPE_MODE_BACKSLASH, ///< Use backslash escaping.
|
||||
AV_ESCAPE_MODE_QUOTE, ///< Use single-quote escaping.
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Consider spaces special and escape them even in the middle of the
|
||||
* string.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This is equivalent to adding the whitespace characters to the special
|
||||
* characters lists, except it is guaranteed to use the exact same list
|
||||
* of whitespace characters as the rest of libavutil.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_WHITESPACE (1 << 0)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Escape only specified special characters.
|
||||
* Without this flag, escape also any characters that may be considered
|
||||
* special by av_get_token(), such as the single quote.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_STRICT (1 << 1)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Escape string in src, and put the escaped string in an allocated
|
||||
* string in *dst, which must be freed with av_free().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param dst pointer where an allocated string is put
|
||||
* @param src string to escape, must be non-NULL
|
||||
* @param special_chars string containing the special characters which
|
||||
* need to be escaped, can be NULL
|
||||
* @param mode escape mode to employ, see AV_ESCAPE_MODE_* macros.
|
||||
* Any unknown value for mode will be considered equivalent to
|
||||
* AV_ESCAPE_MODE_BACKSLASH, but this behaviour can change without
|
||||
* notice.
|
||||
* @param flags flags which control how to escape, see AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_ macros
|
||||
* @return the length of the allocated string, or a negative error code in case of error
|
||||
* @see av_bprint_escape()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
av_warn_unused_result
|
||||
int av_escape(char **dst, const char *src, const char *special_chars,
|
||||
enum AVEscapeMode mode, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_INVALID_BIG_CODES 1 ///< accept codepoints over 0x10FFFF
|
||||
#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_NON_CHARACTERS 2 ///< accept non-characters - 0xFFFE and 0xFFFF
|
||||
#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_SURROGATES 4 ///< accept UTF-16 surrogates codes
|
||||
#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_EXCLUDE_XML_INVALID_CONTROL_CODES 8 ///< exclude control codes not accepted by XML
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_ALL \
|
||||
AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_INVALID_BIG_CODES|AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_NON_CHARACTERS|AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_SURROGATES
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Read and decode a single UTF-8 code point (character) from the
|
||||
* buffer in *buf, and update *buf to point to the next byte to
|
||||
* decode.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* In case of an invalid byte sequence, the pointer will be updated to
|
||||
* the next byte after the invalid sequence and the function will
|
||||
* return an error code.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Depending on the specified flags, the function will also fail in
|
||||
* case the decoded code point does not belong to a valid range.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note For speed-relevant code a carefully implemented use of
|
||||
* GET_UTF8() may be preferred.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param codep pointer used to return the parsed code in case of success.
|
||||
* The value in *codep is set even in case the range check fails.
|
||||
* @param bufp pointer to the address the first byte of the sequence
|
||||
* to decode, updated by the function to point to the
|
||||
* byte next after the decoded sequence
|
||||
* @param buf_end pointer to the end of the buffer, points to the next
|
||||
* byte past the last in the buffer. This is used to
|
||||
* avoid buffer overreads (in case of an unfinished
|
||||
* UTF-8 sequence towards the end of the buffer).
|
||||
* @param flags a collection of AV_UTF8_FLAG_* flags
|
||||
* @return >= 0 in case a sequence was successfully read, a negative
|
||||
* value in case of invalid sequence
|
||||
*/
|
||||
av_warn_unused_result
|
||||
int av_utf8_decode(int32_t *codep, const uint8_t **bufp, const uint8_t *buf_end,
|
||||
unsigned int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Check if a name is in a list.
|
||||
* @returns 0 if not found, or the 1 based index where it has been found in the
|
||||
* list.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_match_list(const char *name, const char *list, char separator);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_AVSTRING_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,365 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_AVUTIL_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_AVUTIL_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu
|
||||
* Convenience header that includes @ref lavu "libavutil"'s core.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @mainpage
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @section ffmpeg_intro Introduction
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This document describes the usage of the different libraries
|
||||
* provided by FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @li @ref libavc "libavcodec" encoding/decoding library
|
||||
* @li @ref lavfi "libavfilter" graph-based frame editing library
|
||||
* @li @ref libavf "libavformat" I/O and muxing/demuxing library
|
||||
* @li @ref lavd "libavdevice" special devices muxing/demuxing library
|
||||
* @li @ref lavu "libavutil" common utility library
|
||||
* @li @ref lswr "libswresample" audio resampling, format conversion and mixing
|
||||
* @li @ref lpp "libpostproc" post processing library
|
||||
* @li @ref libsws "libswscale" color conversion and scaling library
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @section ffmpeg_versioning Versioning and compatibility
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Each of the FFmpeg libraries contains a version.h header, which defines a
|
||||
* major, minor and micro version number with the
|
||||
* <em>LIBRARYNAME_VERSION_{MAJOR,MINOR,MICRO}</em> macros. The major version
|
||||
* number is incremented with backward incompatible changes - e.g. removing
|
||||
* parts of the public API, reordering public struct members, etc. The minor
|
||||
* version number is incremented for backward compatible API changes or major
|
||||
* new features - e.g. adding a new public function or a new decoder. The micro
|
||||
* version number is incremented for smaller changes that a calling program
|
||||
* might still want to check for - e.g. changing behavior in a previously
|
||||
* unspecified situation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg guarantees backward API and ABI compatibility for each library as long
|
||||
* as its major version number is unchanged. This means that no public symbols
|
||||
* will be removed or renamed. Types and names of the public struct members and
|
||||
* values of public macros and enums will remain the same (unless they were
|
||||
* explicitly declared as not part of the public API). Documented behavior will
|
||||
* not change.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* In other words, any correct program that works with a given FFmpeg snapshot
|
||||
* should work just as well without any changes with any later snapshot with the
|
||||
* same major versions. This applies to both rebuilding the program against new
|
||||
* FFmpeg versions or to replacing the dynamic FFmpeg libraries that a program
|
||||
* links against.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* However, new public symbols may be added and new members may be appended to
|
||||
* public structs whose size is not part of public ABI (most public structs in
|
||||
* FFmpeg). New macros and enum values may be added. Behavior in undocumented
|
||||
* situations may change slightly (and be documented). All those are accompanied
|
||||
* by an entry in doc/APIchanges and incrementing either the minor or micro
|
||||
* version number.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu libavutil
|
||||
* Common code shared across all FFmpeg libraries.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note
|
||||
* libavutil is designed to be modular. In most cases, in order to use the
|
||||
* functions provided by one component of libavutil you must explicitly include
|
||||
* the specific header containing that feature. If you are only using
|
||||
* media-related components, you could simply include libavutil/avutil.h, which
|
||||
* brings in most of the "core" components.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_crypto Crypto and Hashing
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_math Mathematics
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_string String Manipulation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_mem Memory Management
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_data Data Structures
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_video Video related
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_audio Audio related
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_error Error Codes
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_log Logging Facility
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_misc Other
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @defgroup preproc_misc Preprocessor String Macros
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @defgroup version_utils Library Version Macros
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup lavu_ver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT constant.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned avutil_version(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return an informative version string. This usually is the actual release
|
||||
* version number or a git commit description. This string has no fixed format
|
||||
* and can change any time. It should never be parsed by code.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *av_version_info(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the libavutil build-time configuration.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *avutil_configuration(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the libavutil license.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *avutil_license(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup lavu_media Media Type
|
||||
* @brief Media Type
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
enum AVMediaType {
|
||||
AVMEDIA_TYPE_UNKNOWN = -1, ///< Usually treated as AVMEDIA_TYPE_DATA
|
||||
AVMEDIA_TYPE_VIDEO,
|
||||
AVMEDIA_TYPE_AUDIO,
|
||||
AVMEDIA_TYPE_DATA, ///< Opaque data information usually continuous
|
||||
AVMEDIA_TYPE_SUBTITLE,
|
||||
AVMEDIA_TYPE_ATTACHMENT, ///< Opaque data information usually sparse
|
||||
AVMEDIA_TYPE_NB
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return a string describing the media_type enum, NULL if media_type
|
||||
* is unknown.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *av_get_media_type_string(enum AVMediaType media_type);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_const Constants
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_enc Encoding specific
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note those definition should move to avcodec
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define FF_LAMBDA_SHIFT 7
|
||||
#define FF_LAMBDA_SCALE (1<<FF_LAMBDA_SHIFT)
|
||||
#define FF_QP2LAMBDA 118 ///< factor to convert from H.263 QP to lambda
|
||||
#define FF_LAMBDA_MAX (256*128-1)
|
||||
|
||||
#define FF_QUALITY_SCALE FF_LAMBDA_SCALE //FIXME maybe remove
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_time Timestamp specific
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg internal timebase and timestamp definitions
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Undefined timestamp value
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Usually reported by demuxer that work on containers that do not provide
|
||||
* either pts or dts.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_NOPTS_VALUE ((int64_t)UINT64_C(0x8000000000000000))
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Internal time base represented as integer
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_TIME_BASE 1000000
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Internal time base represented as fractional value
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_TIME_BASE_Q (AVRational){1, AV_TIME_BASE}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_picture Image related
|
||||
*
|
||||
* AVPicture types, pixel formats and basic image planes manipulation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
enum AVPictureType {
|
||||
AV_PICTURE_TYPE_NONE = 0, ///< Undefined
|
||||
AV_PICTURE_TYPE_I, ///< Intra
|
||||
AV_PICTURE_TYPE_P, ///< Predicted
|
||||
AV_PICTURE_TYPE_B, ///< Bi-dir predicted
|
||||
AV_PICTURE_TYPE_S, ///< S(GMC)-VOP MPEG-4
|
||||
AV_PICTURE_TYPE_SI, ///< Switching Intra
|
||||
AV_PICTURE_TYPE_SP, ///< Switching Predicted
|
||||
AV_PICTURE_TYPE_BI, ///< BI type
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return a single letter to describe the given picture type
|
||||
* pict_type.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in] pict_type the picture type @return a single character
|
||||
* representing the picture type, '?' if pict_type is unknown
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char av_get_picture_type_char(enum AVPictureType pict_type);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "common.h"
|
||||
#include "error.h"
|
||||
#include "rational.h"
|
||||
#include "version.h"
|
||||
#include "macros.h"
|
||||
#include "mathematics.h"
|
||||
#include "log.h"
|
||||
#include "pixfmt.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return x default pointer in case p is NULL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void *av_x_if_null(const void *p, const void *x)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (void *)(intptr_t)(p ? p : x);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Compute the length of an integer list.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param elsize size in bytes of each list element (only 1, 2, 4 or 8)
|
||||
* @param term list terminator (usually 0 or -1)
|
||||
* @param list pointer to the list
|
||||
* @return length of the list, in elements, not counting the terminator
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned av_int_list_length_for_size(unsigned elsize,
|
||||
const void *list, uint64_t term) av_pure;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Compute the length of an integer list.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param term list terminator (usually 0 or -1)
|
||||
* @param list pointer to the list
|
||||
* @return length of the list, in elements, not counting the terminator
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define av_int_list_length(list, term) \
|
||||
av_int_list_length_for_size(sizeof(*(list)), list, term)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Open a file using a UTF-8 filename.
|
||||
* The API of this function matches POSIX fopen(), errors are returned through
|
||||
* errno.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FILE *av_fopen_utf8(const char *path, const char *mode);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the fractional representation of the internal time base.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational av_get_time_base_q(void);
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_FOURCC_MAX_STRING_SIZE 32
|
||||
|
||||
#define av_fourcc2str(fourcc) av_fourcc_make_string((char[AV_FOURCC_MAX_STRING_SIZE]){0}, fourcc)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Fill the provided buffer with a string containing a FourCC (four-character
|
||||
* code) representation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param buf a buffer with size in bytes of at least AV_FOURCC_MAX_STRING_SIZE
|
||||
* @param fourcc the fourcc to represent
|
||||
* @return the buffer in input
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char *av_fourcc_make_string(char *buf, uint32_t fourcc);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_AVUTIL_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006 Ryan Martell. (rdm4@martellventures.com)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_BASE64_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_BASE64_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_base64 Base64
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu_crypto
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Decode a base64-encoded string.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param out buffer for decoded data
|
||||
* @param in null-terminated input string
|
||||
* @param out_size size in bytes of the out buffer, must be at
|
||||
* least 3/4 of the length of in, that is AV_BASE64_DECODE_SIZE(strlen(in))
|
||||
* @return number of bytes written, or a negative value in case of
|
||||
* invalid input
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_base64_decode(uint8_t *out, const char *in, int out_size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Calculate the output size in bytes needed to decode a base64 string
|
||||
* with length x to a data buffer.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_BASE64_DECODE_SIZE(x) ((x) * 3LL / 4)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Encode data to base64 and null-terminate.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param out buffer for encoded data
|
||||
* @param out_size size in bytes of the out buffer (including the
|
||||
* null terminator), must be at least AV_BASE64_SIZE(in_size)
|
||||
* @param in input buffer containing the data to encode
|
||||
* @param in_size size in bytes of the in buffer
|
||||
* @return out or NULL in case of error
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char *av_base64_encode(char *out, int out_size, const uint8_t *in, int in_size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Calculate the output size needed to base64-encode x bytes to a
|
||||
* null-terminated string.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_BASE64_SIZE(x) (((x)+2) / 3 * 4 + 1)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_BASE64_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* Blowfish algorithm
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2012 Samuel Pitoiset
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_BLOWFISH_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_BLOWFISH_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_blowfish Blowfish
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu_crypto
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_BF_ROUNDS 16
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct AVBlowfish {
|
||||
uint32_t p[AV_BF_ROUNDS + 2];
|
||||
uint32_t s[4][256];
|
||||
} AVBlowfish;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate an AVBlowfish context.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVBlowfish *av_blowfish_alloc(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize an AVBlowfish context.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ctx an AVBlowfish context
|
||||
* @param key a key
|
||||
* @param key_len length of the key
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_blowfish_init(struct AVBlowfish *ctx, const uint8_t *key, int key_len);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ctx an AVBlowfish context
|
||||
* @param xl left four bytes halves of input to be encrypted
|
||||
* @param xr right four bytes halves of input to be encrypted
|
||||
* @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_blowfish_crypt_ecb(struct AVBlowfish *ctx, uint32_t *xl, uint32_t *xr,
|
||||
int decrypt);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ctx an AVBlowfish context
|
||||
* @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
|
||||
* @param src source array, can be equal to dst
|
||||
* @param count number of 8 byte blocks
|
||||
* @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL ECB will be used
|
||||
* @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_blowfish_crypt(struct AVBlowfish *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src,
|
||||
int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_BLOWFISH_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,219 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2012 Nicolas George
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_BPRINT_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_BPRINT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdarg.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "attributes.h"
|
||||
#include "avstring.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Define a structure with extra padding to a fixed size
|
||||
* This helps ensuring binary compatibility with future versions.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define FF_PAD_STRUCTURE(name, size, ...) \
|
||||
struct ff_pad_helper_##name { __VA_ARGS__ }; \
|
||||
typedef struct name { \
|
||||
__VA_ARGS__ \
|
||||
char reserved_padding[size - sizeof(struct ff_pad_helper_##name)]; \
|
||||
} name;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Buffer to print data progressively
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The string buffer grows as necessary and is always 0-terminated.
|
||||
* The content of the string is never accessed, and thus is
|
||||
* encoding-agnostic and can even hold binary data.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Small buffers are kept in the structure itself, and thus require no
|
||||
* memory allocation at all (unless the contents of the buffer is needed
|
||||
* after the structure goes out of scope). This is almost as lightweight as
|
||||
* declaring a local "char buf[512]".
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The length of the string can go beyond the allocated size: the buffer is
|
||||
* then truncated, but the functions still keep account of the actual total
|
||||
* length.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* In other words, buf->len can be greater than buf->size and records the
|
||||
* total length of what would have been to the buffer if there had been
|
||||
* enough memory.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Append operations do not need to be tested for failure: if a memory
|
||||
* allocation fails, data stop being appended to the buffer, but the length
|
||||
* is still updated. This situation can be tested with
|
||||
* av_bprint_is_complete().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The size_max field determines several possible behaviours:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* size_max = -1 (= UINT_MAX) or any large value will let the buffer be
|
||||
* reallocated as necessary, with an amortized linear cost.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* size_max = 0 prevents writing anything to the buffer: only the total
|
||||
* length is computed. The write operations can then possibly be repeated in
|
||||
* a buffer with exactly the necessary size
|
||||
* (using size_init = size_max = len + 1).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* size_max = 1 is automatically replaced by the exact size available in the
|
||||
* structure itself, thus ensuring no dynamic memory allocation. The
|
||||
* internal buffer is large enough to hold a reasonable paragraph of text,
|
||||
* such as the current paragraph.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
FF_PAD_STRUCTURE(AVBPrint, 1024,
|
||||
char *str; /**< string so far */
|
||||
unsigned len; /**< length so far */
|
||||
unsigned size; /**< allocated memory */
|
||||
unsigned size_max; /**< maximum allocated memory */
|
||||
char reserved_internal_buffer[1];
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Convenience macros for special values for av_bprint_init() size_max
|
||||
* parameter.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_BPRINT_SIZE_UNLIMITED ((unsigned)-1)
|
||||
#define AV_BPRINT_SIZE_AUTOMATIC 1
|
||||
#define AV_BPRINT_SIZE_COUNT_ONLY 0
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Init a print buffer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param buf buffer to init
|
||||
* @param size_init initial size (including the final 0)
|
||||
* @param size_max maximum size;
|
||||
* 0 means do not write anything, just count the length;
|
||||
* 1 is replaced by the maximum value for automatic storage;
|
||||
* any large value means that the internal buffer will be
|
||||
* reallocated as needed up to that limit; -1 is converted to
|
||||
* UINT_MAX, the largest limit possible.
|
||||
* Check also AV_BPRINT_SIZE_* macros.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_bprint_init(AVBPrint *buf, unsigned size_init, unsigned size_max);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Init a print buffer using a pre-existing buffer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The buffer will not be reallocated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param buf buffer structure to init
|
||||
* @param buffer byte buffer to use for the string data
|
||||
* @param size size of buffer
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_bprint_init_for_buffer(AVBPrint *buf, char *buffer, unsigned size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Append a formatted string to a print buffer.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_bprintf(AVBPrint *buf, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(2, 3);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Append a formatted string to a print buffer.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_vbprintf(AVBPrint *buf, const char *fmt, va_list vl_arg);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Append char c n times to a print buffer.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_bprint_chars(AVBPrint *buf, char c, unsigned n);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Append data to a print buffer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* param buf bprint buffer to use
|
||||
* param data pointer to data
|
||||
* param size size of data
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_bprint_append_data(AVBPrint *buf, const char *data, unsigned size);
|
||||
|
||||
struct tm;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Append a formatted date and time to a print buffer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* param buf bprint buffer to use
|
||||
* param fmt date and time format string, see strftime()
|
||||
* param tm broken-down time structure to translate
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note due to poor design of the standard strftime function, it may
|
||||
* produce poor results if the format string expands to a very long text and
|
||||
* the bprint buffer is near the limit stated by the size_max option.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_bprint_strftime(AVBPrint *buf, const char *fmt, const struct tm *tm);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate bytes in the buffer for external use.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in] buf buffer structure
|
||||
* @param[in] size required size
|
||||
* @param[out] mem pointer to the memory area
|
||||
* @param[out] actual_size size of the memory area after allocation;
|
||||
* can be larger or smaller than size
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_bprint_get_buffer(AVBPrint *buf, unsigned size,
|
||||
unsigned char **mem, unsigned *actual_size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Reset the string to "" but keep internal allocated data.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_bprint_clear(AVBPrint *buf);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Test if the print buffer is complete (not truncated).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* It may have been truncated due to a memory allocation failure
|
||||
* or the size_max limit (compare size and size_max if necessary).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline int av_bprint_is_complete(const AVBPrint *buf)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return buf->len < buf->size;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Finalize a print buffer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The print buffer can no longer be used afterwards,
|
||||
* but the len and size fields are still valid.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @arg[out] ret_str if not NULL, used to return a permanent copy of the
|
||||
* buffer contents, or NULL if memory allocation fails;
|
||||
* if NULL, the buffer is discarded and freed
|
||||
* @return 0 for success or error code (probably AVERROR(ENOMEM))
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_bprint_finalize(AVBPrint *buf, char **ret_str);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Escape the content in src and append it to dstbuf.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param dstbuf already inited destination bprint buffer
|
||||
* @param src string containing the text to escape
|
||||
* @param special_chars string containing the special characters which
|
||||
* need to be escaped, can be NULL
|
||||
* @param mode escape mode to employ, see AV_ESCAPE_MODE_* macros.
|
||||
* Any unknown value for mode will be considered equivalent to
|
||||
* AV_ESCAPE_MODE_BACKSLASH, but this behaviour can change without
|
||||
* notice.
|
||||
* @param flags flags which control how to escape, see AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_* macros
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_bprint_escape(AVBPrint *dstbuf, const char *src, const char *special_chars,
|
||||
enum AVEscapeMode mode, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_BPRINT_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* byte swapping routines
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_BSWAP_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_BSWAP_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
#include "libavutil/avconfig.h"
|
||||
#include "attributes.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "config.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if ARCH_AARCH64
|
||||
# include "aarch64/bswap.h"
|
||||
#elif ARCH_ARM
|
||||
# include "arm/bswap.h"
|
||||
#elif ARCH_AVR32
|
||||
# include "avr32/bswap.h"
|
||||
#elif ARCH_SH4
|
||||
# include "sh4/bswap.h"
|
||||
#elif ARCH_X86
|
||||
# include "x86/bswap.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H */
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_BSWAP16C(x) (((x) << 8 & 0xff00) | ((x) >> 8 & 0x00ff))
|
||||
#define AV_BSWAP32C(x) (AV_BSWAP16C(x) << 16 | AV_BSWAP16C((x) >> 16))
|
||||
#define AV_BSWAP64C(x) (AV_BSWAP32C(x) << 32 | AV_BSWAP32C((x) >> 32))
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_BSWAPC(s, x) AV_BSWAP##s##C(x)
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef av_bswap16
|
||||
static av_always_inline av_const uint16_t av_bswap16(uint16_t x)
|
||||
{
|
||||
x= (x>>8) | (x<<8);
|
||||
return x;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef av_bswap32
|
||||
static av_always_inline av_const uint32_t av_bswap32(uint32_t x)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return AV_BSWAP32C(x);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef av_bswap64
|
||||
static inline uint64_t av_const av_bswap64(uint64_t x)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (uint64_t)av_bswap32(x) << 32 | av_bswap32(x >> 32);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// be2ne ... big-endian to native-endian
|
||||
// le2ne ... little-endian to native-endian
|
||||
|
||||
#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN
|
||||
#define av_be2ne16(x) (x)
|
||||
#define av_be2ne32(x) (x)
|
||||
#define av_be2ne64(x) (x)
|
||||
#define av_le2ne16(x) av_bswap16(x)
|
||||
#define av_le2ne32(x) av_bswap32(x)
|
||||
#define av_le2ne64(x) av_bswap64(x)
|
||||
#define AV_BE2NEC(s, x) (x)
|
||||
#define AV_LE2NEC(s, x) AV_BSWAPC(s, x)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define av_be2ne16(x) av_bswap16(x)
|
||||
#define av_be2ne32(x) av_bswap32(x)
|
||||
#define av_be2ne64(x) av_bswap64(x)
|
||||
#define av_le2ne16(x) (x)
|
||||
#define av_le2ne32(x) (x)
|
||||
#define av_le2ne64(x) (x)
|
||||
#define AV_BE2NEC(s, x) AV_BSWAPC(s, x)
|
||||
#define AV_LE2NEC(s, x) (x)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_BE2NE16C(x) AV_BE2NEC(16, x)
|
||||
#define AV_BE2NE32C(x) AV_BE2NEC(32, x)
|
||||
#define AV_BE2NE64C(x) AV_BE2NEC(64, x)
|
||||
#define AV_LE2NE16C(x) AV_LE2NEC(16, x)
|
||||
#define AV_LE2NE32C(x) AV_LE2NEC(32, x)
|
||||
#define AV_LE2NE64C(x) AV_LE2NEC(64, x)
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_BSWAP_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,291 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu_buffer
|
||||
* refcounted data buffer API
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_BUFFER_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_BUFFER_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_buffer AVBuffer
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu_data
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
* AVBuffer is an API for reference-counted data buffers.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* There are two core objects in this API -- AVBuffer and AVBufferRef. AVBuffer
|
||||
* represents the data buffer itself; it is opaque and not meant to be accessed
|
||||
* by the caller directly, but only through AVBufferRef. However, the caller may
|
||||
* e.g. compare two AVBuffer pointers to check whether two different references
|
||||
* are describing the same data buffer. AVBufferRef represents a single
|
||||
* reference to an AVBuffer and it is the object that may be manipulated by the
|
||||
* caller directly.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* There are two functions provided for creating a new AVBuffer with a single
|
||||
* reference -- av_buffer_alloc() to just allocate a new buffer, and
|
||||
* av_buffer_create() to wrap an existing array in an AVBuffer. From an existing
|
||||
* reference, additional references may be created with av_buffer_ref().
|
||||
* Use av_buffer_unref() to free a reference (this will automatically free the
|
||||
* data once all the references are freed).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The convention throughout this API and the rest of FFmpeg is such that the
|
||||
* buffer is considered writable if there exists only one reference to it (and
|
||||
* it has not been marked as read-only). The av_buffer_is_writable() function is
|
||||
* provided to check whether this is true and av_buffer_make_writable() will
|
||||
* automatically create a new writable buffer when necessary.
|
||||
* Of course nothing prevents the calling code from violating this convention,
|
||||
* however that is safe only when all the existing references are under its
|
||||
* control.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note Referencing and unreferencing the buffers is thread-safe and thus
|
||||
* may be done from multiple threads simultaneously without any need for
|
||||
* additional locking.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note Two different references to the same buffer can point to different
|
||||
* parts of the buffer (i.e. their AVBufferRef.data will not be equal).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A reference counted buffer type. It is opaque and is meant to be used through
|
||||
* references (AVBufferRef).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVBuffer AVBuffer;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A reference to a data buffer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The size of this struct is not a part of the public ABI and it is not meant
|
||||
* to be allocated directly.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVBufferRef {
|
||||
AVBuffer *buffer;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The data buffer. It is considered writable if and only if
|
||||
* this is the only reference to the buffer, in which case
|
||||
* av_buffer_is_writable() returns 1.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t *data;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Size of data in bytes.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int size;
|
||||
} AVBufferRef;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate an AVBuffer of the given size using av_malloc().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return an AVBufferRef of given size or NULL when out of memory
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVBufferRef *av_buffer_alloc(int size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Same as av_buffer_alloc(), except the returned buffer will be initialized
|
||||
* to zero.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVBufferRef *av_buffer_allocz(int size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Always treat the buffer as read-only, even when it has only one
|
||||
* reference.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_BUFFER_FLAG_READONLY (1 << 0)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Create an AVBuffer from an existing array.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If this function is successful, data is owned by the AVBuffer. The caller may
|
||||
* only access data through the returned AVBufferRef and references derived from
|
||||
* it.
|
||||
* If this function fails, data is left untouched.
|
||||
* @param data data array
|
||||
* @param size size of data in bytes
|
||||
* @param free a callback for freeing this buffer's data
|
||||
* @param opaque parameter to be got for processing or passed to free
|
||||
* @param flags a combination of AV_BUFFER_FLAG_*
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return an AVBufferRef referring to data on success, NULL on failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVBufferRef *av_buffer_create(uint8_t *data, int size,
|
||||
void (*free)(void *opaque, uint8_t *data),
|
||||
void *opaque, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default free callback, which calls av_free() on the buffer data.
|
||||
* This function is meant to be passed to av_buffer_create(), not called
|
||||
* directly.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_buffer_default_free(void *opaque, uint8_t *data);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Create a new reference to an AVBuffer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return a new AVBufferRef referring to the same AVBuffer as buf or NULL on
|
||||
* failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVBufferRef *av_buffer_ref(AVBufferRef *buf);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free a given reference and automatically free the buffer if there are no more
|
||||
* references to it.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param buf the reference to be freed. The pointer is set to NULL on return.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_buffer_unref(AVBufferRef **buf);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @return 1 if the caller may write to the data referred to by buf (which is
|
||||
* true if and only if buf is the only reference to the underlying AVBuffer).
|
||||
* Return 0 otherwise.
|
||||
* A positive answer is valid until av_buffer_ref() is called on buf.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_buffer_is_writable(const AVBufferRef *buf);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @return the opaque parameter set by av_buffer_create.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *av_buffer_get_opaque(const AVBufferRef *buf);
|
||||
|
||||
int av_buffer_get_ref_count(const AVBufferRef *buf);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Create a writable reference from a given buffer reference, avoiding data copy
|
||||
* if possible.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param buf buffer reference to make writable. On success, buf is either left
|
||||
* untouched, or it is unreferenced and a new writable AVBufferRef is
|
||||
* written in its place. On failure, buf is left untouched.
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_buffer_make_writable(AVBufferRef **buf);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Reallocate a given buffer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param buf a buffer reference to reallocate. On success, buf will be
|
||||
* unreferenced and a new reference with the required size will be
|
||||
* written in its place. On failure buf will be left untouched. *buf
|
||||
* may be NULL, then a new buffer is allocated.
|
||||
* @param size required new buffer size.
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note the buffer is actually reallocated with av_realloc() only if it was
|
||||
* initially allocated through av_buffer_realloc(NULL) and there is only one
|
||||
* reference to it (i.e. the one passed to this function). In all other cases
|
||||
* a new buffer is allocated and the data is copied.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_buffer_realloc(AVBufferRef **buf, int size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_bufferpool AVBufferPool
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu_data
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
* AVBufferPool is an API for a lock-free thread-safe pool of AVBuffers.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Frequently allocating and freeing large buffers may be slow. AVBufferPool is
|
||||
* meant to solve this in cases when the caller needs a set of buffers of the
|
||||
* same size (the most obvious use case being buffers for raw video or audio
|
||||
* frames).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* At the beginning, the user must call av_buffer_pool_init() to create the
|
||||
* buffer pool. Then whenever a buffer is needed, call av_buffer_pool_get() to
|
||||
* get a reference to a new buffer, similar to av_buffer_alloc(). This new
|
||||
* reference works in all aspects the same way as the one created by
|
||||
* av_buffer_alloc(). However, when the last reference to this buffer is
|
||||
* unreferenced, it is returned to the pool instead of being freed and will be
|
||||
* reused for subsequent av_buffer_pool_get() calls.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* When the caller is done with the pool and no longer needs to allocate any new
|
||||
* buffers, av_buffer_pool_uninit() must be called to mark the pool as freeable.
|
||||
* Once all the buffers are released, it will automatically be freed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Allocating and releasing buffers with this API is thread-safe as long as
|
||||
* either the default alloc callback is used, or the user-supplied one is
|
||||
* thread-safe.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The buffer pool. This structure is opaque and not meant to be accessed
|
||||
* directly. It is allocated with av_buffer_pool_init() and freed with
|
||||
* av_buffer_pool_uninit().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVBufferPool AVBufferPool;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate and initialize a buffer pool.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param size size of each buffer in this pool
|
||||
* @param alloc a function that will be used to allocate new buffers when the
|
||||
* pool is empty. May be NULL, then the default allocator will be used
|
||||
* (av_buffer_alloc()).
|
||||
* @return newly created buffer pool on success, NULL on error.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVBufferPool *av_buffer_pool_init(int size, AVBufferRef* (*alloc)(int size));
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate and initialize a buffer pool with a more complex allocator.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param size size of each buffer in this pool
|
||||
* @param opaque arbitrary user data used by the allocator
|
||||
* @param alloc a function that will be used to allocate new buffers when the
|
||||
* pool is empty.
|
||||
* @param pool_free a function that will be called immediately before the pool
|
||||
* is freed. I.e. after av_buffer_pool_uninit() is called
|
||||
* by the caller and all the frames are returned to the pool
|
||||
* and freed. It is intended to uninitialize the user opaque
|
||||
* data.
|
||||
* @return newly created buffer pool on success, NULL on error.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVBufferPool *av_buffer_pool_init2(int size, void *opaque,
|
||||
AVBufferRef* (*alloc)(void *opaque, int size),
|
||||
void (*pool_free)(void *opaque));
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Mark the pool as being available for freeing. It will actually be freed only
|
||||
* once all the allocated buffers associated with the pool are released. Thus it
|
||||
* is safe to call this function while some of the allocated buffers are still
|
||||
* in use.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param pool pointer to the pool to be freed. It will be set to NULL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_buffer_pool_uninit(AVBufferPool **pool);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate a new AVBuffer, reusing an old buffer from the pool when available.
|
||||
* This function may be called simultaneously from multiple threads.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return a reference to the new buffer on success, NULL on error.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVBufferRef *av_buffer_pool_get(AVBufferPool *pool);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_BUFFER_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* An implementation of the CAMELLIA algorithm as mentioned in RFC3713
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2014 Supraja Meedinti
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_CAMELLIA_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_CAMELLIA_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @brief Public header for libavutil CAMELLIA algorithm
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_camellia CAMELLIA
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu_crypto
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
extern const int av_camellia_size;
|
||||
|
||||
struct AVCAMELLIA;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate an AVCAMELLIA context
|
||||
* To free the struct: av_free(ptr)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct AVCAMELLIA *av_camellia_alloc(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize an AVCAMELLIA context.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ctx an AVCAMELLIA context
|
||||
* @param key a key of 16, 24, 32 bytes used for encryption/decryption
|
||||
* @param key_bits number of keybits: possible are 128, 192, 256
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_camellia_init(struct AVCAMELLIA *ctx, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ctx an AVCAMELLIA context
|
||||
* @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
|
||||
* @param src source array, can be equal to dst
|
||||
* @param count number of 16 byte blocks
|
||||
* @paran iv initialization vector for CBC mode, NULL for ECB mode
|
||||
* @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_camellia_crypt(struct AVCAMELLIA *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t* iv, int decrypt);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_CAMELLIA_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* An implementation of the CAST128 algorithm as mentioned in RFC2144
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2014 Supraja Meedinti
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_CAST5_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_CAST5_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @brief Public header for libavutil CAST5 algorithm
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_cast5 CAST5
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu_crypto
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
extern const int av_cast5_size;
|
||||
|
||||
struct AVCAST5;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate an AVCAST5 context
|
||||
* To free the struct: av_free(ptr)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct AVCAST5 *av_cast5_alloc(void);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize an AVCAST5 context.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ctx an AVCAST5 context
|
||||
* @param key a key of 5,6,...16 bytes used for encryption/decryption
|
||||
* @param key_bits number of keybits: possible are 40,48,...,128
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, less than 0 on failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_cast5_init(struct AVCAST5 *ctx, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context, ECB mode only
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ctx an AVCAST5 context
|
||||
* @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
|
||||
* @param src source array, can be equal to dst
|
||||
* @param count number of 8 byte blocks
|
||||
* @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_cast5_crypt(struct AVCAST5 *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, int decrypt);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ctx an AVCAST5 context
|
||||
* @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
|
||||
* @param src source array, can be equal to dst
|
||||
* @param count number of 8 byte blocks
|
||||
* @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, NULL for ECB mode
|
||||
* @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_cast5_crypt2(struct AVCAST5 *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_CAST5_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,232 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2008 Peter Ross
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* audio channel layout utility functions
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup lavu_audio
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup channel_masks Audio channel masks
|
||||
*
|
||||
* A channel layout is a 64-bits integer with a bit set for every channel.
|
||||
* The number of bits set must be equal to the number of channels.
|
||||
* The value 0 means that the channel layout is not known.
|
||||
* @note this data structure is not powerful enough to handle channels
|
||||
* combinations that have the same channel multiple times, such as
|
||||
* dual-mono.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT 0x00000001
|
||||
#define AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT 0x00000002
|
||||
#define AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER 0x00000004
|
||||
#define AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY 0x00000008
|
||||
#define AV_CH_BACK_LEFT 0x00000010
|
||||
#define AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT 0x00000020
|
||||
#define AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER 0x00000040
|
||||
#define AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER 0x00000080
|
||||
#define AV_CH_BACK_CENTER 0x00000100
|
||||
#define AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT 0x00000200
|
||||
#define AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT 0x00000400
|
||||
#define AV_CH_TOP_CENTER 0x00000800
|
||||
#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT 0x00001000
|
||||
#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_CENTER 0x00002000
|
||||
#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT 0x00004000
|
||||
#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT 0x00008000
|
||||
#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_CENTER 0x00010000
|
||||
#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT 0x00020000
|
||||
#define AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT 0x20000000 ///< Stereo downmix.
|
||||
#define AV_CH_STEREO_RIGHT 0x40000000 ///< See AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT.
|
||||
#define AV_CH_WIDE_LEFT 0x0000000080000000ULL
|
||||
#define AV_CH_WIDE_RIGHT 0x0000000100000000ULL
|
||||
#define AV_CH_SURROUND_DIRECT_LEFT 0x0000000200000000ULL
|
||||
#define AV_CH_SURROUND_DIRECT_RIGHT 0x0000000400000000ULL
|
||||
#define AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY_2 0x0000000800000000ULL
|
||||
|
||||
/** Channel mask value used for AVCodecContext.request_channel_layout
|
||||
to indicate that the user requests the channel order of the decoder output
|
||||
to be the native codec channel order. */
|
||||
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_NATIVE 0x8000000000000000ULL
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
* @defgroup channel_mask_c Audio channel layouts
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
* */
|
||||
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_MONO (AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER)
|
||||
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO (AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT)
|
||||
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
|
||||
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
|
||||
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER)
|
||||
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_3POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
|
||||
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
|
||||
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT0|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
|
||||
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_2 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT)
|
||||
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_QUAD (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT)
|
||||
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT)
|
||||
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
|
||||
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT)
|
||||
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
|
||||
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
|
||||
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT (AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_2|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER)
|
||||
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXAGONAL (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
|
||||
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
|
||||
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
|
||||
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_FRONT (AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
|
||||
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT)
|
||||
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0_FRONT (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER)
|
||||
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT)
|
||||
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER)
|
||||
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER)
|
||||
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT)
|
||||
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXADECAGONAL (AV_CH_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL|AV_CH_WIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_WIDE_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_CENTER|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_CENTER|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT)
|
||||
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO_DOWNMIX (AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT|AV_CH_STEREO_RIGHT)
|
||||
|
||||
enum AVMatrixEncoding {
|
||||
AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_NONE,
|
||||
AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBY,
|
||||
AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLII,
|
||||
AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLIIX,
|
||||
AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLIIZ,
|
||||
AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBYEX,
|
||||
AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBYHEADPHONE,
|
||||
AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_NB
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return a channel layout id that matches name, or 0 if no match is found.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* name can be one or several of the following notations,
|
||||
* separated by '+' or '|':
|
||||
* - the name of an usual channel layout (mono, stereo, 4.0, quad, 5.0,
|
||||
* 5.0(side), 5.1, 5.1(side), 7.1, 7.1(wide), downmix);
|
||||
* - the name of a single channel (FL, FR, FC, LFE, BL, BR, FLC, FRC, BC,
|
||||
* SL, SR, TC, TFL, TFC, TFR, TBL, TBC, TBR, DL, DR);
|
||||
* - a number of channels, in decimal, followed by 'c', yielding
|
||||
* the default channel layout for that number of channels (@see
|
||||
* av_get_default_channel_layout);
|
||||
* - a channel layout mask, in hexadecimal starting with "0x" (see the
|
||||
* AV_CH_* macros).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example: "stereo+FC" = "2c+FC" = "2c+1c" = "0x7"
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint64_t av_get_channel_layout(const char *name);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return a channel layout and the number of channels based on the specified name.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function is similar to (@see av_get_channel_layout), but can also parse
|
||||
* unknown channel layout specifications.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in] name channel layout specification string
|
||||
* @param[out] channel_layout parsed channel layout (0 if unknown)
|
||||
* @param[out] nb_channels number of channels
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, AVERROR(EINVAL) if the parsing fails.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_get_extended_channel_layout(const char *name, uint64_t* channel_layout, int* nb_channels);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return a description of a channel layout.
|
||||
* If nb_channels is <= 0, it is guessed from the channel_layout.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param buf put here the string containing the channel layout
|
||||
* @param buf_size size in bytes of the buffer
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_get_channel_layout_string(char *buf, int buf_size, int nb_channels, uint64_t channel_layout);
|
||||
|
||||
struct AVBPrint;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Append a description of a channel layout to a bprint buffer.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_bprint_channel_layout(struct AVBPrint *bp, int nb_channels, uint64_t channel_layout);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the number of channels in the channel layout.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_get_channel_layout_nb_channels(uint64_t channel_layout);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return default channel layout for a given number of channels.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t av_get_default_channel_layout(int nb_channels);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the index of a channel in channel_layout.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param channel a channel layout describing exactly one channel which must be
|
||||
* present in channel_layout.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return index of channel in channel_layout on success, a negative AVERROR
|
||||
* on error.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_get_channel_layout_channel_index(uint64_t channel_layout,
|
||||
uint64_t channel);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the channel with the given index in channel_layout.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint64_t av_channel_layout_extract_channel(uint64_t channel_layout, int index);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the name of a given channel.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return channel name on success, NULL on error.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *av_get_channel_name(uint64_t channel);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the description of a given channel.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param channel a channel layout with a single channel
|
||||
* @return channel description on success, NULL on error
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *av_get_channel_description(uint64_t channel);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the value and name of a standard channel layout.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in] index index in an internal list, starting at 0
|
||||
* @param[out] layout channel layout mask
|
||||
* @param[out] name name of the layout
|
||||
* @return 0 if the layout exists,
|
||||
* <0 if index is beyond the limits
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_get_standard_channel_layout(unsigned index, uint64_t *layout,
|
||||
const char **name);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,530 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* common internal and external API header
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_COMMON_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_COMMON_H
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus) && !defined(__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS) && !defined(UINT64_C)
|
||||
#error missing -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS / #define __STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <errno.h>
|
||||
#include <inttypes.h>
|
||||
#include <limits.h>
|
||||
#include <math.h>
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "attributes.h"
|
||||
#include "macros.h"
|
||||
#include "version.h"
|
||||
#include "libavutil/avconfig.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN
|
||||
# define AV_NE(be, le) (be)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define AV_NE(be, le) (le)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//rounded division & shift
|
||||
#define RSHIFT(a,b) ((a) > 0 ? ((a) + ((1<<(b))>>1))>>(b) : ((a) + ((1<<(b))>>1)-1)>>(b))
|
||||
/* assume b>0 */
|
||||
#define ROUNDED_DIV(a,b) (((a)>0 ? (a) + ((b)>>1) : (a) - ((b)>>1))/(b))
|
||||
/* Fast a/(1<<b) rounded toward +inf. Assume a>=0 and b>=0 */
|
||||
#define AV_CEIL_RSHIFT(a,b) (!av_builtin_constant_p(b) ? -((-(a)) >> (b)) \
|
||||
: ((a) + (1<<(b)) - 1) >> (b))
|
||||
/* Backwards compat. */
|
||||
#define FF_CEIL_RSHIFT AV_CEIL_RSHIFT
|
||||
|
||||
#define FFUDIV(a,b) (((a)>0 ?(a):(a)-(b)+1) / (b))
|
||||
#define FFUMOD(a,b) ((a)-(b)*FFUDIV(a,b))
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Absolute value, Note, INT_MIN / INT64_MIN result in undefined behavior as they
|
||||
* are not representable as absolute values of their type. This is the same
|
||||
* as with *abs()
|
||||
* @see FFNABS()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FFABS(a) ((a) >= 0 ? (a) : (-(a)))
|
||||
#define FFSIGN(a) ((a) > 0 ? 1 : -1)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Negative Absolute value.
|
||||
* this works for all integers of all types.
|
||||
* As with many macros, this evaluates its argument twice, it thus must not have
|
||||
* a sideeffect, that is FFNABS(x++) has undefined behavior.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FFNABS(a) ((a) <= 0 ? (a) : (-(a)))
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Comparator.
|
||||
* For two numerical expressions x and y, gives 1 if x > y, -1 if x < y, and 0
|
||||
* if x == y. This is useful for instance in a qsort comparator callback.
|
||||
* Furthermore, compilers are able to optimize this to branchless code, and
|
||||
* there is no risk of overflow with signed types.
|
||||
* As with many macros, this evaluates its argument multiple times, it thus
|
||||
* must not have a side-effect.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FFDIFFSIGN(x,y) (((x)>(y)) - ((x)<(y)))
|
||||
|
||||
#define FFMAX(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
|
||||
#define FFMAX3(a,b,c) FFMAX(FFMAX(a,b),c)
|
||||
#define FFMIN(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (b) : (a))
|
||||
#define FFMIN3(a,b,c) FFMIN(FFMIN(a,b),c)
|
||||
|
||||
#define FFSWAP(type,a,b) do{type SWAP_tmp= b; b= a; a= SWAP_tmp;}while(0)
|
||||
#define FF_ARRAY_ELEMS(a) (sizeof(a) / sizeof((a)[0]))
|
||||
|
||||
/* misc math functions */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include "config.h"
|
||||
# include "intmath.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Pull in unguarded fallback defines at the end of this file. */
|
||||
#include "common.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef av_log2
|
||||
av_const int av_log2(unsigned v);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef av_log2_16bit
|
||||
av_const int av_log2_16bit(unsigned v);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Clip a signed integer value into the amin-amax range.
|
||||
* @param a value to clip
|
||||
* @param amin minimum value of the clip range
|
||||
* @param amax maximum value of the clip range
|
||||
* @return clipped value
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static av_always_inline av_const int av_clip_c(int a, int amin, int amax)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2
|
||||
if (amin > amax) abort();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
if (a < amin) return amin;
|
||||
else if (a > amax) return amax;
|
||||
else return a;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Clip a signed 64bit integer value into the amin-amax range.
|
||||
* @param a value to clip
|
||||
* @param amin minimum value of the clip range
|
||||
* @param amax maximum value of the clip range
|
||||
* @return clipped value
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static av_always_inline av_const int64_t av_clip64_c(int64_t a, int64_t amin, int64_t amax)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2
|
||||
if (amin > amax) abort();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
if (a < amin) return amin;
|
||||
else if (a > amax) return amax;
|
||||
else return a;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Clip a signed integer value into the 0-255 range.
|
||||
* @param a value to clip
|
||||
* @return clipped value
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static av_always_inline av_const uint8_t av_clip_uint8_c(int a)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (a&(~0xFF)) return (~a)>>31;
|
||||
else return a;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Clip a signed integer value into the -128,127 range.
|
||||
* @param a value to clip
|
||||
* @return clipped value
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static av_always_inline av_const int8_t av_clip_int8_c(int a)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ((a+0x80U) & ~0xFF) return (a>>31) ^ 0x7F;
|
||||
else return a;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Clip a signed integer value into the 0-65535 range.
|
||||
* @param a value to clip
|
||||
* @return clipped value
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static av_always_inline av_const uint16_t av_clip_uint16_c(int a)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (a&(~0xFFFF)) return (~a)>>31;
|
||||
else return a;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Clip a signed integer value into the -32768,32767 range.
|
||||
* @param a value to clip
|
||||
* @return clipped value
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static av_always_inline av_const int16_t av_clip_int16_c(int a)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ((a+0x8000U) & ~0xFFFF) return (a>>31) ^ 0x7FFF;
|
||||
else return a;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Clip a signed 64-bit integer value into the -2147483648,2147483647 range.
|
||||
* @param a value to clip
|
||||
* @return clipped value
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static av_always_inline av_const int32_t av_clipl_int32_c(int64_t a)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ((a+0x80000000u) & ~UINT64_C(0xFFFFFFFF)) return (int32_t)((a>>63) ^ 0x7FFFFFFF);
|
||||
else return (int32_t)a;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Clip a signed integer into the -(2^p),(2^p-1) range.
|
||||
* @param a value to clip
|
||||
* @param p bit position to clip at
|
||||
* @return clipped value
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static av_always_inline av_const int av_clip_intp2_c(int a, int p)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (((unsigned)a + (1 << p)) & ~((2 << p) - 1))
|
||||
return (a >> 31) ^ ((1 << p) - 1);
|
||||
else
|
||||
return a;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Clip a signed integer to an unsigned power of two range.
|
||||
* @param a value to clip
|
||||
* @param p bit position to clip at
|
||||
* @return clipped value
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static av_always_inline av_const unsigned av_clip_uintp2_c(int a, int p)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (a & ~((1<<p) - 1)) return (~a) >> 31 & ((1<<p) - 1);
|
||||
else return a;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Clear high bits from an unsigned integer starting with specific bit position
|
||||
* @param a value to clip
|
||||
* @param p bit position to clip at
|
||||
* @return clipped value
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static av_always_inline av_const unsigned av_mod_uintp2_c(unsigned a, unsigned p)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return a & ((1 << p) - 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Add two signed 32-bit values with saturation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param a one value
|
||||
* @param b another value
|
||||
* @return sum with signed saturation
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static av_always_inline int av_sat_add32_c(int a, int b)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return av_clipl_int32((int64_t)a + b);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Add a doubled value to another value with saturation at both stages.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param a first value
|
||||
* @param b value doubled and added to a
|
||||
* @return sum with signed saturation
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static av_always_inline int av_sat_dadd32_c(int a, int b)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return av_sat_add32(a, av_sat_add32(b, b));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Clip a float value into the amin-amax range.
|
||||
* @param a value to clip
|
||||
* @param amin minimum value of the clip range
|
||||
* @param amax maximum value of the clip range
|
||||
* @return clipped value
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static av_always_inline av_const float av_clipf_c(float a, float amin, float amax)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2
|
||||
if (amin > amax) abort();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
if (a < amin) return amin;
|
||||
else if (a > amax) return amax;
|
||||
else return a;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Clip a double value into the amin-amax range.
|
||||
* @param a value to clip
|
||||
* @param amin minimum value of the clip range
|
||||
* @param amax maximum value of the clip range
|
||||
* @return clipped value
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static av_always_inline av_const double av_clipd_c(double a, double amin, double amax)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2
|
||||
if (amin > amax) abort();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
if (a < amin) return amin;
|
||||
else if (a > amax) return amax;
|
||||
else return a;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Compute ceil(log2(x)).
|
||||
* @param x value used to compute ceil(log2(x))
|
||||
* @return computed ceiling of log2(x)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static av_always_inline av_const int av_ceil_log2_c(int x)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return av_log2((x - 1) << 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Count number of bits set to one in x
|
||||
* @param x value to count bits of
|
||||
* @return the number of bits set to one in x
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static av_always_inline av_const int av_popcount_c(uint32_t x)
|
||||
{
|
||||
x -= (x >> 1) & 0x55555555;
|
||||
x = (x & 0x33333333) + ((x >> 2) & 0x33333333);
|
||||
x = (x + (x >> 4)) & 0x0F0F0F0F;
|
||||
x += x >> 8;
|
||||
return (x + (x >> 16)) & 0x3F;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Count number of bits set to one in x
|
||||
* @param x value to count bits of
|
||||
* @return the number of bits set to one in x
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static av_always_inline av_const int av_popcount64_c(uint64_t x)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return av_popcount((uint32_t)x) + av_popcount((uint32_t)(x >> 32));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static av_always_inline av_const int av_parity_c(uint32_t v)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return av_popcount(v) & 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#define MKTAG(a,b,c,d) ((a) | ((b) << 8) | ((c) << 16) | ((unsigned)(d) << 24))
|
||||
#define MKBETAG(a,b,c,d) ((d) | ((c) << 8) | ((b) << 16) | ((unsigned)(a) << 24))
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Convert a UTF-8 character (up to 4 bytes) to its 32-bit UCS-4 encoded form.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param val Output value, must be an lvalue of type uint32_t.
|
||||
* @param GET_BYTE Expression reading one byte from the input.
|
||||
* Evaluated up to 7 times (4 for the currently
|
||||
* assigned Unicode range). With a memory buffer
|
||||
* input, this could be *ptr++.
|
||||
* @param ERROR Expression to be evaluated on invalid input,
|
||||
* typically a goto statement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @warning ERROR should not contain a loop control statement which
|
||||
* could interact with the internal while loop, and should force an
|
||||
* exit from the macro code (e.g. through a goto or a return) in order
|
||||
* to prevent undefined results.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define GET_UTF8(val, GET_BYTE, ERROR)\
|
||||
val= (GET_BYTE);\
|
||||
{\
|
||||
uint32_t top = (val & 128) >> 1;\
|
||||
if ((val & 0xc0) == 0x80 || val >= 0xFE)\
|
||||
ERROR\
|
||||
while (val & top) {\
|
||||
int tmp= (GET_BYTE) - 128;\
|
||||
if(tmp>>6)\
|
||||
ERROR\
|
||||
val= (val<<6) + tmp;\
|
||||
top <<= 5;\
|
||||
}\
|
||||
val &= (top << 1) - 1;\
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Convert a UTF-16 character (2 or 4 bytes) to its 32-bit UCS-4 encoded form.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param val Output value, must be an lvalue of type uint32_t.
|
||||
* @param GET_16BIT Expression returning two bytes of UTF-16 data converted
|
||||
* to native byte order. Evaluated one or two times.
|
||||
* @param ERROR Expression to be evaluated on invalid input,
|
||||
* typically a goto statement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define GET_UTF16(val, GET_16BIT, ERROR)\
|
||||
val = GET_16BIT;\
|
||||
{\
|
||||
unsigned int hi = val - 0xD800;\
|
||||
if (hi < 0x800) {\
|
||||
val = GET_16BIT - 0xDC00;\
|
||||
if (val > 0x3FFU || hi > 0x3FFU)\
|
||||
ERROR\
|
||||
val += (hi<<10) + 0x10000;\
|
||||
}\
|
||||
}\
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @def PUT_UTF8(val, tmp, PUT_BYTE)
|
||||
* Convert a 32-bit Unicode character to its UTF-8 encoded form (up to 4 bytes long).
|
||||
* @param val is an input-only argument and should be of type uint32_t. It holds
|
||||
* a UCS-4 encoded Unicode character that is to be converted to UTF-8. If
|
||||
* val is given as a function it is executed only once.
|
||||
* @param tmp is a temporary variable and should be of type uint8_t. It
|
||||
* represents an intermediate value during conversion that is to be
|
||||
* output by PUT_BYTE.
|
||||
* @param PUT_BYTE writes the converted UTF-8 bytes to any proper destination.
|
||||
* It could be a function or a statement, and uses tmp as the input byte.
|
||||
* For example, PUT_BYTE could be "*output++ = tmp;" PUT_BYTE will be
|
||||
* executed up to 4 times for values in the valid UTF-8 range and up to
|
||||
* 7 times in the general case, depending on the length of the converted
|
||||
* Unicode character.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define PUT_UTF8(val, tmp, PUT_BYTE)\
|
||||
{\
|
||||
int bytes, shift;\
|
||||
uint32_t in = val;\
|
||||
if (in < 0x80) {\
|
||||
tmp = in;\
|
||||
PUT_BYTE\
|
||||
} else {\
|
||||
bytes = (av_log2(in) + 4) / 5;\
|
||||
shift = (bytes - 1) * 6;\
|
||||
tmp = (256 - (256 >> bytes)) | (in >> shift);\
|
||||
PUT_BYTE\
|
||||
while (shift >= 6) {\
|
||||
shift -= 6;\
|
||||
tmp = 0x80 | ((in >> shift) & 0x3f);\
|
||||
PUT_BYTE\
|
||||
}\
|
||||
}\
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @def PUT_UTF16(val, tmp, PUT_16BIT)
|
||||
* Convert a 32-bit Unicode character to its UTF-16 encoded form (2 or 4 bytes).
|
||||
* @param val is an input-only argument and should be of type uint32_t. It holds
|
||||
* a UCS-4 encoded Unicode character that is to be converted to UTF-16. If
|
||||
* val is given as a function it is executed only once.
|
||||
* @param tmp is a temporary variable and should be of type uint16_t. It
|
||||
* represents an intermediate value during conversion that is to be
|
||||
* output by PUT_16BIT.
|
||||
* @param PUT_16BIT writes the converted UTF-16 data to any proper destination
|
||||
* in desired endianness. It could be a function or a statement, and uses tmp
|
||||
* as the input byte. For example, PUT_BYTE could be "*output++ = tmp;"
|
||||
* PUT_BYTE will be executed 1 or 2 times depending on input character.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define PUT_UTF16(val, tmp, PUT_16BIT)\
|
||||
{\
|
||||
uint32_t in = val;\
|
||||
if (in < 0x10000) {\
|
||||
tmp = in;\
|
||||
PUT_16BIT\
|
||||
} else {\
|
||||
tmp = 0xD800 | ((in - 0x10000) >> 10);\
|
||||
PUT_16BIT\
|
||||
tmp = 0xDC00 | ((in - 0x10000) & 0x3FF);\
|
||||
PUT_16BIT\
|
||||
}\
|
||||
}\
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#include "mem.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include "internal.h"
|
||||
#endif /* HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H */
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_COMMON_H */
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* The following definitions are outside the multiple inclusion guard
|
||||
* to ensure they are immediately available in intmath.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef av_ceil_log2
|
||||
# define av_ceil_log2 av_ceil_log2_c
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef av_clip
|
||||
# define av_clip av_clip_c
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef av_clip64
|
||||
# define av_clip64 av_clip64_c
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef av_clip_uint8
|
||||
# define av_clip_uint8 av_clip_uint8_c
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef av_clip_int8
|
||||
# define av_clip_int8 av_clip_int8_c
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef av_clip_uint16
|
||||
# define av_clip_uint16 av_clip_uint16_c
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef av_clip_int16
|
||||
# define av_clip_int16 av_clip_int16_c
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef av_clipl_int32
|
||||
# define av_clipl_int32 av_clipl_int32_c
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef av_clip_intp2
|
||||
# define av_clip_intp2 av_clip_intp2_c
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef av_clip_uintp2
|
||||
# define av_clip_uintp2 av_clip_uintp2_c
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef av_mod_uintp2
|
||||
# define av_mod_uintp2 av_mod_uintp2_c
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef av_sat_add32
|
||||
# define av_sat_add32 av_sat_add32_c
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef av_sat_dadd32
|
||||
# define av_sat_dadd32 av_sat_dadd32_c
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef av_clipf
|
||||
# define av_clipf av_clipf_c
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef av_clipd
|
||||
# define av_clipd av_clipd_c
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef av_popcount
|
||||
# define av_popcount av_popcount_c
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef av_popcount64
|
||||
# define av_popcount64 av_popcount64_c
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef av_parity
|
||||
# define av_parity av_parity_c
|
||||
#endif
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2000, 2001, 2002 Fabrice Bellard
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_CPU_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_CPU_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "attributes.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FORCE 0x80000000 /* force usage of selected flags (OR) */
|
||||
|
||||
/* lower 16 bits - CPU features */
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMX 0x0001 ///< standard MMX
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMXEXT 0x0002 ///< SSE integer functions or AMD MMX ext
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMX2 0x0002 ///< SSE integer functions or AMD MMX ext
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_3DNOW 0x0004 ///< AMD 3DNOW
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE 0x0008 ///< SSE functions
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE2 0x0010 ///< PIV SSE2 functions
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE2SLOW 0x40000000 ///< SSE2 supported, but usually not faster
|
||||
///< than regular MMX/SSE (e.g. Core1)
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_3DNOWEXT 0x0020 ///< AMD 3DNowExt
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE3 0x0040 ///< Prescott SSE3 functions
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE3SLOW 0x20000000 ///< SSE3 supported, but usually not faster
|
||||
///< than regular MMX/SSE (e.g. Core1)
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSSE3 0x0080 ///< Conroe SSSE3 functions
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSSE3SLOW 0x4000000 ///< SSSE3 supported, but usually not faster
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ATOM 0x10000000 ///< Atom processor, some SSSE3 instructions are slower
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE4 0x0100 ///< Penryn SSE4.1 functions
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE42 0x0200 ///< Nehalem SSE4.2 functions
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AESNI 0x80000 ///< Advanced Encryption Standard functions
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX 0x4000 ///< AVX functions: requires OS support even if YMM registers aren't used
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVXSLOW 0x8000000 ///< AVX supported, but slow when using YMM registers (e.g. Bulldozer)
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_XOP 0x0400 ///< Bulldozer XOP functions
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FMA4 0x0800 ///< Bulldozer FMA4 functions
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_CMOV 0x1000 ///< supports cmov instruction
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX2 0x8000 ///< AVX2 functions: requires OS support even if YMM registers aren't used
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FMA3 0x10000 ///< Haswell FMA3 functions
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_BMI1 0x20000 ///< Bit Manipulation Instruction Set 1
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_BMI2 0x40000 ///< Bit Manipulation Instruction Set 2
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ALTIVEC 0x0001 ///< standard
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VSX 0x0002 ///< ISA 2.06
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_POWER8 0x0004 ///< ISA 2.07
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV5TE (1 << 0)
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV6 (1 << 1)
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV6T2 (1 << 2)
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFP (1 << 3)
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFPV3 (1 << 4)
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_NEON (1 << 5)
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV8 (1 << 6)
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFP_VM (1 << 7) ///< VFPv2 vector mode, deprecated in ARMv7-A and unavailable in various CPUs implementations
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SETEND (1 <<16)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the flags which specify extensions supported by the CPU.
|
||||
* The returned value is affected by av_force_cpu_flags() if that was used
|
||||
* before. So av_get_cpu_flags() can easily be used in an application to
|
||||
* detect the enabled cpu flags.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_get_cpu_flags(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Disables cpu detection and forces the specified flags.
|
||||
* -1 is a special case that disables forcing of specific flags.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_force_cpu_flags(int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Set a mask on flags returned by av_get_cpu_flags().
|
||||
* This function is mainly useful for testing.
|
||||
* Please use av_force_cpu_flags() and av_get_cpu_flags() instead which are more flexible
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated void av_set_cpu_flags_mask(int mask);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Parse CPU flags from a string.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The returned flags contain the specified flags as well as related unspecified flags.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function exists only for compatibility with libav.
|
||||
* Please use av_parse_cpu_caps() when possible.
|
||||
* @return a combination of AV_CPU_* flags, negative on error.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
int av_parse_cpu_flags(const char *s);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Parse CPU caps from a string and update the given AV_CPU_* flags based on that.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return negative on error.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_parse_cpu_caps(unsigned *flags, const char *s);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @return the number of logical CPU cores present.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_cpu_count(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the maximum data alignment that may be required by FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note that this is affected by the build configuration and the CPU flags mask,
|
||||
* so e.g. if the CPU supports AVX, but libavutil has been built with
|
||||
* --disable-avx or the AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX flag has been disabled through
|
||||
* av_set_cpu_flags_mask(), then this function will behave as if AVX is not
|
||||
* present.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
size_t av_cpu_max_align(void);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_CPU_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu_crc32
|
||||
* Public header for CRC hash function implementation.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_CRC_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_CRC_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
#include "attributes.h"
|
||||
#include "version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_crc32 CRC
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu_hash
|
||||
* CRC (Cyclic Redundancy Check) hash function implementation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This module supports numerous CRC polynomials, in addition to the most
|
||||
* widely used CRC-32-IEEE. See @ref AVCRCId for a list of available
|
||||
* polynomials.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
typedef uint32_t AVCRC;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef enum {
|
||||
AV_CRC_8_ATM,
|
||||
AV_CRC_16_ANSI,
|
||||
AV_CRC_16_CCITT,
|
||||
AV_CRC_32_IEEE,
|
||||
AV_CRC_32_IEEE_LE, /*< reversed bitorder version of AV_CRC_32_IEEE */
|
||||
AV_CRC_16_ANSI_LE, /*< reversed bitorder version of AV_CRC_16_ANSI */
|
||||
#if FF_API_CRC_BIG_TABLE
|
||||
AV_CRC_24_IEEE = 12,
|
||||
#else
|
||||
AV_CRC_24_IEEE,
|
||||
#endif /* FF_API_CRC_BIG_TABLE */
|
||||
AV_CRC_MAX, /*< Not part of public API! Do not use outside libavutil. */
|
||||
}AVCRCId;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize a CRC table.
|
||||
* @param ctx must be an array of size sizeof(AVCRC)*257 or sizeof(AVCRC)*1024
|
||||
* @param le If 1, the lowest bit represents the coefficient for the highest
|
||||
* exponent of the corresponding polynomial (both for poly and
|
||||
* actual CRC).
|
||||
* If 0, you must swap the CRC parameter and the result of av_crc
|
||||
* if you need the standard representation (can be simplified in
|
||||
* most cases to e.g. bswap16):
|
||||
* av_bswap32(crc << (32-bits))
|
||||
* @param bits number of bits for the CRC
|
||||
* @param poly generator polynomial without the x**bits coefficient, in the
|
||||
* representation as specified by le
|
||||
* @param ctx_size size of ctx in bytes
|
||||
* @return <0 on failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_crc_init(AVCRC *ctx, int le, int bits, uint32_t poly, int ctx_size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get an initialized standard CRC table.
|
||||
* @param crc_id ID of a standard CRC
|
||||
* @return a pointer to the CRC table or NULL on failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const AVCRC *av_crc_get_table(AVCRCId crc_id);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Calculate the CRC of a block.
|
||||
* @param crc CRC of previous blocks if any or initial value for CRC
|
||||
* @return CRC updated with the data from the given block
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see av_crc_init() "le" parameter
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t av_crc(const AVCRC *ctx, uint32_t crc,
|
||||
const uint8_t *buffer, size_t length) av_pure;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_CRC_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* DES encryption/decryption
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2007 Reimar Doeffinger
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_DES_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_DES_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_des DES
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu_crypto
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct AVDES {
|
||||
uint64_t round_keys[3][16];
|
||||
int triple_des;
|
||||
} AVDES;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate an AVDES context.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVDES *av_des_alloc(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Initializes an AVDES context.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param key_bits must be 64 or 192
|
||||
* @param decrypt 0 for encryption/CBC-MAC, 1 for decryption
|
||||
* @return zero on success, negative value otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_des_init(struct AVDES *d, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits, int decrypt);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Encrypts / decrypts using the DES algorithm.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param count number of 8 byte blocks
|
||||
* @param dst destination array, can be equal to src, must be 8-byte aligned
|
||||
* @param src source array, can be equal to dst, must be 8-byte aligned, may be NULL
|
||||
* @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used,
|
||||
* must be 8-byte aligned
|
||||
* @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_des_crypt(struct AVDES *d, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Calculates CBC-MAC using the DES algorithm.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param count number of 8 byte blocks
|
||||
* @param dst destination array, can be equal to src, must be 8-byte aligned
|
||||
* @param src source array, can be equal to dst, must be 8-byte aligned, may be NULL
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_des_mac(struct AVDES *d, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_DES_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,200 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* Public dictionary API.
|
||||
* @deprecated
|
||||
* AVDictionary is provided for compatibility with libav. It is both in
|
||||
* implementation as well as API inefficient. It does not scale and is
|
||||
* extremely slow with large dictionaries.
|
||||
* It is recommended that new code uses our tree container from tree.c/h
|
||||
* where applicable, which uses AVL trees to achieve O(log n) performance.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_DICT_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_DICT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup lavu_dict AVDictionary
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu_data
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @brief Simple key:value store
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
* Dictionaries are used for storing key:value pairs. To create
|
||||
* an AVDictionary, simply pass an address of a NULL pointer to
|
||||
* av_dict_set(). NULL can be used as an empty dictionary wherever
|
||||
* a pointer to an AVDictionary is required.
|
||||
* Use av_dict_get() to retrieve an entry or iterate over all
|
||||
* entries and finally av_dict_free() to free the dictionary
|
||||
* and all its contents.
|
||||
*
|
||||
@code
|
||||
AVDictionary *d = NULL; // "create" an empty dictionary
|
||||
AVDictionaryEntry *t = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
av_dict_set(&d, "foo", "bar", 0); // add an entry
|
||||
|
||||
char *k = av_strdup("key"); // if your strings are already allocated,
|
||||
char *v = av_strdup("value"); // you can avoid copying them like this
|
||||
av_dict_set(&d, k, v, AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY | AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL);
|
||||
|
||||
while (t = av_dict_get(d, "", t, AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX)) {
|
||||
<....> // iterate over all entries in d
|
||||
}
|
||||
av_dict_free(&d);
|
||||
@endcode
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_DICT_MATCH_CASE 1 /**< Only get an entry with exact-case key match. Only relevant in av_dict_get(). */
|
||||
#define AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX 2 /**< Return first entry in a dictionary whose first part corresponds to the search key,
|
||||
ignoring the suffix of the found key string. Only relevant in av_dict_get(). */
|
||||
#define AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY 4 /**< Take ownership of a key that's been
|
||||
allocated with av_malloc() or another memory allocation function. */
|
||||
#define AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL 8 /**< Take ownership of a value that's been
|
||||
allocated with av_malloc() or another memory allocation function. */
|
||||
#define AV_DICT_DONT_OVERWRITE 16 ///< Don't overwrite existing entries.
|
||||
#define AV_DICT_APPEND 32 /**< If the entry already exists, append to it. Note that no
|
||||
delimiter is added, the strings are simply concatenated. */
|
||||
#define AV_DICT_MULTIKEY 64 /**< Allow to store several equal keys in the dictionary */
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct AVDictionaryEntry {
|
||||
char *key;
|
||||
char *value;
|
||||
} AVDictionaryEntry;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct AVDictionary AVDictionary;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get a dictionary entry with matching key.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The returned entry key or value must not be changed, or it will
|
||||
* cause undefined behavior.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* To iterate through all the dictionary entries, you can set the matching key
|
||||
* to the null string "" and set the AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX flag.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param prev Set to the previous matching element to find the next.
|
||||
* If set to NULL the first matching element is returned.
|
||||
* @param key matching key
|
||||
* @param flags a collection of AV_DICT_* flags controlling how the entry is retrieved
|
||||
* @return found entry or NULL in case no matching entry was found in the dictionary
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVDictionaryEntry *av_dict_get(const AVDictionary *m, const char *key,
|
||||
const AVDictionaryEntry *prev, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get number of entries in dictionary.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param m dictionary
|
||||
* @return number of entries in dictionary
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_dict_count(const AVDictionary *m);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Set the given entry in *pm, overwriting an existing entry.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note: If AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY or AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL is set,
|
||||
* these arguments will be freed on error.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Warning: Adding a new entry to a dictionary invalidates all existing entries
|
||||
* previously returned with av_dict_get.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param pm pointer to a pointer to a dictionary struct. If *pm is NULL
|
||||
* a dictionary struct is allocated and put in *pm.
|
||||
* @param key entry key to add to *pm (will either be av_strduped or added as a new key depending on flags)
|
||||
* @param value entry value to add to *pm (will be av_strduped or added as a new key depending on flags).
|
||||
* Passing a NULL value will cause an existing entry to be deleted.
|
||||
* @return >= 0 on success otherwise an error code <0
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_dict_set(AVDictionary **pm, const char *key, const char *value, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Convenience wrapper for av_dict_set that converts the value to a string
|
||||
* and stores it.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note: If AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY is set, key will be freed on error.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_dict_set_int(AVDictionary **pm, const char *key, int64_t value, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Parse the key/value pairs list and add the parsed entries to a dictionary.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* In case of failure, all the successfully set entries are stored in
|
||||
* *pm. You may need to manually free the created dictionary.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
|
||||
* key from value
|
||||
* @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
|
||||
* two pairs from each other
|
||||
* @param flags flags to use when adding to dictionary.
|
||||
* AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY and AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL
|
||||
* are ignored since the key/value tokens will always
|
||||
* be duplicated.
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_dict_parse_string(AVDictionary **pm, const char *str,
|
||||
const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep,
|
||||
int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Copy entries from one AVDictionary struct into another.
|
||||
* @param dst pointer to a pointer to a AVDictionary struct. If *dst is NULL,
|
||||
* this function will allocate a struct for you and put it in *dst
|
||||
* @param src pointer to source AVDictionary struct
|
||||
* @param flags flags to use when setting entries in *dst
|
||||
* @note metadata is read using the AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX flag
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure. If dst was allocated
|
||||
* by this function, callers should free the associated memory.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_dict_copy(AVDictionary **dst, const AVDictionary *src, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free all the memory allocated for an AVDictionary struct
|
||||
* and all keys and values.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_dict_free(AVDictionary **m);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get dictionary entries as a string.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Create a string containing dictionary's entries.
|
||||
* Such string may be passed back to av_dict_parse_string().
|
||||
* @note String is escaped with backslashes ('\').
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in] m dictionary
|
||||
* @param[out] buffer Pointer to buffer that will be allocated with string containg entries.
|
||||
* Buffer must be freed by the caller when is no longer needed.
|
||||
* @param[in] key_val_sep character used to separate key from value
|
||||
* @param[in] pairs_sep character used to separate two pairs from each other
|
||||
* @return >= 0 on success, negative on error
|
||||
* @warning Separators cannot be neither '\\' nor '\0'. They also cannot be the same.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_dict_get_string(const AVDictionary *m, char **buffer,
|
||||
const char key_val_sep, const char pairs_sep);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_DICT_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2014 Vittorio Giovara <vittorio.giovara@gmail.com>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* Display matrix
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_DISPLAY_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_DISPLAY_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
#include "common.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup lavu_video
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_video_display Display transformation matrix functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup lavu_video_display
|
||||
* The display transformation matrix specifies an affine transformation that
|
||||
* should be applied to video frames for correct presentation. It is compatible
|
||||
* with the matrices stored in the ISO/IEC 14496-12 container format.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The data is a 3x3 matrix represented as a 9-element array:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @code{.unparsed}
|
||||
* | a b u |
|
||||
* (a, b, u, c, d, v, x, y, w) -> | c d v |
|
||||
* | x y w |
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All numbers are stored in native endianness, as 16.16 fixed-point values,
|
||||
* except for u, v and w, which are stored as 2.30 fixed-point values.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The transformation maps a point (p, q) in the source (pre-transformation)
|
||||
* frame to the point (p', q') in the destination (post-transformation) frame as
|
||||
* follows:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @code{.unparsed}
|
||||
* | a b u |
|
||||
* (p, q, 1) . | c d v | = z * (p', q', 1)
|
||||
* | x y w |
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The transformation can also be more explicitly written in components as
|
||||
* follows:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @code{.unparsed}
|
||||
* p' = (a * p + c * q + x) / z;
|
||||
* q' = (b * p + d * q + y) / z;
|
||||
* z = u * p + v * q + w
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Extract the rotation component of the transformation matrix.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param matrix the transformation matrix
|
||||
* @return the angle (in degrees) by which the transformation rotates the frame
|
||||
* counterclockwise. The angle will be in range [-180.0, 180.0],
|
||||
* or NaN if the matrix is singular.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note floating point numbers are inherently inexact, so callers are
|
||||
* recommended to round the return value to nearest integer before use.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
double av_display_rotation_get(const int32_t matrix[9]);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize a transformation matrix describing a pure counterclockwise
|
||||
* rotation by the specified angle (in degrees).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param matrix an allocated transformation matrix (will be fully overwritten
|
||||
* by this function)
|
||||
* @param angle rotation angle in degrees.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_display_rotation_set(int32_t matrix[9], double angle);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Flip the input matrix horizontally and/or vertically.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param matrix an allocated transformation matrix
|
||||
* @param hflip whether the matrix should be flipped horizontally
|
||||
* @param vflip whether the matrix should be flipped vertically
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_display_matrix_flip(int32_t matrix[9], int hflip, int vflip);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_DISPLAY_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2014 Tim Walker <tdskywalker@gmail.com>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_DOWNMIX_INFO_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_DOWNMIX_INFO_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "frame.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* audio downmix medatata
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup lavu_audio
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup downmix_info Audio downmix metadata
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Possible downmix types.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVDownmixType {
|
||||
AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_UNKNOWN, /**< Not indicated. */
|
||||
AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_LORO, /**< Lo/Ro 2-channel downmix (Stereo). */
|
||||
AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_LTRT, /**< Lt/Rt 2-channel downmix, Dolby Surround compatible. */
|
||||
AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_DPLII, /**< Lt/Rt 2-channel downmix, Dolby Pro Logic II compatible. */
|
||||
AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_NB /**< Number of downmix types. Not part of ABI. */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This structure describes optional metadata relevant to a downmix procedure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All fields are set by the decoder to the value indicated in the audio
|
||||
* bitstream (if present), or to a "sane" default otherwise.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVDownmixInfo {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Type of downmix preferred by the mastering engineer.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVDownmixType preferred_downmix_type;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Absolute scale factor representing the nominal level of the center
|
||||
* channel during a regular downmix.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
double center_mix_level;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Absolute scale factor representing the nominal level of the center
|
||||
* channel during an Lt/Rt compatible downmix.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
double center_mix_level_ltrt;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Absolute scale factor representing the nominal level of the surround
|
||||
* channels during a regular downmix.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
double surround_mix_level;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Absolute scale factor representing the nominal level of the surround
|
||||
* channels during an Lt/Rt compatible downmix.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
double surround_mix_level_ltrt;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Absolute scale factor representing the level at which the LFE data is
|
||||
* mixed into L/R channels during downmixing.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
double lfe_mix_level;
|
||||
} AVDownmixInfo;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get a frame's AV_FRAME_DATA_DOWNMIX_INFO side data for editing.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If the side data is absent, it is created and added to the frame.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param frame the frame for which the side data is to be obtained or created
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return the AVDownmixInfo structure to be edited by the caller, or NULL if
|
||||
* the structure cannot be allocated.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVDownmixInfo *av_downmix_info_update_side_data(AVFrame *frame);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_DOWNMIX_INFO_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* error code definitions
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_ERROR_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_ERROR_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <errno.h>
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup lavu_error
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* error handling */
|
||||
#if EDOM > 0
|
||||
#define AVERROR(e) (-(e)) ///< Returns a negative error code from a POSIX error code, to return from library functions.
|
||||
#define AVUNERROR(e) (-(e)) ///< Returns a POSIX error code from a library function error return value.
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/* Some platforms have E* and errno already negated. */
|
||||
#define AVERROR(e) (e)
|
||||
#define AVUNERROR(e) (e)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define FFERRTAG(a, b, c, d) (-(int)MKTAG(a, b, c, d))
|
||||
|
||||
#define AVERROR_BSF_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'B','S','F') ///< Bitstream filter not found
|
||||
#define AVERROR_BUG FFERRTAG( 'B','U','G','!') ///< Internal bug, also see AVERROR_BUG2
|
||||
#define AVERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL FFERRTAG( 'B','U','F','S') ///< Buffer too small
|
||||
#define AVERROR_DECODER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'D','E','C') ///< Decoder not found
|
||||
#define AVERROR_DEMUXER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'D','E','M') ///< Demuxer not found
|
||||
#define AVERROR_ENCODER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'E','N','C') ///< Encoder not found
|
||||
#define AVERROR_EOF FFERRTAG( 'E','O','F',' ') ///< End of file
|
||||
#define AVERROR_EXIT FFERRTAG( 'E','X','I','T') ///< Immediate exit was requested; the called function should not be restarted
|
||||
#define AVERROR_EXTERNAL FFERRTAG( 'E','X','T',' ') ///< Generic error in an external library
|
||||
#define AVERROR_FILTER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'F','I','L') ///< Filter not found
|
||||
#define AVERROR_INVALIDDATA FFERRTAG( 'I','N','D','A') ///< Invalid data found when processing input
|
||||
#define AVERROR_MUXER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'M','U','X') ///< Muxer not found
|
||||
#define AVERROR_OPTION_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'O','P','T') ///< Option not found
|
||||
#define AVERROR_PATCHWELCOME FFERRTAG( 'P','A','W','E') ///< Not yet implemented in FFmpeg, patches welcome
|
||||
#define AVERROR_PROTOCOL_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'P','R','O') ///< Protocol not found
|
||||
|
||||
#define AVERROR_STREAM_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'S','T','R') ///< Stream not found
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This is semantically identical to AVERROR_BUG
|
||||
* it has been introduced in Libav after our AVERROR_BUG and with a modified value.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AVERROR_BUG2 FFERRTAG( 'B','U','G',' ')
|
||||
#define AVERROR_UNKNOWN FFERRTAG( 'U','N','K','N') ///< Unknown error, typically from an external library
|
||||
#define AVERROR_EXPERIMENTAL (-0x2bb2afa8) ///< Requested feature is flagged experimental. Set strict_std_compliance if you really want to use it.
|
||||
#define AVERROR_INPUT_CHANGED (-0x636e6701) ///< Input changed between calls. Reconfiguration is required. (can be OR-ed with AVERROR_OUTPUT_CHANGED)
|
||||
#define AVERROR_OUTPUT_CHANGED (-0x636e6702) ///< Output changed between calls. Reconfiguration is required. (can be OR-ed with AVERROR_INPUT_CHANGED)
|
||||
/* HTTP & RTSP errors */
|
||||
#define AVERROR_HTTP_BAD_REQUEST FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','0')
|
||||
#define AVERROR_HTTP_UNAUTHORIZED FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','1')
|
||||
#define AVERROR_HTTP_FORBIDDEN FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','3')
|
||||
#define AVERROR_HTTP_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','4')
|
||||
#define AVERROR_HTTP_OTHER_4XX FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','X','X')
|
||||
#define AVERROR_HTTP_SERVER_ERROR FFERRTAG(0xF8,'5','X','X')
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE 64
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Put a description of the AVERROR code errnum in errbuf.
|
||||
* In case of failure the global variable errno is set to indicate the
|
||||
* error. Even in case of failure av_strerror() will print a generic
|
||||
* error message indicating the errnum provided to errbuf.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param errnum error code to describe
|
||||
* @param errbuf buffer to which description is written
|
||||
* @param errbuf_size the size in bytes of errbuf
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, a negative value if a description for errnum
|
||||
* cannot be found
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_strerror(int errnum, char *errbuf, size_t errbuf_size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Fill the provided buffer with a string containing an error string
|
||||
* corresponding to the AVERROR code errnum.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param errbuf a buffer
|
||||
* @param errbuf_size size in bytes of errbuf
|
||||
* @param errnum error code to describe
|
||||
* @return the buffer in input, filled with the error description
|
||||
* @see av_strerror()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline char *av_make_error_string(char *errbuf, size_t errbuf_size, int errnum)
|
||||
{
|
||||
av_strerror(errnum, errbuf, errbuf_size);
|
||||
return errbuf;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Convenience macro, the return value should be used only directly in
|
||||
* function arguments but never stand-alone.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define av_err2str(errnum) \
|
||||
av_make_error_string((char[AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE]){0}, AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE, errnum)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_ERROR_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2002 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* simple arithmetic expression evaluator
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_EVAL_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_EVAL_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "avutil.h"
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct AVExpr AVExpr;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Parse and evaluate an expression.
|
||||
* Note, this is significantly slower than av_expr_eval().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param res a pointer to a double where is put the result value of
|
||||
* the expression, or NAN in case of error
|
||||
* @param s expression as a zero terminated string, for example "1+2^3+5*5+sin(2/3)"
|
||||
* @param const_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of constant identifiers, for example {"PI", "E", 0}
|
||||
* @param const_values a zero terminated array of values for the identifiers from const_names
|
||||
* @param func1_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs1 identifiers
|
||||
* @param funcs1 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 1 argument
|
||||
* @param func2_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs2 identifiers
|
||||
* @param funcs2 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 2 arguments
|
||||
* @param opaque a pointer which will be passed to all functions from funcs1 and funcs2
|
||||
* @param log_ctx parent logging context
|
||||
* @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an
|
||||
* AVERROR code otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_expr_parse_and_eval(double *res, const char *s,
|
||||
const char * const *const_names, const double *const_values,
|
||||
const char * const *func1_names, double (* const *funcs1)(void *, double),
|
||||
const char * const *func2_names, double (* const *funcs2)(void *, double, double),
|
||||
void *opaque, int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Parse an expression.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param expr a pointer where is put an AVExpr containing the parsed
|
||||
* value in case of successful parsing, or NULL otherwise.
|
||||
* The pointed to AVExpr must be freed with av_expr_free() by the user
|
||||
* when it is not needed anymore.
|
||||
* @param s expression as a zero terminated string, for example "1+2^3+5*5+sin(2/3)"
|
||||
* @param const_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of constant identifiers, for example {"PI", "E", 0}
|
||||
* @param func1_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs1 identifiers
|
||||
* @param funcs1 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 1 argument
|
||||
* @param func2_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs2 identifiers
|
||||
* @param funcs2 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 2 arguments
|
||||
* @param log_ctx parent logging context
|
||||
* @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an
|
||||
* AVERROR code otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_expr_parse(AVExpr **expr, const char *s,
|
||||
const char * const *const_names,
|
||||
const char * const *func1_names, double (* const *funcs1)(void *, double),
|
||||
const char * const *func2_names, double (* const *funcs2)(void *, double, double),
|
||||
int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Evaluate a previously parsed expression.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param const_values a zero terminated array of values for the identifiers from av_expr_parse() const_names
|
||||
* @param opaque a pointer which will be passed to all functions from funcs1 and funcs2
|
||||
* @return the value of the expression
|
||||
*/
|
||||
double av_expr_eval(AVExpr *e, const double *const_values, void *opaque);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free a parsed expression previously created with av_expr_parse().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_expr_free(AVExpr *e);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Parse the string in numstr and return its value as a double. If
|
||||
* the string is empty, contains only whitespaces, or does not contain
|
||||
* an initial substring that has the expected syntax for a
|
||||
* floating-point number, no conversion is performed. In this case,
|
||||
* returns a value of zero and the value returned in tail is the value
|
||||
* of numstr.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param numstr a string representing a number, may contain one of
|
||||
* the International System number postfixes, for example 'K', 'M',
|
||||
* 'G'. If 'i' is appended after the postfix, powers of 2 are used
|
||||
* instead of powers of 10. The 'B' postfix multiplies the value by
|
||||
* 8, and can be appended after another postfix or used alone. This
|
||||
* allows using for example 'KB', 'MiB', 'G' and 'B' as postfix.
|
||||
* @param tail if non-NULL puts here the pointer to the char next
|
||||
* after the last parsed character
|
||||
*/
|
||||
double av_strtod(const char *numstr, char **tail);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_EVAL_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
|
|||
/* Automatically generated by version.sh, do not manually edit! */
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_FFVERSION_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_FFVERSION_H
|
||||
#define FFMPEG_VERSION "3.4.5"
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_FFVERSION_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,179 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* a very simple circular buffer FIFO implementation
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_FIFO_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_FIFO_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
#include "avutil.h"
|
||||
#include "attributes.h"
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct AVFifoBuffer {
|
||||
uint8_t *buffer;
|
||||
uint8_t *rptr, *wptr, *end;
|
||||
uint32_t rndx, wndx;
|
||||
} AVFifoBuffer;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize an AVFifoBuffer.
|
||||
* @param size of FIFO
|
||||
* @return AVFifoBuffer or NULL in case of memory allocation failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVFifoBuffer *av_fifo_alloc(unsigned int size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize an AVFifoBuffer.
|
||||
* @param nmemb number of elements
|
||||
* @param size size of the single element
|
||||
* @return AVFifoBuffer or NULL in case of memory allocation failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVFifoBuffer *av_fifo_alloc_array(size_t nmemb, size_t size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free an AVFifoBuffer.
|
||||
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to free
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_fifo_free(AVFifoBuffer *f);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free an AVFifoBuffer and reset pointer to NULL.
|
||||
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to free
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_fifo_freep(AVFifoBuffer **f);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Reset the AVFifoBuffer to the state right after av_fifo_alloc, in particular it is emptied.
|
||||
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to reset
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_fifo_reset(AVFifoBuffer *f);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the amount of data in bytes in the AVFifoBuffer, that is the
|
||||
* amount of data you can read from it.
|
||||
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from
|
||||
* @return size
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_fifo_size(const AVFifoBuffer *f);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the amount of space in bytes in the AVFifoBuffer, that is the
|
||||
* amount of data you can write into it.
|
||||
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to write into
|
||||
* @return size
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_fifo_space(const AVFifoBuffer *f);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Feed data at specific position from an AVFifoBuffer to a user-supplied callback.
|
||||
* Similar as av_fifo_gereric_read but without discarding data.
|
||||
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from
|
||||
* @param offset offset from current read position
|
||||
* @param buf_size number of bytes to read
|
||||
* @param func generic read function
|
||||
* @param dest data destination
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_fifo_generic_peek_at(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *dest, int offset, int buf_size, void (*func)(void*, void*, int));
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Feed data from an AVFifoBuffer to a user-supplied callback.
|
||||
* Similar as av_fifo_gereric_read but without discarding data.
|
||||
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from
|
||||
* @param buf_size number of bytes to read
|
||||
* @param func generic read function
|
||||
* @param dest data destination
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_fifo_generic_peek(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *dest, int buf_size, void (*func)(void*, void*, int));
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Feed data from an AVFifoBuffer to a user-supplied callback.
|
||||
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from
|
||||
* @param buf_size number of bytes to read
|
||||
* @param func generic read function
|
||||
* @param dest data destination
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_fifo_generic_read(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *dest, int buf_size, void (*func)(void*, void*, int));
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Feed data from a user-supplied callback to an AVFifoBuffer.
|
||||
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to write to
|
||||
* @param src data source; non-const since it may be used as a
|
||||
* modifiable context by the function defined in func
|
||||
* @param size number of bytes to write
|
||||
* @param func generic write function; the first parameter is src,
|
||||
* the second is dest_buf, the third is dest_buf_size.
|
||||
* func must return the number of bytes written to dest_buf, or <= 0 to
|
||||
* indicate no more data available to write.
|
||||
* If func is NULL, src is interpreted as a simple byte array for source data.
|
||||
* @return the number of bytes written to the FIFO
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_fifo_generic_write(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *src, int size, int (*func)(void*, void*, int));
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Resize an AVFifoBuffer.
|
||||
* In case of reallocation failure, the old FIFO is kept unchanged.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to resize
|
||||
* @param size new AVFifoBuffer size in bytes
|
||||
* @return <0 for failure, >=0 otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_fifo_realloc2(AVFifoBuffer *f, unsigned int size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Enlarge an AVFifoBuffer.
|
||||
* In case of reallocation failure, the old FIFO is kept unchanged.
|
||||
* The new fifo size may be larger than the requested size.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to resize
|
||||
* @param additional_space the amount of space in bytes to allocate in addition to av_fifo_size()
|
||||
* @return <0 for failure, >=0 otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_fifo_grow(AVFifoBuffer *f, unsigned int additional_space);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Read and discard the specified amount of data from an AVFifoBuffer.
|
||||
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from
|
||||
* @param size amount of data to read in bytes
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_fifo_drain(AVFifoBuffer *f, int size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return a pointer to the data stored in a FIFO buffer at a certain offset.
|
||||
* The FIFO buffer is not modified.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to peek at, f must be non-NULL
|
||||
* @param offs an offset in bytes, its absolute value must be less
|
||||
* than the used buffer size or the returned pointer will
|
||||
* point outside to the buffer data.
|
||||
* The used buffer size can be checked with av_fifo_size().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline uint8_t *av_fifo_peek2(const AVFifoBuffer *f, int offs)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint8_t *ptr = f->rptr + offs;
|
||||
if (ptr >= f->end)
|
||||
ptr = f->buffer + (ptr - f->end);
|
||||
else if (ptr < f->buffer)
|
||||
ptr = f->end - (f->buffer - ptr);
|
||||
return ptr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_FIFO_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_FILE_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_FILE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "avutil.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* Misc file utilities.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Read the file with name filename, and put its content in a newly
|
||||
* allocated buffer or map it with mmap() when available.
|
||||
* In case of success set *bufptr to the read or mmapped buffer, and
|
||||
* *size to the size in bytes of the buffer in *bufptr.
|
||||
* The returned buffer must be released with av_file_unmap().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param log_offset loglevel offset used for logging
|
||||
* @param log_ctx context used for logging
|
||||
* @return a non negative number in case of success, a negative value
|
||||
* corresponding to an AVERROR error code in case of failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
av_warn_unused_result
|
||||
int av_file_map(const char *filename, uint8_t **bufptr, size_t *size,
|
||||
int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Unmap or free the buffer bufptr created by av_file_map().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param size size in bytes of bufptr, must be the same as returned
|
||||
* by av_file_map()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_file_unmap(uint8_t *bufptr, size_t size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Wrapper to work around the lack of mkstemp() on mingw.
|
||||
* Also, tries to create file in /tmp first, if possible.
|
||||
* *prefix can be a character constant; *filename will be allocated internally.
|
||||
* @return file descriptor of opened file (or negative value corresponding to an
|
||||
* AVERROR code on error)
|
||||
* and opened file name in **filename.
|
||||
* @note On very old libcs it is necessary to set a secure umask before
|
||||
* calling this, av_tempfile() can't call umask itself as it is used in
|
||||
* libraries and could interfere with the calling application.
|
||||
* @deprecated as fd numbers cannot be passed saftely between libs on some platforms
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_tempfile(const char *prefix, char **filename, int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_FILE_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,821 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu_frame
|
||||
* reference-counted frame API
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_FRAME_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_FRAME_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "avutil.h"
|
||||
#include "buffer.h"
|
||||
#include "dict.h"
|
||||
#include "rational.h"
|
||||
#include "samplefmt.h"
|
||||
#include "pixfmt.h"
|
||||
#include "version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_frame AVFrame
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu_data
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
* AVFrame is an abstraction for reference-counted raw multimedia data.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
enum AVFrameSideDataType {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The data is the AVPanScan struct defined in libavcodec.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_FRAME_DATA_PANSCAN,
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* ATSC A53 Part 4 Closed Captions.
|
||||
* A53 CC bitstream is stored as uint8_t in AVFrameSideData.data.
|
||||
* The number of bytes of CC data is AVFrameSideData.size.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_FRAME_DATA_A53_CC,
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Stereoscopic 3d metadata.
|
||||
* The data is the AVStereo3D struct defined in libavutil/stereo3d.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_FRAME_DATA_STEREO3D,
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The data is the AVMatrixEncoding enum defined in libavutil/channel_layout.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_FRAME_DATA_MATRIXENCODING,
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Metadata relevant to a downmix procedure.
|
||||
* The data is the AVDownmixInfo struct defined in libavutil/downmix_info.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_FRAME_DATA_DOWNMIX_INFO,
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* ReplayGain information in the form of the AVReplayGain struct.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_FRAME_DATA_REPLAYGAIN,
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This side data contains a 3x3 transformation matrix describing an affine
|
||||
* transformation that needs to be applied to the frame for correct
|
||||
* presentation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See libavutil/display.h for a detailed description of the data.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_FRAME_DATA_DISPLAYMATRIX,
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Active Format Description data consisting of a single byte as specified
|
||||
* in ETSI TS 101 154 using AVActiveFormatDescription enum.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_FRAME_DATA_AFD,
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Motion vectors exported by some codecs (on demand through the export_mvs
|
||||
* flag set in the libavcodec AVCodecContext flags2 option).
|
||||
* The data is the AVMotionVector struct defined in
|
||||
* libavutil/motion_vector.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_FRAME_DATA_MOTION_VECTORS,
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Recommmends skipping the specified number of samples. This is exported
|
||||
* only if the "skip_manual" AVOption is set in libavcodec.
|
||||
* This has the same format as AV_PKT_DATA_SKIP_SAMPLES.
|
||||
* @code
|
||||
* u32le number of samples to skip from start of this packet
|
||||
* u32le number of samples to skip from end of this packet
|
||||
* u8 reason for start skip
|
||||
* u8 reason for end skip (0=padding silence, 1=convergence)
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_FRAME_DATA_SKIP_SAMPLES,
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This side data must be associated with an audio frame and corresponds to
|
||||
* enum AVAudioServiceType defined in avcodec.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_FRAME_DATA_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE,
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Mastering display metadata associated with a video frame. The payload is
|
||||
* an AVMasteringDisplayMetadata type and contains information about the
|
||||
* mastering display color volume.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_FRAME_DATA_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA,
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The GOP timecode in 25 bit timecode format. Data format is 64-bit integer.
|
||||
* This is set on the first frame of a GOP that has a temporal reference of 0.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_FRAME_DATA_GOP_TIMECODE,
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The data represents the AVSphericalMapping structure defined in
|
||||
* libavutil/spherical.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_FRAME_DATA_SPHERICAL,
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Content light level (based on CTA-861.3). This payload contains data in
|
||||
* the form of the AVContentLightMetadata struct.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_FRAME_DATA_CONTENT_LIGHT_LEVEL,
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The data contains an ICC profile as an opaque octet buffer following the
|
||||
* format described by ISO 15076-1 with an optional name defined in the
|
||||
* metadata key entry "name".
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_FRAME_DATA_ICC_PROFILE,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
enum AVActiveFormatDescription {
|
||||
AV_AFD_SAME = 8,
|
||||
AV_AFD_4_3 = 9,
|
||||
AV_AFD_16_9 = 10,
|
||||
AV_AFD_14_9 = 11,
|
||||
AV_AFD_4_3_SP_14_9 = 13,
|
||||
AV_AFD_16_9_SP_14_9 = 14,
|
||||
AV_AFD_SP_4_3 = 15,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Structure to hold side data for an AVFrame.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* sizeof(AVFrameSideData) is not a part of the public ABI, so new fields may be added
|
||||
* to the end with a minor bump.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVFrameSideData {
|
||||
enum AVFrameSideDataType type;
|
||||
uint8_t *data;
|
||||
int size;
|
||||
AVDictionary *metadata;
|
||||
AVBufferRef *buf;
|
||||
} AVFrameSideData;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This structure describes decoded (raw) audio or video data.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* AVFrame must be allocated using av_frame_alloc(). Note that this only
|
||||
* allocates the AVFrame itself, the buffers for the data must be managed
|
||||
* through other means (see below).
|
||||
* AVFrame must be freed with av_frame_free().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* AVFrame is typically allocated once and then reused multiple times to hold
|
||||
* different data (e.g. a single AVFrame to hold frames received from a
|
||||
* decoder). In such a case, av_frame_unref() will free any references held by
|
||||
* the frame and reset it to its original clean state before it
|
||||
* is reused again.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The data described by an AVFrame is usually reference counted through the
|
||||
* AVBuffer API. The underlying buffer references are stored in AVFrame.buf /
|
||||
* AVFrame.extended_buf. An AVFrame is considered to be reference counted if at
|
||||
* least one reference is set, i.e. if AVFrame.buf[0] != NULL. In such a case,
|
||||
* every single data plane must be contained in one of the buffers in
|
||||
* AVFrame.buf or AVFrame.extended_buf.
|
||||
* There may be a single buffer for all the data, or one separate buffer for
|
||||
* each plane, or anything in between.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* sizeof(AVFrame) is not a part of the public ABI, so new fields may be added
|
||||
* to the end with a minor bump.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Fields can be accessed through AVOptions, the name string used, matches the
|
||||
* C structure field name for fields accessible through AVOptions. The AVClass
|
||||
* for AVFrame can be obtained from avcodec_get_frame_class()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVFrame {
|
||||
#define AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS 8
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* pointer to the picture/channel planes.
|
||||
* This might be different from the first allocated byte
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Some decoders access areas outside 0,0 - width,height, please
|
||||
* see avcodec_align_dimensions2(). Some filters and swscale can read
|
||||
* up to 16 bytes beyond the planes, if these filters are to be used,
|
||||
* then 16 extra bytes must be allocated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* NOTE: Except for hwaccel formats, pointers not needed by the format
|
||||
* MUST be set to NULL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t *data[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* For video, size in bytes of each picture line.
|
||||
* For audio, size in bytes of each plane.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* For audio, only linesize[0] may be set. For planar audio, each channel
|
||||
* plane must be the same size.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* For video the linesizes should be multiples of the CPUs alignment
|
||||
* preference, this is 16 or 32 for modern desktop CPUs.
|
||||
* Some code requires such alignment other code can be slower without
|
||||
* correct alignment, for yet other it makes no difference.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note The linesize may be larger than the size of usable data -- there
|
||||
* may be extra padding present for performance reasons.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int linesize[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* pointers to the data planes/channels.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* For video, this should simply point to data[].
|
||||
*
|
||||
* For planar audio, each channel has a separate data pointer, and
|
||||
* linesize[0] contains the size of each channel buffer.
|
||||
* For packed audio, there is just one data pointer, and linesize[0]
|
||||
* contains the total size of the buffer for all channels.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note: Both data and extended_data should always be set in a valid frame,
|
||||
* but for planar audio with more channels that can fit in data,
|
||||
* extended_data must be used in order to access all channels.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t **extended_data;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @name Video dimensions
|
||||
* Video frames only. The coded dimensions (in pixels) of the video frame,
|
||||
* i.e. the size of the rectangle that contains some well-defined values.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note The part of the frame intended for display/presentation is further
|
||||
* restricted by the @ref cropping "Cropping rectangle".
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int width, height;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* number of audio samples (per channel) described by this frame
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int nb_samples;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* format of the frame, -1 if unknown or unset
|
||||
* Values correspond to enum AVPixelFormat for video frames,
|
||||
* enum AVSampleFormat for audio)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int format;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* 1 -> keyframe, 0-> not
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int key_frame;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Picture type of the frame.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVPictureType pict_type;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Sample aspect ratio for the video frame, 0/1 if unknown/unspecified.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational sample_aspect_ratio;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Presentation timestamp in time_base units (time when frame should be shown to user).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t pts;
|
||||
|
||||
#if FF_API_PKT_PTS
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* PTS copied from the AVPacket that was decoded to produce this frame.
|
||||
* @deprecated use the pts field instead
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
int64_t pkt_pts;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* DTS copied from the AVPacket that triggered returning this frame. (if frame threading isn't used)
|
||||
* This is also the Presentation time of this AVFrame calculated from
|
||||
* only AVPacket.dts values without pts values.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t pkt_dts;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* picture number in bitstream order
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int coded_picture_number;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* picture number in display order
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int display_picture_number;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* quality (between 1 (good) and FF_LAMBDA_MAX (bad))
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int quality;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* for some private data of the user
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *opaque;
|
||||
|
||||
#if FF_API_ERROR_FRAME
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @deprecated unused
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
uint64_t error[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* When decoding, this signals how much the picture must be delayed.
|
||||
* extra_delay = repeat_pict / (2*fps)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int repeat_pict;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The content of the picture is interlaced.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int interlaced_frame;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* If the content is interlaced, is top field displayed first.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int top_field_first;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Tell user application that palette has changed from previous frame.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int palette_has_changed;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* reordered opaque 64 bits (generally an integer or a double precision float
|
||||
* PTS but can be anything).
|
||||
* The user sets AVCodecContext.reordered_opaque to represent the input at
|
||||
* that time,
|
||||
* the decoder reorders values as needed and sets AVFrame.reordered_opaque
|
||||
* to exactly one of the values provided by the user through AVCodecContext.reordered_opaque
|
||||
* @deprecated in favor of pkt_pts
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t reordered_opaque;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Sample rate of the audio data.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int sample_rate;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Channel layout of the audio data.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint64_t channel_layout;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* AVBuffer references backing the data for this frame. If all elements of
|
||||
* this array are NULL, then this frame is not reference counted. This array
|
||||
* must be filled contiguously -- if buf[i] is non-NULL then buf[j] must
|
||||
* also be non-NULL for all j < i.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* There may be at most one AVBuffer per data plane, so for video this array
|
||||
* always contains all the references. For planar audio with more than
|
||||
* AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS channels, there may be more buffers than can fit in
|
||||
* this array. Then the extra AVBufferRef pointers are stored in the
|
||||
* extended_buf array.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVBufferRef *buf[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* For planar audio which requires more than AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS
|
||||
* AVBufferRef pointers, this array will hold all the references which
|
||||
* cannot fit into AVFrame.buf.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note that this is different from AVFrame.extended_data, which always
|
||||
* contains all the pointers. This array only contains the extra pointers,
|
||||
* which cannot fit into AVFrame.buf.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This array is always allocated using av_malloc() by whoever constructs
|
||||
* the frame. It is freed in av_frame_unref().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVBufferRef **extended_buf;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Number of elements in extended_buf.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int nb_extended_buf;
|
||||
|
||||
AVFrameSideData **side_data;
|
||||
int nb_side_data;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_frame_flags AV_FRAME_FLAGS
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu_frame
|
||||
* Flags describing additional frame properties.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The frame data may be corrupted, e.g. due to decoding errors.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_FRAME_FLAG_CORRUPT (1 << 0)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A flag to mark the frames which need to be decoded, but shouldn't be output.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_FRAME_FLAG_DISCARD (1 << 2)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Frame flags, a combination of @ref lavu_frame_flags
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int flags;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* MPEG vs JPEG YUV range.
|
||||
* - encoding: Set by user
|
||||
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVColorRange color_range;
|
||||
|
||||
enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries;
|
||||
|
||||
enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* YUV colorspace type.
|
||||
* - encoding: Set by user
|
||||
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVColorSpace colorspace;
|
||||
|
||||
enum AVChromaLocation chroma_location;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* frame timestamp estimated using various heuristics, in stream time base
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t best_effort_timestamp;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* reordered pos from the last AVPacket that has been input into the decoder
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Read by user.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t pkt_pos;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* duration of the corresponding packet, expressed in
|
||||
* AVStream->time_base units, 0 if unknown.
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Read by user.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t pkt_duration;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* metadata.
|
||||
* - encoding: Set by user.
|
||||
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVDictionary *metadata;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* decode error flags of the frame, set to a combination of
|
||||
* FF_DECODE_ERROR_xxx flags if the decoder produced a frame, but there
|
||||
* were errors during the decoding.
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int decode_error_flags;
|
||||
#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_INVALID_BITSTREAM 1
|
||||
#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_MISSING_REFERENCE 2
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* number of audio channels, only used for audio.
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Read by user.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int channels;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* size of the corresponding packet containing the compressed
|
||||
* frame.
|
||||
* It is set to a negative value if unknown.
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int pkt_size;
|
||||
|
||||
#if FF_API_FRAME_QP
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* QP table
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
int8_t *qscale_table;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* QP store stride
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
int qstride;
|
||||
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
int qscale_type;
|
||||
|
||||
AVBufferRef *qp_table_buf;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* For hwaccel-format frames, this should be a reference to the
|
||||
* AVHWFramesContext describing the frame.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVBufferRef *hw_frames_ctx;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* AVBufferRef for free use by the API user. FFmpeg will never check the
|
||||
* contents of the buffer ref. FFmpeg calls av_buffer_unref() on it when
|
||||
* the frame is unreferenced. av_frame_copy_props() calls create a new
|
||||
* reference with av_buffer_ref() for the target frame's opaque_ref field.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This is unrelated to the opaque field, although it serves a similar
|
||||
* purpose.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVBufferRef *opaque_ref;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @anchor cropping
|
||||
* @name Cropping
|
||||
* Video frames only. The number of pixels to discard from the the
|
||||
* top/bottom/left/right border of the frame to obtain the sub-rectangle of
|
||||
* the frame intended for presentation.
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
size_t crop_top;
|
||||
size_t crop_bottom;
|
||||
size_t crop_left;
|
||||
size_t crop_right;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
} AVFrame;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Accessors for some AVFrame fields. These used to be provided for ABI
|
||||
* compatibility, and do not need to be used anymore.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t av_frame_get_best_effort_timestamp(const AVFrame *frame);
|
||||
void av_frame_set_best_effort_timestamp(AVFrame *frame, int64_t val);
|
||||
int64_t av_frame_get_pkt_duration (const AVFrame *frame);
|
||||
void av_frame_set_pkt_duration (AVFrame *frame, int64_t val);
|
||||
int64_t av_frame_get_pkt_pos (const AVFrame *frame);
|
||||
void av_frame_set_pkt_pos (AVFrame *frame, int64_t val);
|
||||
int64_t av_frame_get_channel_layout (const AVFrame *frame);
|
||||
void av_frame_set_channel_layout (AVFrame *frame, int64_t val);
|
||||
int av_frame_get_channels (const AVFrame *frame);
|
||||
void av_frame_set_channels (AVFrame *frame, int val);
|
||||
int av_frame_get_sample_rate (const AVFrame *frame);
|
||||
void av_frame_set_sample_rate (AVFrame *frame, int val);
|
||||
AVDictionary *av_frame_get_metadata (const AVFrame *frame);
|
||||
void av_frame_set_metadata (AVFrame *frame, AVDictionary *val);
|
||||
int av_frame_get_decode_error_flags (const AVFrame *frame);
|
||||
void av_frame_set_decode_error_flags (AVFrame *frame, int val);
|
||||
int av_frame_get_pkt_size(const AVFrame *frame);
|
||||
void av_frame_set_pkt_size(AVFrame *frame, int val);
|
||||
AVDictionary **avpriv_frame_get_metadatap(AVFrame *frame);
|
||||
#if FF_API_FRAME_QP
|
||||
int8_t *av_frame_get_qp_table(AVFrame *f, int *stride, int *type);
|
||||
int av_frame_set_qp_table(AVFrame *f, AVBufferRef *buf, int stride, int type);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
enum AVColorSpace av_frame_get_colorspace(const AVFrame *frame);
|
||||
void av_frame_set_colorspace(AVFrame *frame, enum AVColorSpace val);
|
||||
enum AVColorRange av_frame_get_color_range(const AVFrame *frame);
|
||||
void av_frame_set_color_range(AVFrame *frame, enum AVColorRange val);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the name of a colorspace.
|
||||
* @return a static string identifying the colorspace; can be NULL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *av_get_colorspace_name(enum AVColorSpace val);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate an AVFrame and set its fields to default values. The resulting
|
||||
* struct must be freed using av_frame_free().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return An AVFrame filled with default values or NULL on failure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note this only allocates the AVFrame itself, not the data buffers. Those
|
||||
* must be allocated through other means, e.g. with av_frame_get_buffer() or
|
||||
* manually.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVFrame *av_frame_alloc(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free the frame and any dynamically allocated objects in it,
|
||||
* e.g. extended_data. If the frame is reference counted, it will be
|
||||
* unreferenced first.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param frame frame to be freed. The pointer will be set to NULL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_frame_free(AVFrame **frame);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Set up a new reference to the data described by the source frame.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copy frame properties from src to dst and create a new reference for each
|
||||
* AVBufferRef from src.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If src is not reference counted, new buffers are allocated and the data is
|
||||
* copied.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @warning: dst MUST have been either unreferenced with av_frame_unref(dst),
|
||||
* or newly allocated with av_frame_alloc() before calling this
|
||||
* function, or undefined behavior will occur.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_frame_ref(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Create a new frame that references the same data as src.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This is a shortcut for av_frame_alloc()+av_frame_ref().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return newly created AVFrame on success, NULL on error.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVFrame *av_frame_clone(const AVFrame *src);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Unreference all the buffers referenced by frame and reset the frame fields.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_frame_unref(AVFrame *frame);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Move everything contained in src to dst and reset src.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @warning: dst is not unreferenced, but directly overwritten without reading
|
||||
* or deallocating its contents. Call av_frame_unref(dst) manually
|
||||
* before calling this function to ensure that no memory is leaked.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_frame_move_ref(AVFrame *dst, AVFrame *src);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate new buffer(s) for audio or video data.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following fields must be set on frame before calling this function:
|
||||
* - format (pixel format for video, sample format for audio)
|
||||
* - width and height for video
|
||||
* - nb_samples and channel_layout for audio
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function will fill AVFrame.data and AVFrame.buf arrays and, if
|
||||
* necessary, allocate and fill AVFrame.extended_data and AVFrame.extended_buf.
|
||||
* For planar formats, one buffer will be allocated for each plane.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @warning: if frame already has been allocated, calling this function will
|
||||
* leak memory. In addition, undefined behavior can occur in certain
|
||||
* cases.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param frame frame in which to store the new buffers.
|
||||
* @param align Required buffer size alignment. If equal to 0, alignment will be
|
||||
* chosen automatically for the current CPU. It is highly
|
||||
* recommended to pass 0 here unless you know what you are doing.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_frame_get_buffer(AVFrame *frame, int align);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Check if the frame data is writable.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return A positive value if the frame data is writable (which is true if and
|
||||
* only if each of the underlying buffers has only one reference, namely the one
|
||||
* stored in this frame). Return 0 otherwise.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If 1 is returned the answer is valid until av_buffer_ref() is called on any
|
||||
* of the underlying AVBufferRefs (e.g. through av_frame_ref() or directly).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see av_frame_make_writable(), av_buffer_is_writable()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_frame_is_writable(AVFrame *frame);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Ensure that the frame data is writable, avoiding data copy if possible.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Do nothing if the frame is writable, allocate new buffers and copy the data
|
||||
* if it is not.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see av_frame_is_writable(), av_buffer_is_writable(),
|
||||
* av_buffer_make_writable()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_frame_make_writable(AVFrame *frame);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Copy the frame data from src to dst.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function does not allocate anything, dst must be already initialized and
|
||||
* allocated with the same parameters as src.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function only copies the frame data (i.e. the contents of the data /
|
||||
* extended data arrays), not any other properties.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_frame_copy(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Copy only "metadata" fields from src to dst.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Metadata for the purpose of this function are those fields that do not affect
|
||||
* the data layout in the buffers. E.g. pts, sample rate (for audio) or sample
|
||||
* aspect ratio (for video), but not width/height or channel layout.
|
||||
* Side data is also copied.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_frame_copy_props(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the buffer reference a given data plane is stored in.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param plane index of the data plane of interest in frame->extended_data.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return the buffer reference that contains the plane or NULL if the input
|
||||
* frame is not valid.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVBufferRef *av_frame_get_plane_buffer(AVFrame *frame, int plane);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Add a new side data to a frame.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param frame a frame to which the side data should be added
|
||||
* @param type type of the added side data
|
||||
* @param size size of the side data
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return newly added side data on success, NULL on error
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVFrameSideData *av_frame_new_side_data(AVFrame *frame,
|
||||
enum AVFrameSideDataType type,
|
||||
int size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @return a pointer to the side data of a given type on success, NULL if there
|
||||
* is no side data with such type in this frame.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVFrameSideData *av_frame_get_side_data(const AVFrame *frame,
|
||||
enum AVFrameSideDataType type);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* If side data of the supplied type exists in the frame, free it and remove it
|
||||
* from the frame.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_frame_remove_side_data(AVFrame *frame, enum AVFrameSideDataType type);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Flags for frame cropping.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Apply the maximum possible cropping, even if it requires setting the
|
||||
* AVFrame.data[] entries to unaligned pointers. Passing unaligned data
|
||||
* to FFmpeg API is generally not allowed, and causes undefined behavior
|
||||
* (such as crashes). You can pass unaligned data only to FFmpeg APIs that
|
||||
* are explicitly documented to accept it. Use this flag only if you
|
||||
* absolutely know what you are doing.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_FRAME_CROP_UNALIGNED = 1 << 0,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Crop the given video AVFrame according to its crop_left/crop_top/crop_right/
|
||||
* crop_bottom fields. If cropping is successful, the function will adjust the
|
||||
* data pointers and the width/height fields, and set the crop fields to 0.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* In all cases, the cropping boundaries will be rounded to the inherent
|
||||
* alignment of the pixel format. In some cases, such as for opaque hwaccel
|
||||
* formats, the left/top cropping is ignored. The crop fields are set to 0 even
|
||||
* if the cropping was rounded or ignored.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param frame the frame which should be cropped
|
||||
* @param flags Some combination of AV_FRAME_CROP_* flags, or 0.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. If the cropping fields
|
||||
* were invalid, AVERROR(ERANGE) is returned, and nothing is changed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_frame_apply_cropping(AVFrame *frame, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @return a string identifying the side data type
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *av_frame_side_data_name(enum AVFrameSideDataType type);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_FRAME_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,263 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2013 Reimar Döffinger <Reimar.Doeffinger@gmx.de>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu_hash_generic
|
||||
* Generic hashing API
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_HASH_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_HASH_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_hash Hash Functions
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu_crypto
|
||||
* Hash functions useful in multimedia.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Hash functions are widely used in multimedia, from error checking and
|
||||
* concealment to internal regression testing. libavutil has efficient
|
||||
* implementations of a variety of hash functions that may be useful for
|
||||
* FFmpeg and other multimedia applications.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_hash_generic Generic Hashing API
|
||||
* An abstraction layer for all hash functions supported by libavutil.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If your application needs to support a wide range of different hash
|
||||
* functions, then the Generic Hashing API is for you. It provides a generic,
|
||||
* reusable API for @ref lavu_hash "all hash functions" implemented in libavutil.
|
||||
* If you just need to use one particular hash function, use the @ref lavu_hash
|
||||
* "individual hash" directly.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @section Sample Code
|
||||
*
|
||||
* A basic template for using the Generic Hashing API follows:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @code
|
||||
* struct AVHashContext *ctx = NULL;
|
||||
* const char *hash_name = NULL;
|
||||
* uint8_t *output_buf = NULL;
|
||||
*
|
||||
* // Select from a string returned by av_hash_names()
|
||||
* hash_name = ...;
|
||||
*
|
||||
* // Allocate a hash context
|
||||
* ret = av_hash_alloc(&ctx, hash_name);
|
||||
* if (ret < 0)
|
||||
* return ret;
|
||||
*
|
||||
* // Initialize the hash context
|
||||
* av_hash_init(ctx);
|
||||
*
|
||||
* // Update the hash context with data
|
||||
* while (data_left) {
|
||||
* av_hash_update(ctx, data, size);
|
||||
* }
|
||||
*
|
||||
* // Now we have no more data, so it is time to finalize the hash and get the
|
||||
* // output. But we need to first allocate an output buffer. Note that you can
|
||||
* // use any memory allocation function, including malloc(), not just
|
||||
* // av_malloc().
|
||||
* output_buf = av_malloc(av_hash_get_size(ctx));
|
||||
* if (!output_buf)
|
||||
* return AVERROR(ENOMEM);
|
||||
*
|
||||
* // Finalize the hash context.
|
||||
* // You can use any of the av_hash_final*() functions provided, for other
|
||||
* // output formats. If you do so, be sure to adjust the memory allocation
|
||||
* // above. See the function documentation below for the exact amount of extra
|
||||
* // memory needed.
|
||||
* av_hash_final(ctx, output_buffer);
|
||||
*
|
||||
* // Free the context
|
||||
* av_hash_freep(&ctx);
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @section Hash Function-Specific Information
|
||||
* If the CRC32 hash is selected, the #AV_CRC_32_IEEE polynomial will be
|
||||
* used.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If the Murmur3 hash is selected, the default seed will be used. See @ref
|
||||
* lavu_murmur3_seedinfo "Murmur3" for more information.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @example ffhash.c
|
||||
* This example is a simple command line application that takes one or more
|
||||
* arguments. It demonstrates a typical use of the hashing API with allocation,
|
||||
* initialization, updating, and finalizing.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
struct AVHashContext;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate a hash context for the algorithm specified by name.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return >= 0 for success, a negative error code for failure
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note The context is not initialized after a call to this function; you must
|
||||
* call av_hash_init() to do so.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_hash_alloc(struct AVHashContext **ctx, const char *name);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the names of available hash algorithms.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function can be used to enumerate the algorithms.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in] i Index of the hash algorithm, starting from 0
|
||||
* @return Pointer to a static string or `NULL` if `i` is out of range
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *av_hash_names(int i);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the name of the algorithm corresponding to the given hash context.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *av_hash_get_name(const struct AVHashContext *ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Maximum value that av_hash_get_size() will currently return.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You can use this if you absolutely want or need to use static allocation for
|
||||
* the output buffer and are fine with not supporting hashes newly added to
|
||||
* libavutil without recompilation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @warning
|
||||
* Adding new hashes with larger sizes, and increasing the macro while doing
|
||||
* so, will not be considered an ABI change. To prevent your code from
|
||||
* overflowing a buffer, either dynamically allocate the output buffer with
|
||||
* av_hash_get_size(), or limit your use of the Hashing API to hashes that are
|
||||
* already in FFmpeg during the time of compilation.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_HASH_MAX_SIZE 64
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the size of the resulting hash value in bytes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The maximum value this function will currently return is available as macro
|
||||
* #AV_HASH_MAX_SIZE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in] ctx Hash context
|
||||
* @return Size of the hash value in bytes
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_hash_get_size(const struct AVHashContext *ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize or reset a hash context.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in,out] ctx Hash context
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_hash_init(struct AVHashContext *ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Update a hash context with additional data.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in,out] ctx Hash context
|
||||
* @param[in] src Data to be added to the hash context
|
||||
* @param[in] len Size of the additional data
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_hash_update(struct AVHashContext *ctx, const uint8_t *src, int len);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Finalize a hash context and compute the actual hash value.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The minimum size of `dst` buffer is given by av_hash_get_size() or
|
||||
* #AV_HASH_MAX_SIZE. The use of the latter macro is discouraged.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* It is not safe to update or finalize a hash context again, if it has already
|
||||
* been finalized.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in,out] ctx Hash context
|
||||
* @param[out] dst Where the final hash value will be stored
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see av_hash_final_bin() provides an alternative API
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_hash_final(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Finalize a hash context and store the actual hash value in a buffer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* It is not safe to update or finalize a hash context again, if it has already
|
||||
* been finalized.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If `size` is smaller than the hash size (given by av_hash_get_size()), the
|
||||
* hash is truncated; if size is larger, the buffer is padded with 0.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in,out] ctx Hash context
|
||||
* @param[out] dst Where the final hash value will be stored
|
||||
* @param[in] size Number of bytes to write to `dst`
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_hash_final_bin(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst, int size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Finalize a hash context and store the hexadecimal representation of the
|
||||
* actual hash value as a string.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* It is not safe to update or finalize a hash context again, if it has already
|
||||
* been finalized.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The string is always 0-terminated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If `size` is smaller than `2 * hash_size + 1`, where `hash_size` is the
|
||||
* value returned by av_hash_get_size(), the string will be truncated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in,out] ctx Hash context
|
||||
* @param[out] dst Where the string will be stored
|
||||
* @param[in] size Maximum number of bytes to write to `dst`
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_hash_final_hex(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst, int size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Finalize a hash context and store the Base64 representation of the
|
||||
* actual hash value as a string.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* It is not safe to update or finalize a hash context again, if it has already
|
||||
* been finalized.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The string is always 0-terminated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If `size` is smaller than AV_BASE64_SIZE(hash_size), where `hash_size` is
|
||||
* the value returned by av_hash_get_size(), the string will be truncated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in,out] ctx Hash context
|
||||
* @param[out] dst Where the final hash value will be stored
|
||||
* @param[in] size Maximum number of bytes to write to `dst`
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_hash_final_b64(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst, int size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free hash context and set hash context pointer to `NULL`.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in,out] ctx Pointer to hash context
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_hash_freep(struct AVHashContext **ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_HASH_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2012 Martin Storsjo
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_HMAC_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_HMAC_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "version.h"
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_hmac HMAC
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu_crypto
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
enum AVHMACType {
|
||||
AV_HMAC_MD5,
|
||||
AV_HMAC_SHA1,
|
||||
AV_HMAC_SHA224,
|
||||
AV_HMAC_SHA256,
|
||||
AV_HMAC_SHA384 = 12,
|
||||
AV_HMAC_SHA512,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct AVHMAC AVHMAC;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate an AVHMAC context.
|
||||
* @param type The hash function used for the HMAC.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVHMAC *av_hmac_alloc(enum AVHMACType type);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free an AVHMAC context.
|
||||
* @param ctx The context to free, may be NULL
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_hmac_free(AVHMAC *ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize an AVHMAC context with an authentication key.
|
||||
* @param ctx The HMAC context
|
||||
* @param key The authentication key
|
||||
* @param keylen The length of the key, in bytes
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_hmac_init(AVHMAC *ctx, const uint8_t *key, unsigned int keylen);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Hash data with the HMAC.
|
||||
* @param ctx The HMAC context
|
||||
* @param data The data to hash
|
||||
* @param len The length of the data, in bytes
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_hmac_update(AVHMAC *ctx, const uint8_t *data, unsigned int len);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Finish hashing and output the HMAC digest.
|
||||
* @param ctx The HMAC context
|
||||
* @param out The output buffer to write the digest into
|
||||
* @param outlen The length of the out buffer, in bytes
|
||||
* @return The number of bytes written to out, or a negative error code.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_hmac_final(AVHMAC *ctx, uint8_t *out, unsigned int outlen);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Hash an array of data with a key.
|
||||
* @param ctx The HMAC context
|
||||
* @param data The data to hash
|
||||
* @param len The length of the data, in bytes
|
||||
* @param key The authentication key
|
||||
* @param keylen The length of the key, in bytes
|
||||
* @param out The output buffer to write the digest into
|
||||
* @param outlen The length of the out buffer, in bytes
|
||||
* @return The number of bytes written to out, or a negative error code.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_hmac_calc(AVHMAC *ctx, const uint8_t *data, unsigned int len,
|
||||
const uint8_t *key, unsigned int keylen,
|
||||
uint8_t *out, unsigned int outlen);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_HMAC_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,582 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "buffer.h"
|
||||
#include "frame.h"
|
||||
#include "log.h"
|
||||
#include "pixfmt.h"
|
||||
|
||||
enum AVHWDeviceType {
|
||||
AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VDPAU,
|
||||
AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_CUDA,
|
||||
AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VAAPI,
|
||||
AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DXVA2,
|
||||
AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_QSV,
|
||||
AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VIDEOTOOLBOX,
|
||||
AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE,
|
||||
AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_D3D11VA,
|
||||
AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DRM,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct AVHWDeviceInternal AVHWDeviceInternal;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This struct aggregates all the (hardware/vendor-specific) "high-level" state,
|
||||
* i.e. state that is not tied to a concrete processing configuration.
|
||||
* E.g., in an API that supports hardware-accelerated encoding and decoding,
|
||||
* this struct will (if possible) wrap the state that is common to both encoding
|
||||
* and decoding and from which specific instances of encoders or decoders can be
|
||||
* derived.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This struct is reference-counted with the AVBuffer mechanism. The
|
||||
* av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc() constructor yields a reference, whose data field
|
||||
* points to the actual AVHWDeviceContext. Further objects derived from
|
||||
* AVHWDeviceContext (such as AVHWFramesContext, describing a frame pool with
|
||||
* specific properties) will hold an internal reference to it. After all the
|
||||
* references are released, the AVHWDeviceContext itself will be freed,
|
||||
* optionally invoking a user-specified callback for uninitializing the hardware
|
||||
* state.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVHWDeviceContext {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A class for logging. Set by av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const AVClass *av_class;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Private data used internally by libavutil. Must not be accessed in any
|
||||
* way by the caller.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVHWDeviceInternal *internal;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This field identifies the underlying API used for hardware access.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This field is set when this struct is allocated and never changed
|
||||
* afterwards.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVHWDeviceType type;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The format-specific data, allocated and freed by libavutil along with
|
||||
* this context.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Should be cast by the user to the format-specific context defined in the
|
||||
* corresponding header (hwcontext_*.h) and filled as described in the
|
||||
* documentation before calling av_hwdevice_ctx_init().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* After calling av_hwdevice_ctx_init() this struct should not be modified
|
||||
* by the caller.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *hwctx;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This field may be set by the caller before calling av_hwdevice_ctx_init().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If non-NULL, this callback will be called when the last reference to
|
||||
* this context is unreferenced, immediately before it is freed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note when other objects (e.g an AVHWFramesContext) are derived from this
|
||||
* struct, this callback will be invoked after all such child objects
|
||||
* are fully uninitialized and their respective destructors invoked.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void (*free)(struct AVHWDeviceContext *ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Arbitrary user data, to be used e.g. by the free() callback.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *user_opaque;
|
||||
} AVHWDeviceContext;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct AVHWFramesInternal AVHWFramesInternal;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This struct describes a set or pool of "hardware" frames (i.e. those with
|
||||
* data not located in normal system memory). All the frames in the pool are
|
||||
* assumed to be allocated in the same way and interchangeable.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This struct is reference-counted with the AVBuffer mechanism and tied to a
|
||||
* given AVHWDeviceContext instance. The av_hwframe_ctx_alloc() constructor
|
||||
* yields a reference, whose data field points to the actual AVHWFramesContext
|
||||
* struct.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVHWFramesContext {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A class for logging.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const AVClass *av_class;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Private data used internally by libavutil. Must not be accessed in any
|
||||
* way by the caller.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVHWFramesInternal *internal;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A reference to the parent AVHWDeviceContext. This reference is owned and
|
||||
* managed by the enclosing AVHWFramesContext, but the caller may derive
|
||||
* additional references from it.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVBufferRef *device_ref;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The parent AVHWDeviceContext. This is simply a pointer to
|
||||
* device_ref->data provided for convenience.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Set by libavutil in av_hwframe_ctx_init().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVHWDeviceContext *device_ctx;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The format-specific data, allocated and freed automatically along with
|
||||
* this context.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Should be cast by the user to the format-specific context defined in the
|
||||
* corresponding header (hwframe_*.h) and filled as described in the
|
||||
* documentation before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* After any frames using this context are created, the contents of this
|
||||
* struct should not be modified by the caller.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *hwctx;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This field may be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If non-NULL, this callback will be called when the last reference to
|
||||
* this context is unreferenced, immediately before it is freed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void (*free)(struct AVHWFramesContext *ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Arbitrary user data, to be used e.g. by the free() callback.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *user_opaque;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A pool from which the frames are allocated by av_hwframe_get_buffer().
|
||||
* This field may be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init().
|
||||
* The buffers returned by calling av_buffer_pool_get() on this pool must
|
||||
* have the properties described in the documentation in the corresponding hw
|
||||
* type's header (hwcontext_*.h). The pool will be freed strictly before
|
||||
* this struct's free() callback is invoked.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This field may be NULL, then libavutil will attempt to allocate a pool
|
||||
* internally. Note that certain device types enforce pools allocated at
|
||||
* fixed size (frame count), which cannot be extended dynamically. In such a
|
||||
* case, initial_pool_size must be set appropriately.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVBufferPool *pool;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initial size of the frame pool. If a device type does not support
|
||||
* dynamically resizing the pool, then this is also the maximum pool size.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* May be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). Must be
|
||||
* set if pool is NULL and the device type does not support dynamic pools.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int initial_pool_size;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The pixel format identifying the underlying HW surface type.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Must be a hwaccel format, i.e. the corresponding descriptor must have the
|
||||
* AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_HWACCEL flag set.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Must be set by the user before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVPixelFormat format;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The pixel format identifying the actual data layout of the hardware
|
||||
* frames.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Must be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note when the underlying API does not provide the exact data layout, but
|
||||
* only the colorspace/bit depth, this field should be set to the fully
|
||||
* planar version of that format (e.g. for 8-bit 420 YUV it should be
|
||||
* AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P, not AV_PIX_FMT_NV12 or anything else).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVPixelFormat sw_format;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The allocated dimensions of the frames in this pool.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Must be set by the user before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int width, height;
|
||||
} AVHWFramesContext;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Look up an AVHWDeviceType by name.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param name String name of the device type (case-insensitive).
|
||||
* @return The type from enum AVHWDeviceType, or AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE if
|
||||
* not found.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVHWDeviceType av_hwdevice_find_type_by_name(const char *name);
|
||||
|
||||
/** Get the string name of an AVHWDeviceType.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param type Type from enum AVHWDeviceType.
|
||||
* @return Pointer to a static string containing the name, or NULL if the type
|
||||
* is not valid.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *av_hwdevice_get_type_name(enum AVHWDeviceType type);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Iterate over supported device types.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param type AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE initially, then the previous type
|
||||
* returned by this function in subsequent iterations.
|
||||
* @return The next usable device type from enum AVHWDeviceType, or
|
||||
* AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE if there are no more.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVHWDeviceType av_hwdevice_iterate_types(enum AVHWDeviceType prev);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate an AVHWDeviceContext for a given hardware type.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param type the type of the hardware device to allocate.
|
||||
* @return a reference to the newly created AVHWDeviceContext on success or NULL
|
||||
* on failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVBufferRef *av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc(enum AVHWDeviceType type);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Finalize the device context before use. This function must be called after
|
||||
* the context is filled with all the required information and before it is
|
||||
* used in any way.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ref a reference to the AVHWDeviceContext
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_hwdevice_ctx_init(AVBufferRef *ref);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Open a device of the specified type and create an AVHWDeviceContext for it.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This is a convenience function intended to cover the simple cases. Callers
|
||||
* who need to fine-tune device creation/management should open the device
|
||||
* manually and then wrap it in an AVHWDeviceContext using
|
||||
* av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc()/av_hwdevice_ctx_init().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The returned context is already initialized and ready for use, the caller
|
||||
* should not call av_hwdevice_ctx_init() on it. The user_opaque/free fields of
|
||||
* the created AVHWDeviceContext are set by this function and should not be
|
||||
* touched by the caller.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param device_ctx On success, a reference to the newly-created device context
|
||||
* will be written here. The reference is owned by the caller
|
||||
* and must be released with av_buffer_unref() when no longer
|
||||
* needed. On failure, NULL will be written to this pointer.
|
||||
* @param type The type of the device to create.
|
||||
* @param device A type-specific string identifying the device to open.
|
||||
* @param opts A dictionary of additional (type-specific) options to use in
|
||||
* opening the device. The dictionary remains owned by the caller.
|
||||
* @param flags currently unused
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_hwdevice_ctx_create(AVBufferRef **device_ctx, enum AVHWDeviceType type,
|
||||
const char *device, AVDictionary *opts, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Create a new device of the specified type from an existing device.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If the source device is a device of the target type or was originally
|
||||
* derived from such a device (possibly through one or more intermediate
|
||||
* devices of other types), then this will return a reference to the
|
||||
* existing device of the same type as is requested.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Otherwise, it will attempt to derive a new device from the given source
|
||||
* device. If direct derivation to the new type is not implemented, it will
|
||||
* attempt the same derivation from each ancestor of the source device in
|
||||
* turn looking for an implemented derivation method.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param dst_ctx On success, a reference to the newly-created
|
||||
* AVHWDeviceContext.
|
||||
* @param type The type of the new device to create.
|
||||
* @param src_ctx A reference to an existing AVHWDeviceContext which will be
|
||||
* used to create the new device.
|
||||
* @param flags Currently unused; should be set to zero.
|
||||
* @return Zero on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_hwdevice_ctx_create_derived(AVBufferRef **dst_ctx,
|
||||
enum AVHWDeviceType type,
|
||||
AVBufferRef *src_ctx, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate an AVHWFramesContext tied to a given device context.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param device_ctx a reference to a AVHWDeviceContext. This function will make
|
||||
* a new reference for internal use, the one passed to the
|
||||
* function remains owned by the caller.
|
||||
* @return a reference to the newly created AVHWFramesContext on success or NULL
|
||||
* on failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVBufferRef *av_hwframe_ctx_alloc(AVBufferRef *device_ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Finalize the context before use. This function must be called after the
|
||||
* context is filled with all the required information and before it is attached
|
||||
* to any frames.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ref a reference to the AVHWFramesContext
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_hwframe_ctx_init(AVBufferRef *ref);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate a new frame attached to the given AVHWFramesContext.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param hwframe_ctx a reference to an AVHWFramesContext
|
||||
* @param frame an empty (freshly allocated or unreffed) frame to be filled with
|
||||
* newly allocated buffers.
|
||||
* @param flags currently unused, should be set to zero
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_hwframe_get_buffer(AVBufferRef *hwframe_ctx, AVFrame *frame, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Copy data to or from a hw surface. At least one of dst/src must have an
|
||||
* AVHWFramesContext attached.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If src has an AVHWFramesContext attached, then the format of dst (if set)
|
||||
* must use one of the formats returned by av_hwframe_transfer_get_formats(src,
|
||||
* AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_FROM).
|
||||
* If dst has an AVHWFramesContext attached, then the format of src must use one
|
||||
* of the formats returned by av_hwframe_transfer_get_formats(dst,
|
||||
* AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_TO)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* dst may be "clean" (i.e. with data/buf pointers unset), in which case the
|
||||
* data buffers will be allocated by this function using av_frame_get_buffer().
|
||||
* If dst->format is set, then this format will be used, otherwise (when
|
||||
* dst->format is AV_PIX_FMT_NONE) the first acceptable format will be chosen.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The two frames must have matching allocated dimensions (i.e. equal to
|
||||
* AVHWFramesContext.width/height), since not all device types support
|
||||
* transferring a sub-rectangle of the whole surface. The display dimensions
|
||||
* (i.e. AVFrame.width/height) may be smaller than the allocated dimensions, but
|
||||
* also have to be equal for both frames. When the display dimensions are
|
||||
* smaller than the allocated dimensions, the content of the padding in the
|
||||
* destination frame is unspecified.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param dst the destination frame. dst is not touched on failure.
|
||||
* @param src the source frame.
|
||||
* @param flags currently unused, should be set to zero
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR error code on failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_hwframe_transfer_data(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
enum AVHWFrameTransferDirection {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Transfer the data from the queried hw frame.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_FROM,
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Transfer the data to the queried hw frame.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_TO,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get a list of possible source or target formats usable in
|
||||
* av_hwframe_transfer_data().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param hwframe_ctx the frame context to obtain the information for
|
||||
* @param dir the direction of the transfer
|
||||
* @param formats the pointer to the output format list will be written here.
|
||||
* The list is terminated with AV_PIX_FMT_NONE and must be freed
|
||||
* by the caller when no longer needed using av_free().
|
||||
* If this function returns successfully, the format list will
|
||||
* have at least one item (not counting the terminator).
|
||||
* On failure, the contents of this pointer are unspecified.
|
||||
* @param flags currently unused, should be set to zero
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_hwframe_transfer_get_formats(AVBufferRef *hwframe_ctx,
|
||||
enum AVHWFrameTransferDirection dir,
|
||||
enum AVPixelFormat **formats, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This struct describes the constraints on hardware frames attached to
|
||||
* a given device with a hardware-specific configuration. This is returned
|
||||
* by av_hwdevice_get_hwframe_constraints() and must be freed by
|
||||
* av_hwframe_constraints_free() after use.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVHWFramesConstraints {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A list of possible values for format in the hw_frames_ctx,
|
||||
* terminated by AV_PIX_FMT_NONE. This member will always be filled.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVPixelFormat *valid_hw_formats;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A list of possible values for sw_format in the hw_frames_ctx,
|
||||
* terminated by AV_PIX_FMT_NONE. Can be NULL if this information is
|
||||
* not known.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVPixelFormat *valid_sw_formats;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The minimum size of frames in this hw_frames_ctx.
|
||||
* (Zero if not known.)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int min_width;
|
||||
int min_height;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The maximum size of frames in this hw_frames_ctx.
|
||||
* (INT_MAX if not known / no limit.)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int max_width;
|
||||
int max_height;
|
||||
} AVHWFramesConstraints;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate a HW-specific configuration structure for a given HW device.
|
||||
* After use, the user must free all members as required by the specific
|
||||
* hardware structure being used, then free the structure itself with
|
||||
* av_free().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param device_ctx a reference to the associated AVHWDeviceContext.
|
||||
* @return The newly created HW-specific configuration structure on
|
||||
* success or NULL on failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *av_hwdevice_hwconfig_alloc(AVBufferRef *device_ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the constraints on HW frames given a device and the HW-specific
|
||||
* configuration to be used with that device. If no HW-specific
|
||||
* configuration is provided, returns the maximum possible capabilities
|
||||
* of the device.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ref a reference to the associated AVHWDeviceContext.
|
||||
* @param hwconfig a filled HW-specific configuration structure, or NULL
|
||||
* to return the maximum possible capabilities of the device.
|
||||
* @return AVHWFramesConstraints structure describing the constraints
|
||||
* on the device, or NULL if not available.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVHWFramesConstraints *av_hwdevice_get_hwframe_constraints(AVBufferRef *ref,
|
||||
const void *hwconfig);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free an AVHWFrameConstraints structure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param constraints The (filled or unfilled) AVHWFrameConstraints structure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_hwframe_constraints_free(AVHWFramesConstraints **constraints);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Flags to apply to frame mappings.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The mapping must be readable.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_HWFRAME_MAP_READ = 1 << 0,
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The mapping must be writeable.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_HWFRAME_MAP_WRITE = 1 << 1,
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The mapped frame will be overwritten completely in subsequent
|
||||
* operations, so the current frame data need not be loaded. Any values
|
||||
* which are not overwritten are unspecified.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_HWFRAME_MAP_OVERWRITE = 1 << 2,
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The mapping must be direct. That is, there must not be any copying in
|
||||
* the map or unmap steps. Note that performance of direct mappings may
|
||||
* be much lower than normal memory.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_HWFRAME_MAP_DIRECT = 1 << 3,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Map a hardware frame.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This has a number of different possible effects, depending on the format
|
||||
* and origin of the src and dst frames. On input, src should be a usable
|
||||
* frame with valid buffers and dst should be blank (typically as just created
|
||||
* by av_frame_alloc()). src should have an associated hwframe context, and
|
||||
* dst may optionally have a format and associated hwframe context.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If src was created by mapping a frame from the hwframe context of dst,
|
||||
* then this function undoes the mapping - dst is replaced by a reference to
|
||||
* the frame that src was originally mapped from.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If both src and dst have an associated hwframe context, then this function
|
||||
* attempts to map the src frame from its hardware context to that of dst and
|
||||
* then fill dst with appropriate data to be usable there. This will only be
|
||||
* possible if the hwframe contexts and associated devices are compatible -
|
||||
* given compatible devices, av_hwframe_ctx_create_derived() can be used to
|
||||
* create a hwframe context for dst in which mapping should be possible.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If src has a hwframe context but dst does not, then the src frame is
|
||||
* mapped to normal memory and should thereafter be usable as a normal frame.
|
||||
* If the format is set on dst, then the mapping will attempt to create dst
|
||||
* with that format and fail if it is not possible. If format is unset (is
|
||||
* AV_PIX_FMT_NONE) then dst will be mapped with whatever the most appropriate
|
||||
* format to use is (probably the sw_format of the src hwframe context).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* A return value of AVERROR(ENOSYS) indicates that the mapping is not
|
||||
* possible with the given arguments and hwframe setup, while other return
|
||||
* values indicate that it failed somehow.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param dst Destination frame, to contain the mapping.
|
||||
* @param src Source frame, to be mapped.
|
||||
* @param flags Some combination of AV_HWFRAME_MAP_* flags.
|
||||
* @return Zero on success, negative AVERROR code on failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_hwframe_map(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Create and initialise an AVHWFramesContext as a mapping of another existing
|
||||
* AVHWFramesContext on a different device.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* av_hwframe_ctx_init() should not be called after this.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param derived_frame_ctx On success, a reference to the newly created
|
||||
* AVHWFramesContext.
|
||||
* @param derived_device_ctx A reference to the device to create the new
|
||||
* AVHWFramesContext on.
|
||||
* @param source_frame_ctx A reference to an existing AVHWFramesContext
|
||||
* which will be mapped to the derived context.
|
||||
* @param flags Some combination of AV_HWFRAME_MAP_* flags, defining the
|
||||
* mapping parameters to apply to frames which are allocated
|
||||
* in the derived device.
|
||||
* @return Zero on success, negative AVERROR code on failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_hwframe_ctx_create_derived(AVBufferRef **derived_frame_ctx,
|
||||
enum AVPixelFormat format,
|
||||
AVBufferRef *derived_device_ctx,
|
||||
AVBufferRef *source_frame_ctx,
|
||||
int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_CUDA_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_CUDA_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef CUDA_VERSION
|
||||
#include <cuda.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "pixfmt.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_CUDA.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This API supports dynamic frame pools. AVHWFramesContext.pool must return
|
||||
* AVBufferRefs whose data pointer is a CUdeviceptr.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct AVCUDADeviceContextInternal AVCUDADeviceContextInternal;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVCUDADeviceContext {
|
||||
CUcontext cuda_ctx;
|
||||
AVCUDADeviceContextInternal *internal;
|
||||
} AVCUDADeviceContext;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* AVHWFramesContext.hwctx is currently not used
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_CUDA_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_D3D11VA_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_D3D11VA_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_D3D11VA.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The default pool implementation will be fixed-size if initial_pool_size is
|
||||
* set (and allocate elements from an array texture). Otherwise it will allocate
|
||||
* individual textures. Be aware that decoding requires a single array texture.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Using sw_format==AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P has special semantics, and maps to
|
||||
* DXGI_FORMAT_420_OPAQUE. av_hwframe_transfer_data() is not supported for
|
||||
* this format. Refer to MSDN for details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* av_hwdevice_ctx_create() for this device type supports a key named "debug"
|
||||
* for the AVDictionary entry. If this is set to any value, the device creation
|
||||
* code will try to load various supported D3D debugging layers.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <d3d11.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVD3D11VADeviceContext {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Device used for texture creation and access. This can also be used to
|
||||
* set the libavcodec decoding device.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Must be set by the user. This is the only mandatory field - the other
|
||||
* device context fields are set from this and are available for convenience.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always release this interface,
|
||||
* and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ID3D11Device *device;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* If unset, this will be set from the device field on init.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always release this interface,
|
||||
* and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ID3D11DeviceContext *device_context;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* If unset, this will be set from the device field on init.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always release this interface,
|
||||
* and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ID3D11VideoDevice *video_device;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* If unset, this will be set from the device_context field on init.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always release this interface,
|
||||
* and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ID3D11VideoContext *video_context;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Callbacks for locking. They protect accesses to device_context and
|
||||
* video_context calls. They also protect access to the internal staging
|
||||
* texture (for av_hwframe_transfer_data() calls). They do NOT protect
|
||||
* access to hwcontext or decoder state in general.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If unset on init, the hwcontext implementation will set them to use an
|
||||
* internal mutex.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The underlying lock must be recursive. lock_ctx is for free use by the
|
||||
* locking implementation.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void (*lock)(void *lock_ctx);
|
||||
void (*unlock)(void *lock_ctx);
|
||||
void *lock_ctx;
|
||||
} AVD3D11VADeviceContext;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* D3D11 frame descriptor for pool allocation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* In user-allocated pools, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs
|
||||
* with the data pointer pointing at an object of this type describing the
|
||||
* planes of the frame.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This has no use outside of custom allocation, and AVFrame AVBufferRef do not
|
||||
* necessarily point to an instance of this struct.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVD3D11FrameDescriptor {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The texture in which the frame is located. The reference count is
|
||||
* managed by the AVBufferRef, and destroying the reference will release
|
||||
* the interface.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Normally stored in AVFrame.data[0].
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ID3D11Texture2D *texture;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The index into the array texture element representing the frame, or 0
|
||||
* if the texture is not an array texture.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Normally stored in AVFrame.data[1] (cast from intptr_t).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
intptr_t index;
|
||||
} AVD3D11FrameDescriptor;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This struct is allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVD3D11VAFramesContext {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The canonical texture used for pool allocation. If this is set to NULL
|
||||
* on init, the hwframes implementation will allocate and set an array
|
||||
* texture if initial_pool_size > 0.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The only situation when the API user should set this is:
|
||||
* - the user wants to do manual pool allocation (setting
|
||||
* AVHWFramesContext.pool), instead of letting AVHWFramesContext
|
||||
* allocate the pool
|
||||
* - of an array texture
|
||||
* - and wants it to use it for decoding
|
||||
* - this has to be done before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init()
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Deallocating the AVHWFramesContext will always release this interface,
|
||||
* and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This is in particular used by the libavcodec D3D11VA hwaccel, which
|
||||
* requires a single array texture. It will create ID3D11VideoDecoderOutputView
|
||||
* objects for each array texture element on decoder initialization.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ID3D11Texture2D *texture;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* D3D11_TEXTURE2D_DESC.BindFlags used for texture creation. The user must
|
||||
* at least set D3D11_BIND_DECODER if the frames context is to be used for
|
||||
* video decoding.
|
||||
* This field is ignored/invalid if a user-allocated texture is provided.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
UINT BindFlags;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* D3D11_TEXTURE2D_DESC.MiscFlags used for texture creation.
|
||||
* This field is ignored/invalid if a user-allocated texture is provided.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
UINT MiscFlags;
|
||||
} AVD3D11VAFramesContext;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_D3D11VA_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DRM_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DRM_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DRM.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Internal frame allocation is not currently supported - all frames
|
||||
* must be allocated by the user. Thus AVHWFramesContext is always
|
||||
* NULL, though this may change if support for frame allocation is
|
||||
* added in future.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
enum {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The maximum number of layers/planes in a DRM frame.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES = 4
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* DRM object descriptor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Describes a single DRM object, addressing it as a PRIME file
|
||||
* descriptor.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVDRMObjectDescriptor {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* DRM PRIME fd for the object.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int fd;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Total size of the object.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* (This includes any parts not which do not contain image data.)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
size_t size;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Format modifier applied to the object (DRM_FORMAT_MOD_*).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint64_t format_modifier;
|
||||
} AVDRMObjectDescriptor;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* DRM plane descriptor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Describes a single plane of a layer, which is contained within
|
||||
* a single object.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVDRMPlaneDescriptor {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Index of the object containing this plane in the objects
|
||||
* array of the enclosing frame descriptor.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int object_index;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Offset within that object of this plane.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ptrdiff_t offset;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Pitch (linesize) of this plane.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ptrdiff_t pitch;
|
||||
} AVDRMPlaneDescriptor;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* DRM layer descriptor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Describes a single layer within a frame. This has the structure
|
||||
* defined by its format, and will contain one or more planes.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVDRMLayerDescriptor {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Format of the layer (DRM_FORMAT_*).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t format;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Number of planes in the layer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This must match the number of planes required by format.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int nb_planes;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Array of planes in this layer.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVDRMPlaneDescriptor planes[AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES];
|
||||
} AVDRMLayerDescriptor;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* DRM frame descriptor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This is used as the data pointer for AV_PIX_FMT_DRM_PRIME frames.
|
||||
* It is also used by user-allocated frame pools - allocating in
|
||||
* AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs which contain
|
||||
* an object of this type.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The fields of this structure should be set such it can be
|
||||
* imported directly by EGL using the EGL_EXT_image_dma_buf_import
|
||||
* and EGL_EXT_image_dma_buf_import_modifiers extensions.
|
||||
* (Note that the exact layout of a particular format may vary between
|
||||
* platforms - we only specify that the same platform should be able
|
||||
* to import it.)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The total number of planes must not exceed AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES, and
|
||||
* the order of the planes by increasing layer index followed by
|
||||
* increasing plane index must be the same as the order which would
|
||||
* be used for the data pointers in the equivalent software format.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVDRMFrameDescriptor {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Number of DRM objects making up this frame.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int nb_objects;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Array of objects making up the frame.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVDRMObjectDescriptor objects[AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES];
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Number of layers in the frame.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int nb_layers;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Array of layers in the frame.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVDRMLayerDescriptor layers[AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES];
|
||||
} AVDRMFrameDescriptor;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* DRM device.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVDRMDeviceContext {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* File descriptor of DRM device.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This is used as the device to create frames on, and may also be
|
||||
* used in some derivation and mapping operations.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If no device is required, set to -1.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int fd;
|
||||
} AVDRMDeviceContext;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DRM_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DXVA2_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DXVA2_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DXVA2.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Only fixed-size pools are supported.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* For user-allocated pools, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs
|
||||
* with the data pointer set to a pointer to IDirect3DSurface9.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <d3d9.h>
|
||||
#include <dxva2api.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVDXVA2DeviceContext {
|
||||
IDirect3DDeviceManager9 *devmgr;
|
||||
} AVDXVA2DeviceContext;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This struct is allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVDXVA2FramesContext {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The surface type (e.g. DXVA2_VideoProcessorRenderTarget or
|
||||
* DXVA2_VideoDecoderRenderTarget). Must be set by the caller.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
DWORD surface_type;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The surface pool. When an external pool is not provided by the caller,
|
||||
* this will be managed (allocated and filled on init, freed on uninit) by
|
||||
* libavutil.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
IDirect3DSurface9 **surfaces;
|
||||
int nb_surfaces;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Certain drivers require the decoder to be destroyed before the surfaces.
|
||||
* To allow internally managed pools to work properly in such cases, this
|
||||
* field is provided.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If it is non-NULL, libavutil will call IDirectXVideoDecoder_Release() on
|
||||
* it just before the internal surface pool is freed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This is for convenience only. Some code uses other methods to manage the
|
||||
* decoder reference.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
IDirectXVideoDecoder *decoder_to_release;
|
||||
} AVDXVA2FramesContext;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DXVA2_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_QSV_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_QSV_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <mfx/mfxvideo.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_QSV.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This API does not support dynamic frame pools. AVHWFramesContext.pool must
|
||||
* contain AVBufferRefs whose data pointer points to an mfxFrameSurface1 struct.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVQSVDeviceContext {
|
||||
mfxSession session;
|
||||
} AVQSVDeviceContext;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This struct is allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVQSVFramesContext {
|
||||
mfxFrameSurface1 *surfaces;
|
||||
int nb_surfaces;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A combination of MFX_MEMTYPE_* describing the frame pool.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int frame_type;
|
||||
} AVQSVFramesContext;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_QSV_H */
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VAAPI_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VAAPI_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <va/va.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VAAPI.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Dynamic frame pools are supported, but note that any pool used as a render
|
||||
* target is required to be of fixed size in order to be be usable as an
|
||||
* argument to vaCreateContext().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* For user-allocated pools, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs
|
||||
* with the data pointer set to a VASurfaceID.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
enum {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The quirks field has been set by the user and should not be detected
|
||||
* automatically by av_hwdevice_ctx_init().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_USER_SET = (1 << 0),
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The driver does not destroy parameter buffers when they are used by
|
||||
* vaRenderPicture(). Additional code will be required to destroy them
|
||||
* separately afterwards.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_RENDER_PARAM_BUFFERS = (1 << 1),
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The driver does not support the VASurfaceAttribMemoryType attribute,
|
||||
* so the surface allocation code will not try to use it.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_ATTRIB_MEMTYPE = (1 << 2),
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The driver does not support surface attributes at all.
|
||||
* The surface allocation code will never pass them to surface allocation,
|
||||
* and the results of the vaQuerySurfaceAttributes() call will be faked.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_SURFACE_ATTRIBUTES = (1 << 3),
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* VAAPI connection details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVVAAPIDeviceContext {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The VADisplay handle, to be filled by the user.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
VADisplay display;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Driver quirks to apply - this is filled by av_hwdevice_ctx_init(),
|
||||
* with reference to a table of known drivers, unless the
|
||||
* AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_USER_SET bit is already present. The user
|
||||
* may need to refer to this field when performing any later
|
||||
* operations using VAAPI with the same VADisplay.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned int driver_quirks;
|
||||
} AVVAAPIDeviceContext;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* VAAPI-specific data associated with a frame pool.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVVAAPIFramesContext {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Set by the user to apply surface attributes to all surfaces in
|
||||
* the frame pool. If null, default settings are used.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
VASurfaceAttrib *attributes;
|
||||
int nb_attributes;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The surfaces IDs of all surfaces in the pool after creation.
|
||||
* Only valid if AVHWFramesContext.initial_pool_size was positive.
|
||||
* These are intended to be used as the render_targets arguments to
|
||||
* vaCreateContext().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
VASurfaceID *surface_ids;
|
||||
int nb_surfaces;
|
||||
} AVVAAPIFramesContext;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* VAAPI hardware pipeline configuration details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Allocated with av_hwdevice_hwconfig_alloc().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVVAAPIHWConfig {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* ID of a VAAPI pipeline configuration.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
VAConfigID config_id;
|
||||
} AVVAAPIHWConfig;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VAAPI_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VDPAU_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VDPAU_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <vdpau/vdpau.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VDPAU.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This API supports dynamic frame pools. AVHWFramesContext.pool must return
|
||||
* AVBufferRefs whose data pointer is a VdpVideoSurface.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVVDPAUDeviceContext {
|
||||
VdpDevice device;
|
||||
VdpGetProcAddress *get_proc_address;
|
||||
} AVVDPAUDeviceContext;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* AVHWFramesContext.hwctx is currently not used
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VDPAU_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <VideoToolbox/VideoToolbox.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "pixfmt.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VIDEOTOOLBOX.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This API currently does not support frame allocation, as the raw VideoToolbox
|
||||
* API does allocation, and FFmpeg itself never has the need to allocate frames.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If the API user sets a custom pool, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return
|
||||
* AVBufferRefs whose data pointer is a CVImageBufferRef or CVPixelBufferRef.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Currently AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx and AVHWFramesContext.hwctx are always
|
||||
* NULL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Convert a VideoToolbox (actually CoreVideo) format to AVPixelFormat.
|
||||
* Returns AV_PIX_FMT_NONE if no known equivalent was found.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVPixelFormat av_map_videotoolbox_format_to_pixfmt(uint32_t cv_fmt);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Convert an AVPixelFormat to a VideoToolbox (actually CoreVideo) format.
|
||||
* Returns 0 if no known equivalent was found.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t av_map_videotoolbox_format_from_pixfmt(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,277 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_IMGUTILS_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_IMGUTILS_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* misc image utilities
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @addtogroup lavu_picture
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "avutil.h"
|
||||
#include "pixdesc.h"
|
||||
#include "rational.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Compute the max pixel step for each plane of an image with a
|
||||
* format described by pixdesc.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The pixel step is the distance in bytes between the first byte of
|
||||
* the group of bytes which describe a pixel component and the first
|
||||
* byte of the successive group in the same plane for the same
|
||||
* component.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param max_pixsteps an array which is filled with the max pixel step
|
||||
* for each plane. Since a plane may contain different pixel
|
||||
* components, the computed max_pixsteps[plane] is relative to the
|
||||
* component in the plane with the max pixel step.
|
||||
* @param max_pixstep_comps an array which is filled with the component
|
||||
* for each plane which has the max pixel step. May be NULL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_image_fill_max_pixsteps(int max_pixsteps[4], int max_pixstep_comps[4],
|
||||
const AVPixFmtDescriptor *pixdesc);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Compute the size of an image line with format pix_fmt and width
|
||||
* width for the plane plane.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return the computed size in bytes
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_image_get_linesize(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int plane);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Fill plane linesizes for an image with pixel format pix_fmt and
|
||||
* width width.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param linesizes array to be filled with the linesize for each plane
|
||||
* @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative error code otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_image_fill_linesizes(int linesizes[4], enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Fill plane data pointers for an image with pixel format pix_fmt and
|
||||
* height height.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param data pointers array to be filled with the pointer for each image plane
|
||||
* @param ptr the pointer to a buffer which will contain the image
|
||||
* @param linesizes the array containing the linesize for each
|
||||
* plane, should be filled by av_image_fill_linesizes()
|
||||
* @return the size in bytes required for the image buffer, a negative
|
||||
* error code in case of failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_image_fill_pointers(uint8_t *data[4], enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int height,
|
||||
uint8_t *ptr, const int linesizes[4]);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate an image with size w and h and pixel format pix_fmt, and
|
||||
* fill pointers and linesizes accordingly.
|
||||
* The allocated image buffer has to be freed by using
|
||||
* av_freep(&pointers[0]).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param align the value to use for buffer size alignment
|
||||
* @return the size in bytes required for the image buffer, a negative
|
||||
* error code in case of failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_image_alloc(uint8_t *pointers[4], int linesizes[4],
|
||||
int w, int h, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int align);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Copy image plane from src to dst.
|
||||
* That is, copy "height" number of lines of "bytewidth" bytes each.
|
||||
* The first byte of each successive line is separated by *_linesize
|
||||
* bytes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* bytewidth must be contained by both absolute values of dst_linesize
|
||||
* and src_linesize, otherwise the function behavior is undefined.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param dst_linesize linesize for the image plane in dst
|
||||
* @param src_linesize linesize for the image plane in src
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_image_copy_plane(uint8_t *dst, int dst_linesize,
|
||||
const uint8_t *src, int src_linesize,
|
||||
int bytewidth, int height);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Copy image in src_data to dst_data.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param dst_linesizes linesizes for the image in dst_data
|
||||
* @param src_linesizes linesizes for the image in src_data
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_image_copy(uint8_t *dst_data[4], int dst_linesizes[4],
|
||||
const uint8_t *src_data[4], const int src_linesizes[4],
|
||||
enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Copy image data located in uncacheable (e.g. GPU mapped) memory. Where
|
||||
* available, this function will use special functionality for reading from such
|
||||
* memory, which may result in greatly improved performance compared to plain
|
||||
* av_image_copy().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The data pointers and the linesizes must be aligned to the maximum required
|
||||
* by the CPU architecture.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note The linesize parameters have the type ptrdiff_t here, while they are
|
||||
* int for av_image_copy().
|
||||
* @note On x86, the linesizes currently need to be aligned to the cacheline
|
||||
* size (i.e. 64) to get improved performance.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_image_copy_uc_from(uint8_t *dst_data[4], const ptrdiff_t dst_linesizes[4],
|
||||
const uint8_t *src_data[4], const ptrdiff_t src_linesizes[4],
|
||||
enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Setup the data pointers and linesizes based on the specified image
|
||||
* parameters and the provided array.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The fields of the given image are filled in by using the src
|
||||
* address which points to the image data buffer. Depending on the
|
||||
* specified pixel format, one or multiple image data pointers and
|
||||
* line sizes will be set. If a planar format is specified, several
|
||||
* pointers will be set pointing to the different picture planes and
|
||||
* the line sizes of the different planes will be stored in the
|
||||
* lines_sizes array. Call with src == NULL to get the required
|
||||
* size for the src buffer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* To allocate the buffer and fill in the dst_data and dst_linesize in
|
||||
* one call, use av_image_alloc().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param dst_data data pointers to be filled in
|
||||
* @param dst_linesize linesizes for the image in dst_data to be filled in
|
||||
* @param src buffer which will contain or contains the actual image data, can be NULL
|
||||
* @param pix_fmt the pixel format of the image
|
||||
* @param width the width of the image in pixels
|
||||
* @param height the height of the image in pixels
|
||||
* @param align the value used in src for linesize alignment
|
||||
* @return the size in bytes required for src, a negative error code
|
||||
* in case of failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_image_fill_arrays(uint8_t *dst_data[4], int dst_linesize[4],
|
||||
const uint8_t *src,
|
||||
enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height, int align);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the size in bytes of the amount of data required to store an
|
||||
* image with the given parameters.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param pix_fmt the pixel format of the image
|
||||
* @param width the width of the image in pixels
|
||||
* @param height the height of the image in pixels
|
||||
* @param align the assumed linesize alignment
|
||||
* @return the buffer size in bytes, a negative error code in case of failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_image_get_buffer_size(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height, int align);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Copy image data from an image into a buffer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* av_image_get_buffer_size() can be used to compute the required size
|
||||
* for the buffer to fill.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param dst a buffer into which picture data will be copied
|
||||
* @param dst_size the size in bytes of dst
|
||||
* @param src_data pointers containing the source image data
|
||||
* @param src_linesize linesizes for the image in src_data
|
||||
* @param pix_fmt the pixel format of the source image
|
||||
* @param width the width of the source image in pixels
|
||||
* @param height the height of the source image in pixels
|
||||
* @param align the assumed linesize alignment for dst
|
||||
* @return the number of bytes written to dst, or a negative value
|
||||
* (error code) on error
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_image_copy_to_buffer(uint8_t *dst, int dst_size,
|
||||
const uint8_t * const src_data[4], const int src_linesize[4],
|
||||
enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height, int align);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Check if the given dimension of an image is valid, meaning that all
|
||||
* bytes of the image can be addressed with a signed int.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param w the width of the picture
|
||||
* @param h the height of the picture
|
||||
* @param log_offset the offset to sum to the log level for logging with log_ctx
|
||||
* @param log_ctx the parent logging context, it may be NULL
|
||||
* @return >= 0 if valid, a negative error code otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_image_check_size(unsigned int w, unsigned int h, int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Check if the given dimension of an image is valid, meaning that all
|
||||
* bytes of a plane of an image with the specified pix_fmt can be addressed
|
||||
* with a signed int.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param w the width of the picture
|
||||
* @param h the height of the picture
|
||||
* @param max_pixels the maximum number of pixels the user wants to accept
|
||||
* @param pix_fmt the pixel format, can be AV_PIX_FMT_NONE if unknown.
|
||||
* @param log_offset the offset to sum to the log level for logging with log_ctx
|
||||
* @param log_ctx the parent logging context, it may be NULL
|
||||
* @return >= 0 if valid, a negative error code otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_image_check_size2(unsigned int w, unsigned int h, int64_t max_pixels, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Check if the given sample aspect ratio of an image is valid.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* It is considered invalid if the denominator is 0 or if applying the ratio
|
||||
* to the image size would make the smaller dimension less than 1. If the
|
||||
* sar numerator is 0, it is considered unknown and will return as valid.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param w width of the image
|
||||
* @param h height of the image
|
||||
* @param sar sample aspect ratio of the image
|
||||
* @return 0 if valid, a negative AVERROR code otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_image_check_sar(unsigned int w, unsigned int h, AVRational sar);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Overwrite the image data with black. This is suitable for filling a
|
||||
* sub-rectangle of an image, meaning the padding between the right most pixel
|
||||
* and the left most pixel on the next line will not be overwritten. For some
|
||||
* formats, the image size might be rounded up due to inherent alignment.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If the pixel format has alpha, the alpha is cleared to opaque.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This can return an error if the pixel format is not supported. Normally, all
|
||||
* non-hwaccel pixel formats should be supported.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Passing NULL for dst_data is allowed. Then the function returns whether the
|
||||
* operation would have succeeded. (It can return an error if the pix_fmt is
|
||||
* not supported.)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param dst_data data pointers to destination image
|
||||
* @param dst_linesize linesizes for the destination image
|
||||
* @param pix_fmt the pixel format of the image
|
||||
* @param range the color range of the image (important for colorspaces such as YUV)
|
||||
* @param width the width of the image in pixels
|
||||
* @param height the height of the image in pixels
|
||||
* @return 0 if the image data was cleared, a negative AVERROR code otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_image_fill_black(uint8_t *dst_data[4], const ptrdiff_t dst_linesize[4],
|
||||
enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, enum AVColorRange range,
|
||||
int width, int height);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_IMGUTILS_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2011 Mans Rullgard
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
#include "attributes.h"
|
||||
|
||||
union av_intfloat32 {
|
||||
uint32_t i;
|
||||
float f;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
union av_intfloat64 {
|
||||
uint64_t i;
|
||||
double f;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Reinterpret a 32-bit integer as a float.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static av_always_inline float av_int2float(uint32_t i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
union av_intfloat32 v;
|
||||
v.i = i;
|
||||
return v.f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Reinterpret a float as a 32-bit integer.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static av_always_inline uint32_t av_float2int(float f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
union av_intfloat32 v;
|
||||
v.f = f;
|
||||
return v.i;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Reinterpret a 64-bit integer as a double.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static av_always_inline double av_int2double(uint64_t i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
union av_intfloat64 v;
|
||||
v.i = i;
|
||||
return v.f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Reinterpret a double as a 64-bit integer.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static av_always_inline uint64_t av_double2int(double f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
union av_intfloat64 v;
|
||||
v.f = f;
|
||||
return v.i;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,634 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_INTREADWRITE_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_INTREADWRITE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
#include "libavutil/avconfig.h"
|
||||
#include "attributes.h"
|
||||
#include "bswap.h"
|
||||
|
||||
typedef union {
|
||||
uint64_t u64;
|
||||
uint32_t u32[2];
|
||||
uint16_t u16[4];
|
||||
uint8_t u8 [8];
|
||||
double f64;
|
||||
float f32[2];
|
||||
} av_alias av_alias64;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef union {
|
||||
uint32_t u32;
|
||||
uint16_t u16[2];
|
||||
uint8_t u8 [4];
|
||||
float f32;
|
||||
} av_alias av_alias32;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef union {
|
||||
uint16_t u16;
|
||||
uint8_t u8 [2];
|
||||
} av_alias av_alias16;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Arch-specific headers can provide any combination of
|
||||
* AV_[RW][BLN](16|24|32|48|64) and AV_(COPY|SWAP|ZERO)(64|128) macros.
|
||||
* Preprocessor symbols must be defined, even if these are implemented
|
||||
* as inline functions.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* R/W means read/write, B/L/N means big/little/native endianness.
|
||||
* The following macros require aligned access, compared to their
|
||||
* unaligned variants: AV_(COPY|SWAP|ZERO)(64|128), AV_[RW]N[8-64]A.
|
||||
* Incorrect usage may range from abysmal performance to crash
|
||||
* depending on the platform.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The unaligned variants are AV_[RW][BLN][8-64] and AV_COPY*U.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "config.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if ARCH_ARM
|
||||
# include "arm/intreadwrite.h"
|
||||
#elif ARCH_AVR32
|
||||
# include "avr32/intreadwrite.h"
|
||||
#elif ARCH_MIPS
|
||||
# include "mips/intreadwrite.h"
|
||||
#elif ARCH_PPC
|
||||
# include "ppc/intreadwrite.h"
|
||||
#elif ARCH_TOMI
|
||||
# include "tomi/intreadwrite.h"
|
||||
#elif ARCH_X86
|
||||
# include "x86/intreadwrite.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H */
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Map AV_RNXX <-> AV_R[BL]XX for all variants provided by per-arch headers.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN
|
||||
|
||||
# if defined(AV_RN16) && !defined(AV_RB16)
|
||||
# define AV_RB16(p) AV_RN16(p)
|
||||
# elif !defined(AV_RN16) && defined(AV_RB16)
|
||||
# define AV_RN16(p) AV_RB16(p)
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if defined(AV_WN16) && !defined(AV_WB16)
|
||||
# define AV_WB16(p, v) AV_WN16(p, v)
|
||||
# elif !defined(AV_WN16) && defined(AV_WB16)
|
||||
# define AV_WN16(p, v) AV_WB16(p, v)
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if defined(AV_RN24) && !defined(AV_RB24)
|
||||
# define AV_RB24(p) AV_RN24(p)
|
||||
# elif !defined(AV_RN24) && defined(AV_RB24)
|
||||
# define AV_RN24(p) AV_RB24(p)
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if defined(AV_WN24) && !defined(AV_WB24)
|
||||
# define AV_WB24(p, v) AV_WN24(p, v)
|
||||
# elif !defined(AV_WN24) && defined(AV_WB24)
|
||||
# define AV_WN24(p, v) AV_WB24(p, v)
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if defined(AV_RN32) && !defined(AV_RB32)
|
||||
# define AV_RB32(p) AV_RN32(p)
|
||||
# elif !defined(AV_RN32) && defined(AV_RB32)
|
||||
# define AV_RN32(p) AV_RB32(p)
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if defined(AV_WN32) && !defined(AV_WB32)
|
||||
# define AV_WB32(p, v) AV_WN32(p, v)
|
||||
# elif !defined(AV_WN32) && defined(AV_WB32)
|
||||
# define AV_WN32(p, v) AV_WB32(p, v)
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if defined(AV_RN48) && !defined(AV_RB48)
|
||||
# define AV_RB48(p) AV_RN48(p)
|
||||
# elif !defined(AV_RN48) && defined(AV_RB48)
|
||||
# define AV_RN48(p) AV_RB48(p)
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if defined(AV_WN48) && !defined(AV_WB48)
|
||||
# define AV_WB48(p, v) AV_WN48(p, v)
|
||||
# elif !defined(AV_WN48) && defined(AV_WB48)
|
||||
# define AV_WN48(p, v) AV_WB48(p, v)
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if defined(AV_RN64) && !defined(AV_RB64)
|
||||
# define AV_RB64(p) AV_RN64(p)
|
||||
# elif !defined(AV_RN64) && defined(AV_RB64)
|
||||
# define AV_RN64(p) AV_RB64(p)
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if defined(AV_WN64) && !defined(AV_WB64)
|
||||
# define AV_WB64(p, v) AV_WN64(p, v)
|
||||
# elif !defined(AV_WN64) && defined(AV_WB64)
|
||||
# define AV_WN64(p, v) AV_WB64(p, v)
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
#else /* AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN */
|
||||
|
||||
# if defined(AV_RN16) && !defined(AV_RL16)
|
||||
# define AV_RL16(p) AV_RN16(p)
|
||||
# elif !defined(AV_RN16) && defined(AV_RL16)
|
||||
# define AV_RN16(p) AV_RL16(p)
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if defined(AV_WN16) && !defined(AV_WL16)
|
||||
# define AV_WL16(p, v) AV_WN16(p, v)
|
||||
# elif !defined(AV_WN16) && defined(AV_WL16)
|
||||
# define AV_WN16(p, v) AV_WL16(p, v)
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if defined(AV_RN24) && !defined(AV_RL24)
|
||||
# define AV_RL24(p) AV_RN24(p)
|
||||
# elif !defined(AV_RN24) && defined(AV_RL24)
|
||||
# define AV_RN24(p) AV_RL24(p)
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if defined(AV_WN24) && !defined(AV_WL24)
|
||||
# define AV_WL24(p, v) AV_WN24(p, v)
|
||||
# elif !defined(AV_WN24) && defined(AV_WL24)
|
||||
# define AV_WN24(p, v) AV_WL24(p, v)
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if defined(AV_RN32) && !defined(AV_RL32)
|
||||
# define AV_RL32(p) AV_RN32(p)
|
||||
# elif !defined(AV_RN32) && defined(AV_RL32)
|
||||
# define AV_RN32(p) AV_RL32(p)
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if defined(AV_WN32) && !defined(AV_WL32)
|
||||
# define AV_WL32(p, v) AV_WN32(p, v)
|
||||
# elif !defined(AV_WN32) && defined(AV_WL32)
|
||||
# define AV_WN32(p, v) AV_WL32(p, v)
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if defined(AV_RN48) && !defined(AV_RL48)
|
||||
# define AV_RL48(p) AV_RN48(p)
|
||||
# elif !defined(AV_RN48) && defined(AV_RL48)
|
||||
# define AV_RN48(p) AV_RL48(p)
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if defined(AV_WN48) && !defined(AV_WL48)
|
||||
# define AV_WL48(p, v) AV_WN48(p, v)
|
||||
# elif !defined(AV_WN48) && defined(AV_WL48)
|
||||
# define AV_WN48(p, v) AV_WL48(p, v)
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if defined(AV_RN64) && !defined(AV_RL64)
|
||||
# define AV_RL64(p) AV_RN64(p)
|
||||
# elif !defined(AV_RN64) && defined(AV_RL64)
|
||||
# define AV_RN64(p) AV_RL64(p)
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if defined(AV_WN64) && !defined(AV_WL64)
|
||||
# define AV_WL64(p, v) AV_WN64(p, v)
|
||||
# elif !defined(AV_WN64) && defined(AV_WL64)
|
||||
# define AV_WN64(p, v) AV_WL64(p, v)
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* !AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN */
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Define AV_[RW]N helper macros to simplify definitions not provided
|
||||
* by per-arch headers.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__TI_COMPILER_VERSION__)
|
||||
|
||||
union unaligned_64 { uint64_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias;
|
||||
union unaligned_32 { uint32_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias;
|
||||
union unaligned_16 { uint16_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias;
|
||||
|
||||
# define AV_RN(s, p) (((const union unaligned_##s *) (p))->l)
|
||||
# define AV_WN(s, p, v) ((((union unaligned_##s *) (p))->l) = (v))
|
||||
|
||||
#elif defined(__DECC)
|
||||
|
||||
# define AV_RN(s, p) (*((const __unaligned uint##s##_t*)(p)))
|
||||
# define AV_WN(s, p, v) (*((__unaligned uint##s##_t*)(p)) = (v))
|
||||
|
||||
#elif defined(_MSC_VER) && (defined(_M_ARM) || defined(_M_X64)) && AV_HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED
|
||||
|
||||
# define AV_RN(s, p) (*((const __unaligned uint##s##_t*)(p)))
|
||||
# define AV_WN(s, p, v) (*((__unaligned uint##s##_t*)(p)) = (v))
|
||||
|
||||
#elif AV_HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED
|
||||
|
||||
# define AV_RN(s, p) (((const av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s)
|
||||
# define AV_WN(s, p, v) (((av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s = (v))
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_RB16
|
||||
# define AV_RB16(x) \
|
||||
((((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 8) | \
|
||||
((const uint8_t*)(x))[1])
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef AV_WB16
|
||||
# define AV_WB16(p, val) do { \
|
||||
uint16_t d = (val); \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d); \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>8; \
|
||||
} while(0)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_RL16
|
||||
# define AV_RL16(x) \
|
||||
((((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \
|
||||
((const uint8_t*)(x))[0])
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef AV_WL16
|
||||
# define AV_WL16(p, val) do { \
|
||||
uint16_t d = (val); \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \
|
||||
} while(0)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_RB32
|
||||
# define AV_RB32(x) \
|
||||
(((uint32_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 24) | \
|
||||
(((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 16) | \
|
||||
(((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 8) | \
|
||||
((const uint8_t*)(x))[3])
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef AV_WB32
|
||||
# define AV_WB32(p, val) do { \
|
||||
uint32_t d = (val); \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d); \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>8; \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>16; \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>24; \
|
||||
} while(0)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_RL32
|
||||
# define AV_RL32(x) \
|
||||
(((uint32_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 24) | \
|
||||
(((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) | \
|
||||
(((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \
|
||||
((const uint8_t*)(x))[0])
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef AV_WL32
|
||||
# define AV_WL32(p, val) do { \
|
||||
uint32_t d = (val); \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16; \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>24; \
|
||||
} while(0)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_RB64
|
||||
# define AV_RB64(x) \
|
||||
(((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 56) | \
|
||||
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 48) | \
|
||||
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 40) | \
|
||||
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 32) | \
|
||||
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 24) | \
|
||||
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5] << 16) | \
|
||||
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[6] << 8) | \
|
||||
(uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[7])
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef AV_WB64
|
||||
# define AV_WB64(p, val) do { \
|
||||
uint64_t d = (val); \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[7] = (d); \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[6] = (d)>>8; \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d)>>16; \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>24; \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>32; \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>40; \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>48; \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>56; \
|
||||
} while(0)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_RL64
|
||||
# define AV_RL64(x) \
|
||||
(((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[7] << 56) | \
|
||||
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[6] << 48) | \
|
||||
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5] << 40) | \
|
||||
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 32) | \
|
||||
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 24) | \
|
||||
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) | \
|
||||
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \
|
||||
(uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0])
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef AV_WL64
|
||||
# define AV_WL64(p, val) do { \
|
||||
uint64_t d = (val); \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16; \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>24; \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>32; \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d)>>40; \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[6] = (d)>>48; \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[7] = (d)>>56; \
|
||||
} while(0)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN
|
||||
# define AV_RN(s, p) AV_RB##s(p)
|
||||
# define AV_WN(s, p, v) AV_WB##s(p, v)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define AV_RN(s, p) AV_RL##s(p)
|
||||
# define AV_WN(s, p, v) AV_WL##s(p, v)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_RN16
|
||||
# define AV_RN16(p) AV_RN(16, p)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_RN32
|
||||
# define AV_RN32(p) AV_RN(32, p)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_RN64
|
||||
# define AV_RN64(p) AV_RN(64, p)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_WN16
|
||||
# define AV_WN16(p, v) AV_WN(16, p, v)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_WN32
|
||||
# define AV_WN32(p, v) AV_WN(32, p, v)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_WN64
|
||||
# define AV_WN64(p, v) AV_WN(64, p, v)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN
|
||||
# define AV_RB(s, p) AV_RN##s(p)
|
||||
# define AV_WB(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, v)
|
||||
# define AV_RL(s, p) av_bswap##s(AV_RN##s(p))
|
||||
# define AV_WL(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, av_bswap##s(v))
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define AV_RB(s, p) av_bswap##s(AV_RN##s(p))
|
||||
# define AV_WB(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, av_bswap##s(v))
|
||||
# define AV_RL(s, p) AV_RN##s(p)
|
||||
# define AV_WL(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, v)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_RB8(x) (((const uint8_t*)(x))[0])
|
||||
#define AV_WB8(p, d) do { ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); } while(0)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_RL8(x) AV_RB8(x)
|
||||
#define AV_WL8(p, d) AV_WB8(p, d)
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_RB16
|
||||
# define AV_RB16(p) AV_RB(16, p)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef AV_WB16
|
||||
# define AV_WB16(p, v) AV_WB(16, p, v)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_RL16
|
||||
# define AV_RL16(p) AV_RL(16, p)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef AV_WL16
|
||||
# define AV_WL16(p, v) AV_WL(16, p, v)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_RB32
|
||||
# define AV_RB32(p) AV_RB(32, p)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef AV_WB32
|
||||
# define AV_WB32(p, v) AV_WB(32, p, v)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_RL32
|
||||
# define AV_RL32(p) AV_RL(32, p)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef AV_WL32
|
||||
# define AV_WL32(p, v) AV_WL(32, p, v)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_RB64
|
||||
# define AV_RB64(p) AV_RB(64, p)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef AV_WB64
|
||||
# define AV_WB64(p, v) AV_WB(64, p, v)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_RL64
|
||||
# define AV_RL64(p) AV_RL(64, p)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef AV_WL64
|
||||
# define AV_WL64(p, v) AV_WL(64, p, v)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_RB24
|
||||
# define AV_RB24(x) \
|
||||
((((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 16) | \
|
||||
(((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \
|
||||
((const uint8_t*)(x))[2])
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef AV_WB24
|
||||
# define AV_WB24(p, d) do { \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d); \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>16; \
|
||||
} while(0)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_RL24
|
||||
# define AV_RL24(x) \
|
||||
((((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) | \
|
||||
(((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \
|
||||
((const uint8_t*)(x))[0])
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef AV_WL24
|
||||
# define AV_WL24(p, d) do { \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16; \
|
||||
} while(0)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_RB48
|
||||
# define AV_RB48(x) \
|
||||
(((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 40) | \
|
||||
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 32) | \
|
||||
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 24) | \
|
||||
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 16) | \
|
||||
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 8) | \
|
||||
(uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5])
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef AV_WB48
|
||||
# define AV_WB48(p, darg) do { \
|
||||
uint64_t d = (darg); \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d); \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>8; \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>16; \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>24; \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>32; \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>40; \
|
||||
} while(0)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_RL48
|
||||
# define AV_RL48(x) \
|
||||
(((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5] << 40) | \
|
||||
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 32) | \
|
||||
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 24) | \
|
||||
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) | \
|
||||
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \
|
||||
(uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0])
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef AV_WL48
|
||||
# define AV_WL48(p, darg) do { \
|
||||
uint64_t d = (darg); \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16; \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>24; \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>32; \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d)>>40; \
|
||||
} while(0)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* The AV_[RW]NA macros access naturally aligned data
|
||||
* in a type-safe way.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_RNA(s, p) (((const av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s)
|
||||
#define AV_WNA(s, p, v) (((av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s = (v))
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_RN16A
|
||||
# define AV_RN16A(p) AV_RNA(16, p)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_RN32A
|
||||
# define AV_RN32A(p) AV_RNA(32, p)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_RN64A
|
||||
# define AV_RN64A(p) AV_RNA(64, p)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_WN16A
|
||||
# define AV_WN16A(p, v) AV_WNA(16, p, v)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_WN32A
|
||||
# define AV_WN32A(p, v) AV_WNA(32, p, v)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_WN64A
|
||||
# define AV_WN64A(p, v) AV_WNA(64, p, v)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* The AV_COPYxxU macros are suitable for copying data to/from unaligned
|
||||
* memory locations.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_COPYU(n, d, s) AV_WN##n(d, AV_RN##n(s));
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_COPY16U
|
||||
# define AV_COPY16U(d, s) AV_COPYU(16, d, s)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_COPY32U
|
||||
# define AV_COPY32U(d, s) AV_COPYU(32, d, s)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_COPY64U
|
||||
# define AV_COPY64U(d, s) AV_COPYU(64, d, s)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_COPY128U
|
||||
# define AV_COPY128U(d, s) \
|
||||
do { \
|
||||
AV_COPY64U(d, s); \
|
||||
AV_COPY64U((char *)(d) + 8, (const char *)(s) + 8); \
|
||||
} while(0)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Parameters for AV_COPY*, AV_SWAP*, AV_ZERO* must be
|
||||
* naturally aligned. They may be implemented using MMX,
|
||||
* so emms_c() must be called before using any float code
|
||||
* afterwards.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_COPY(n, d, s) \
|
||||
(((av_alias##n*)(d))->u##n = ((const av_alias##n*)(s))->u##n)
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_COPY16
|
||||
# define AV_COPY16(d, s) AV_COPY(16, d, s)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_COPY32
|
||||
# define AV_COPY32(d, s) AV_COPY(32, d, s)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_COPY64
|
||||
# define AV_COPY64(d, s) AV_COPY(64, d, s)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_COPY128
|
||||
# define AV_COPY128(d, s) \
|
||||
do { \
|
||||
AV_COPY64(d, s); \
|
||||
AV_COPY64((char*)(d)+8, (char*)(s)+8); \
|
||||
} while(0)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_SWAP(n, a, b) FFSWAP(av_alias##n, *(av_alias##n*)(a), *(av_alias##n*)(b))
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_SWAP64
|
||||
# define AV_SWAP64(a, b) AV_SWAP(64, a, b)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_ZERO(n, d) (((av_alias##n*)(d))->u##n = 0)
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_ZERO16
|
||||
# define AV_ZERO16(d) AV_ZERO(16, d)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_ZERO32
|
||||
# define AV_ZERO32(d) AV_ZERO(32, d)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_ZERO64
|
||||
# define AV_ZERO64(d) AV_ZERO(64, d)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_ZERO128
|
||||
# define AV_ZERO128(d) \
|
||||
do { \
|
||||
AV_ZERO64(d); \
|
||||
AV_ZERO64((char*)(d)+8); \
|
||||
} while(0)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_INTREADWRITE_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* Lagged Fibonacci PRNG
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2008 Michael Niedermayer
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_LFG_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_LFG_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct AVLFG {
|
||||
unsigned int state[64];
|
||||
int index;
|
||||
} AVLFG;
|
||||
|
||||
void av_lfg_init(AVLFG *c, unsigned int seed);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Seed the state of the ALFG using binary data.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Return value: 0 on success, negative value (AVERROR) on failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_lfg_init_from_data(AVLFG *c, const uint8_t *data, unsigned int length);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the next random unsigned 32-bit number using an ALFG.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Please also consider a simple LCG like state= state*1664525+1013904223,
|
||||
* it may be good enough and faster for your specific use case.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline unsigned int av_lfg_get(AVLFG *c){
|
||||
c->state[c->index & 63] = c->state[(c->index-24) & 63] + c->state[(c->index-55) & 63];
|
||||
return c->state[c->index++ & 63];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the next random unsigned 32-bit number using a MLFG.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Please also consider av_lfg_get() above, it is faster.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline unsigned int av_mlfg_get(AVLFG *c){
|
||||
unsigned int a= c->state[(c->index-55) & 63];
|
||||
unsigned int b= c->state[(c->index-24) & 63];
|
||||
return c->state[c->index++ & 63] = 2*a*b+a+b;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the next two numbers generated by a Box-Muller Gaussian
|
||||
* generator using the random numbers issued by lfg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param out array where the two generated numbers are placed
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_bmg_get(AVLFG *lfg, double out[2]);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_LFG_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,376 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_LOG_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_LOG_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdarg.h>
|
||||
#include "avutil.h"
|
||||
#include "attributes.h"
|
||||
#include "version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
typedef enum {
|
||||
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_NA = 0,
|
||||
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_INPUT,
|
||||
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_OUTPUT,
|
||||
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_MUXER,
|
||||
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEMUXER,
|
||||
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_ENCODER,
|
||||
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DECODER,
|
||||
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_FILTER,
|
||||
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_BITSTREAM_FILTER,
|
||||
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_SWSCALER,
|
||||
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_SWRESAMPLER,
|
||||
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_OUTPUT = 40,
|
||||
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_INPUT,
|
||||
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_OUTPUT,
|
||||
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_INPUT,
|
||||
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_OUTPUT,
|
||||
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_INPUT,
|
||||
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_NB ///< not part of ABI/API
|
||||
}AVClassCategory;
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_IS_INPUT_DEVICE(category) \
|
||||
(((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_INPUT) || \
|
||||
((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_INPUT) || \
|
||||
((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_INPUT))
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_IS_OUTPUT_DEVICE(category) \
|
||||
(((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_OUTPUT) || \
|
||||
((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_OUTPUT) || \
|
||||
((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_OUTPUT))
|
||||
|
||||
struct AVOptionRanges;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Describe the class of an AVClass context structure. That is an
|
||||
* arbitrary struct of which the first field is a pointer to an
|
||||
* AVClass struct (e.g. AVCodecContext, AVFormatContext etc.).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVClass {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The name of the class; usually it is the same name as the
|
||||
* context structure type to which the AVClass is associated.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char* class_name;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A pointer to a function which returns the name of a context
|
||||
* instance ctx associated with the class.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char* (*item_name)(void* ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* a pointer to the first option specified in the class if any or NULL
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see av_set_default_options()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const struct AVOption *option;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* LIBAVUTIL_VERSION with which this structure was created.
|
||||
* This is used to allow fields to be added without requiring major
|
||||
* version bumps everywhere.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
int version;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Offset in the structure where log_level_offset is stored.
|
||||
* 0 means there is no such variable
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int log_level_offset_offset;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Offset in the structure where a pointer to the parent context for
|
||||
* logging is stored. For example a decoder could pass its AVCodecContext
|
||||
* to eval as such a parent context, which an av_log() implementation
|
||||
* could then leverage to display the parent context.
|
||||
* The offset can be NULL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int parent_log_context_offset;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return next AVOptions-enabled child or NULL
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void* (*child_next)(void *obj, void *prev);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return an AVClass corresponding to the next potential
|
||||
* AVOptions-enabled child.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The difference between child_next and this is that
|
||||
* child_next iterates over _already existing_ objects, while
|
||||
* child_class_next iterates over _all possible_ children.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const struct AVClass* (*child_class_next)(const struct AVClass *prev);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Category used for visualization (like color)
|
||||
* This is only set if the category is equal for all objects using this class.
|
||||
* available since version (51 << 16 | 56 << 8 | 100)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVClassCategory category;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Callback to return the category.
|
||||
* available since version (51 << 16 | 59 << 8 | 100)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVClassCategory (*get_category)(void* ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Callback to return the supported/allowed ranges.
|
||||
* available since version (52.12)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*query_ranges)(struct AVOptionRanges **, void *obj, const char *key, int flags);
|
||||
} AVClass;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup lavu_log
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_log_constants Logging Constants
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Print no output.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_LOG_QUIET -8
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Something went really wrong and we will crash now.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_LOG_PANIC 0
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Something went wrong and recovery is not possible.
|
||||
* For example, no header was found for a format which depends
|
||||
* on headers or an illegal combination of parameters is used.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_LOG_FATAL 8
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Something went wrong and cannot losslessly be recovered.
|
||||
* However, not all future data is affected.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_LOG_ERROR 16
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Something somehow does not look correct. This may or may not
|
||||
* lead to problems. An example would be the use of '-vstrict -2'.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_LOG_WARNING 24
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Standard information.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_LOG_INFO 32
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Detailed information.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_LOG_VERBOSE 40
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Stuff which is only useful for libav* developers.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_LOG_DEBUG 48
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Extremely verbose debugging, useful for libav* development.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_LOG_TRACE 56
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_LOG_MAX_OFFSET (AV_LOG_TRACE - AV_LOG_QUIET)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Sets additional colors for extended debugging sessions.
|
||||
* @code
|
||||
av_log(ctx, AV_LOG_DEBUG|AV_LOG_C(134), "Message in purple\n");
|
||||
@endcode
|
||||
* Requires 256color terminal support. Uses outside debugging is not
|
||||
* recommended.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_LOG_C(x) ((x) << 8)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Send the specified message to the log if the level is less than or equal
|
||||
* to the current av_log_level. By default, all logging messages are sent to
|
||||
* stderr. This behavior can be altered by setting a different logging callback
|
||||
* function.
|
||||
* @see av_log_set_callback
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a
|
||||
* pointer to an AVClass struct or NULL if general log.
|
||||
* @param level The importance level of the message expressed using a @ref
|
||||
* lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant".
|
||||
* @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how
|
||||
* subsequent arguments are converted to output.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_log(void *avcl, int level, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(3, 4);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Send the specified message to the log if the level is less than or equal
|
||||
* to the current av_log_level. By default, all logging messages are sent to
|
||||
* stderr. This behavior can be altered by setting a different logging callback
|
||||
* function.
|
||||
* @see av_log_set_callback
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a
|
||||
* pointer to an AVClass struct.
|
||||
* @param level The importance level of the message expressed using a @ref
|
||||
* lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant".
|
||||
* @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how
|
||||
* subsequent arguments are converted to output.
|
||||
* @param vl The arguments referenced by the format string.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_vlog(void *avcl, int level, const char *fmt, va_list vl);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the current log level
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see lavu_log_constants
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return Current log level
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_log_get_level(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Set the log level
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see lavu_log_constants
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param level Logging level
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_log_set_level(int level);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Set the logging callback
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note The callback must be thread safe, even if the application does not use
|
||||
* threads itself as some codecs are multithreaded.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see av_log_default_callback
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param callback A logging function with a compatible signature.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_log_set_callback(void (*callback)(void*, int, const char*, va_list));
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default logging callback
|
||||
*
|
||||
* It prints the message to stderr, optionally colorizing it.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a
|
||||
* pointer to an AVClass struct.
|
||||
* @param level The importance level of the message expressed using a @ref
|
||||
* lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant".
|
||||
* @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how
|
||||
* subsequent arguments are converted to output.
|
||||
* @param vl The arguments referenced by the format string.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_log_default_callback(void *avcl, int level, const char *fmt,
|
||||
va_list vl);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the context name
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ctx The AVClass context
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return The AVClass class_name
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char* av_default_item_name(void* ctx);
|
||||
AVClassCategory av_default_get_category(void *ptr);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Format a line of log the same way as the default callback.
|
||||
* @param line buffer to receive the formatted line
|
||||
* @param line_size size of the buffer
|
||||
* @param print_prefix used to store whether the prefix must be printed;
|
||||
* must point to a persistent integer initially set to 1
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_log_format_line(void *ptr, int level, const char *fmt, va_list vl,
|
||||
char *line, int line_size, int *print_prefix);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Format a line of log the same way as the default callback.
|
||||
* @param line buffer to receive the formatted line;
|
||||
* may be NULL if line_size is 0
|
||||
* @param line_size size of the buffer; at most line_size-1 characters will
|
||||
* be written to the buffer, plus one null terminator
|
||||
* @param print_prefix used to store whether the prefix must be printed;
|
||||
* must point to a persistent integer initially set to 1
|
||||
* @return Returns a negative value if an error occurred, otherwise returns
|
||||
* the number of characters that would have been written for a
|
||||
* sufficiently large buffer, not including the terminating null
|
||||
* character. If the return value is not less than line_size, it means
|
||||
* that the log message was truncated to fit the buffer.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_log_format_line2(void *ptr, int level, const char *fmt, va_list vl,
|
||||
char *line, int line_size, int *print_prefix);
|
||||
|
||||
#if FF_API_DLOG
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* av_dlog macros
|
||||
* @deprecated unused
|
||||
* Useful to print debug messages that shouldn't get compiled in normally.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef DEBUG
|
||||
# define av_dlog(pctx, ...) av_log(pctx, AV_LOG_DEBUG, __VA_ARGS__)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define av_dlog(pctx, ...) do { if (0) av_log(pctx, AV_LOG_DEBUG, __VA_ARGS__); } while (0)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif /* FF_API_DLOG */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Skip repeated messages, this requires the user app to use av_log() instead of
|
||||
* (f)printf as the 2 would otherwise interfere and lead to
|
||||
* "Last message repeated x times" messages below (f)printf messages with some
|
||||
* bad luck.
|
||||
* Also to receive the last, "last repeated" line if any, the user app must
|
||||
* call av_log(NULL, AV_LOG_QUIET, "%s", ""); at the end
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_LOG_SKIP_REPEATED 1
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Include the log severity in messages originating from codecs.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Results in messages such as:
|
||||
* [rawvideo @ 0xDEADBEEF] [error] encode did not produce valid pts
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_LOG_PRINT_LEVEL 2
|
||||
|
||||
void av_log_set_flags(int arg);
|
||||
int av_log_get_flags(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_LOG_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* LZO 1x decompression
|
||||
* copyright (c) 2006 Reimar Doeffinger
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_LZO_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_LZO_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_lzo LZO
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu_crypto
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/** @name Error flags returned by av_lzo1x_decode
|
||||
* @{ */
|
||||
/// end of the input buffer reached before decoding finished
|
||||
#define AV_LZO_INPUT_DEPLETED 1
|
||||
/// decoded data did not fit into output buffer
|
||||
#define AV_LZO_OUTPUT_FULL 2
|
||||
/// a reference to previously decoded data was wrong
|
||||
#define AV_LZO_INVALID_BACKPTR 4
|
||||
/// a non-specific error in the compressed bitstream
|
||||
#define AV_LZO_ERROR 8
|
||||
/** @} */
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_LZO_INPUT_PADDING 8
|
||||
#define AV_LZO_OUTPUT_PADDING 12
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Decodes LZO 1x compressed data.
|
||||
* @param out output buffer
|
||||
* @param outlen size of output buffer, number of bytes left are returned here
|
||||
* @param in input buffer
|
||||
* @param inlen size of input buffer, number of bytes left are returned here
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, otherwise a combination of the error flags above
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Make sure all buffers are appropriately padded, in must provide
|
||||
* AV_LZO_INPUT_PADDING, out must provide AV_LZO_OUTPUT_PADDING additional bytes.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_lzo1x_decode(void *out, int *outlen, const void *in, int *inlen);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_LZO_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu
|
||||
* Utility Preprocessor macros
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_MACROS_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_MACROS_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup preproc_misc Preprocessor String Macros
|
||||
*
|
||||
* String manipulation macros
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_STRINGIFY(s) AV_TOSTRING(s)
|
||||
#define AV_TOSTRING(s) #s
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_GLUE(a, b) a ## b
|
||||
#define AV_JOIN(a, b) AV_GLUE(a, b)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_PRAGMA(s) _Pragma(#s)
|
||||
|
||||
#define FFALIGN(x, a) (((x)+(a)-1)&~((a)-1))
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_MACROS_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2016 Neil Birkbeck <neil.birkbeck@gmail.com>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "frame.h"
|
||||
#include "rational.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Mastering display metadata capable of representing the color volume of
|
||||
* the display used to master the content (SMPTE 2086:2014).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* To be used as payload of a AVFrameSideData or AVPacketSideData with the
|
||||
* appropriate type.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note The struct should be allocated with av_mastering_display_metadata_alloc()
|
||||
* and its size is not a part of the public ABI.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVMasteringDisplayMetadata {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* CIE 1931 xy chromaticity coords of color primaries (r, g, b order).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational display_primaries[3][2];
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* CIE 1931 xy chromaticity coords of white point.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational white_point[2];
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Min luminance of mastering display (cd/m^2).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational min_luminance;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Max luminance of mastering display (cd/m^2).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational max_luminance;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Flag indicating whether the display primaries (and white point) are set.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int has_primaries;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Flag indicating whether the luminance (min_ and max_) have been set.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int has_luminance;
|
||||
|
||||
} AVMasteringDisplayMetadata;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate an AVMasteringDisplayMetadata structure and set its fields to
|
||||
* default values. The resulting struct can be freed using av_freep().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return An AVMasteringDisplayMetadata filled with default values or NULL
|
||||
* on failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVMasteringDisplayMetadata *av_mastering_display_metadata_alloc(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate a complete AVMasteringDisplayMetadata and add it to the frame.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param frame The frame which side data is added to.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return The AVMasteringDisplayMetadata structure to be filled by caller.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVMasteringDisplayMetadata *av_mastering_display_metadata_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Content light level needed by to transmit HDR over HDMI (CTA-861.3).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* To be used as payload of a AVFrameSideData or AVPacketSideData with the
|
||||
* appropriate type.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note The struct should be allocated with av_content_light_metadata_alloc()
|
||||
* and its size is not a part of the public ABI.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVContentLightMetadata {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Max content light level (cd/m^2).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned MaxCLL;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Max average light level per frame (cd/m^2).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned MaxFALL;
|
||||
} AVContentLightMetadata;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate an AVContentLightMetadata structure and set its fields to
|
||||
* default values. The resulting struct can be freed using av_freep().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return An AVContentLightMetadata filled with default values or NULL
|
||||
* on failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVContentLightMetadata *av_content_light_metadata_alloc(size_t *size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate a complete AVContentLightMetadata and add it to the frame.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param frame The frame which side data is added to.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return The AVContentLightMetadata structure to be filled by caller.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVContentLightMetadata *av_content_light_metadata_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,242 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* copyright (c) 2005-2012 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @addtogroup lavu_math
|
||||
* Mathematical utilities for working with timestamp and time base.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
#include <math.h>
|
||||
#include "attributes.h"
|
||||
#include "rational.h"
|
||||
#include "intfloat.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef M_E
|
||||
#define M_E 2.7182818284590452354 /* e */
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef M_LN2
|
||||
#define M_LN2 0.69314718055994530942 /* log_e 2 */
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef M_LN10
|
||||
#define M_LN10 2.30258509299404568402 /* log_e 10 */
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef M_LOG2_10
|
||||
#define M_LOG2_10 3.32192809488736234787 /* log_2 10 */
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef M_PHI
|
||||
#define M_PHI 1.61803398874989484820 /* phi / golden ratio */
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef M_PI
|
||||
#define M_PI 3.14159265358979323846 /* pi */
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef M_PI_2
|
||||
#define M_PI_2 1.57079632679489661923 /* pi/2 */
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef M_SQRT1_2
|
||||
#define M_SQRT1_2 0.70710678118654752440 /* 1/sqrt(2) */
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef M_SQRT2
|
||||
#define M_SQRT2 1.41421356237309504880 /* sqrt(2) */
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef NAN
|
||||
#define NAN av_int2float(0x7fc00000)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef INFINITY
|
||||
#define INFINITY av_int2float(0x7f800000)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup lavu_math
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Rounding methods.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVRounding {
|
||||
AV_ROUND_ZERO = 0, ///< Round toward zero.
|
||||
AV_ROUND_INF = 1, ///< Round away from zero.
|
||||
AV_ROUND_DOWN = 2, ///< Round toward -infinity.
|
||||
AV_ROUND_UP = 3, ///< Round toward +infinity.
|
||||
AV_ROUND_NEAR_INF = 5, ///< Round to nearest and halfway cases away from zero.
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Flag telling rescaling functions to pass `INT64_MIN`/`MAX` through
|
||||
* unchanged, avoiding special cases for #AV_NOPTS_VALUE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Unlike other values of the enumeration AVRounding, this value is a
|
||||
* bitmask that must be used in conjunction with another value of the
|
||||
* enumeration through a bitwise OR, in order to set behavior for normal
|
||||
* cases.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @code{.c}
|
||||
* av_rescale_rnd(3, 1, 2, AV_ROUND_UP | AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX);
|
||||
* // Rescaling 3:
|
||||
* // Calculating 3 * 1 / 2
|
||||
* // 3 / 2 is rounded up to 2
|
||||
* // => 2
|
||||
*
|
||||
* av_rescale_rnd(AV_NOPTS_VALUE, 1, 2, AV_ROUND_UP | AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX);
|
||||
* // Rescaling AV_NOPTS_VALUE:
|
||||
* // AV_NOPTS_VALUE == INT64_MIN
|
||||
* // AV_NOPTS_VALUE is passed through
|
||||
* // => AV_NOPTS_VALUE
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX = 8192,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Compute the greatest common divisor of two integer operands.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param a,b Operands
|
||||
* @return GCD of a and b up to sign; if a >= 0 and b >= 0, return value is >= 0;
|
||||
* if a == 0 and b == 0, returns 0.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t av_const av_gcd(int64_t a, int64_t b);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Rescale a 64-bit integer with rounding to nearest.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * b / c`, but writing that
|
||||
* directly can overflow.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function is equivalent to av_rescale_rnd() with #AV_ROUND_NEAR_INF.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see av_rescale_rnd(), av_rescale_q(), av_rescale_q_rnd()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t av_rescale(int64_t a, int64_t b, int64_t c) av_const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Rescale a 64-bit integer with specified rounding.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * b / c`, but writing that
|
||||
* directly can overflow, and does not support different rounding methods.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see av_rescale(), av_rescale_q(), av_rescale_q_rnd()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t av_rescale_rnd(int64_t a, int64_t b, int64_t c, enum AVRounding rnd) av_const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Rescale a 64-bit integer by 2 rational numbers.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * bq / cq`.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function is equivalent to av_rescale_q_rnd() with #AV_ROUND_NEAR_INF.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see av_rescale(), av_rescale_rnd(), av_rescale_q_rnd()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t av_rescale_q(int64_t a, AVRational bq, AVRational cq) av_const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Rescale a 64-bit integer by 2 rational numbers with specified rounding.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * bq / cq`.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see av_rescale(), av_rescale_rnd(), av_rescale_q()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t av_rescale_q_rnd(int64_t a, AVRational bq, AVRational cq,
|
||||
enum AVRounding rnd) av_const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Compare two timestamps each in its own time base.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return One of the following values:
|
||||
* - -1 if `ts_a` is before `ts_b`
|
||||
* - 1 if `ts_a` is after `ts_b`
|
||||
* - 0 if they represent the same position
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @warning
|
||||
* The result of the function is undefined if one of the timestamps is outside
|
||||
* the `int64_t` range when represented in the other's timebase.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_compare_ts(int64_t ts_a, AVRational tb_a, int64_t ts_b, AVRational tb_b);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Compare the remainders of two integer operands divided by a common divisor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* In other words, compare the least significant `log2(mod)` bits of integers
|
||||
* `a` and `b`.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @code{.c}
|
||||
* av_compare_mod(0x11, 0x02, 0x10) < 0 // since 0x11 % 0x10 (0x1) < 0x02 % 0x10 (0x2)
|
||||
* av_compare_mod(0x11, 0x02, 0x20) > 0 // since 0x11 % 0x20 (0x11) > 0x02 % 0x20 (0x02)
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param a,b Operands
|
||||
* @param mod Divisor; must be a power of 2
|
||||
* @return
|
||||
* - a negative value if `a % mod < b % mod`
|
||||
* - a positive value if `a % mod > b % mod`
|
||||
* - zero if `a % mod == b % mod`
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t av_compare_mod(uint64_t a, uint64_t b, uint64_t mod);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Rescale a timestamp while preserving known durations.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function is designed to be called per audio packet to scale the input
|
||||
* timestamp to a different time base. Compared to a simple av_rescale_q()
|
||||
* call, this function is robust against possible inconsistent frame durations.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The `last` parameter is a state variable that must be preserved for all
|
||||
* subsequent calls for the same stream. For the first call, `*last` should be
|
||||
* initialized to #AV_NOPTS_VALUE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in] in_tb Input time base
|
||||
* @param[in] in_ts Input timestamp
|
||||
* @param[in] fs_tb Duration time base; typically this is finer-grained
|
||||
* (greater) than `in_tb` and `out_tb`
|
||||
* @param[in] duration Duration till the next call to this function (i.e.
|
||||
* duration of the current packet/frame)
|
||||
* @param[in,out] last Pointer to a timestamp expressed in terms of
|
||||
* `fs_tb`, acting as a state variable
|
||||
* @param[in] out_tb Output timebase
|
||||
* @return Timestamp expressed in terms of `out_tb`
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note In the context of this function, "duration" is in term of samples, not
|
||||
* seconds.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t av_rescale_delta(AVRational in_tb, int64_t in_ts, AVRational fs_tb, int duration, int64_t *last, AVRational out_tb);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Add a value to a timestamp.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function guarantees that when the same value is repeatly added that
|
||||
* no accumulation of rounding errors occurs.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in] ts Input timestamp
|
||||
* @param[in] ts_tb Input timestamp time base
|
||||
* @param[in] inc Value to be added
|
||||
* @param[in] inc_tb Time base of `inc`
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t av_add_stable(AVRational ts_tb, int64_t ts, AVRational inc_tb, int64_t inc);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu_md5
|
||||
* Public header for MD5 hash function implementation.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_MD5_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_MD5_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "attributes.h"
|
||||
#include "version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_md5 MD5
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu_hash
|
||||
* MD5 hash function implementation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
extern const int av_md5_size;
|
||||
|
||||
struct AVMD5;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate an AVMD5 context.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct AVMD5 *av_md5_alloc(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize MD5 hashing.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ctx pointer to the function context (of size av_md5_size)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_md5_init(struct AVMD5 *ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Update hash value.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ctx hash function context
|
||||
* @param src input data to update hash with
|
||||
* @param len input data length
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T
|
||||
void av_md5_update(struct AVMD5 *ctx, const uint8_t *src, int len);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
void av_md5_update(struct AVMD5 *ctx, const uint8_t *src, size_t len);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Finish hashing and output digest value.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ctx hash function context
|
||||
* @param dst buffer where output digest value is stored
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_md5_final(struct AVMD5 *ctx, uint8_t *dst);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Hash an array of data.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param dst The output buffer to write the digest into
|
||||
* @param src The data to hash
|
||||
* @param len The length of the data, in bytes
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T
|
||||
void av_md5_sum(uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, const int len);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
void av_md5_sum(uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, size_t len);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_MD5_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,699 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu_mem
|
||||
* Memory handling functions
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_MEM_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_MEM_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <limits.h>
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "attributes.h"
|
||||
#include "error.h"
|
||||
#include "avutil.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup lavu_mem
|
||||
* Utilities for manipulating memory.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg has several applications of memory that are not required of a typical
|
||||
* program. For example, the computing-heavy components like video decoding and
|
||||
* encoding can be sped up significantly through the use of aligned memory.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* However, for each of FFmpeg's applications of memory, there might not be a
|
||||
* recognized or standardized API for that specific use. Memory alignment, for
|
||||
* instance, varies wildly depending on operating systems, architectures, and
|
||||
* compilers. Hence, this component of @ref libavutil is created to make
|
||||
* dealing with memory consistently possible on all platforms.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_mem_macros Alignment Macros
|
||||
* Helper macros for declaring aligned variables.
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @def DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v)
|
||||
* Declare a variable that is aligned in memory.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @code{.c}
|
||||
* DECLARE_ALIGNED(16, uint16_t, aligned_int) = 42;
|
||||
* DECLARE_ALIGNED(32, uint8_t, aligned_array)[128];
|
||||
*
|
||||
* // The default-alignment equivalent would be
|
||||
* uint16_t aligned_int = 42;
|
||||
* uint8_t aligned_array[128];
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param n Minimum alignment in bytes
|
||||
* @param t Type of the variable (or array element)
|
||||
* @param v Name of the variable
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @def DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v)
|
||||
* Declare a static constant aligned variable appropriate for use in inline
|
||||
* assembly code.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @code{.c}
|
||||
* DECLARE_ASM_CONST(16, uint64_t, pw_08) = UINT64_C(0x0008000800080008);
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param n Minimum alignment in bytes
|
||||
* @param t Type of the variable (or array element)
|
||||
* @param v Name of the variable
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) && __INTEL_COMPILER < 1110 || defined(__SUNPRO_C)
|
||||
#define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
|
||||
#define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) const t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
|
||||
#elif defined(__TI_COMPILER_VERSION__)
|
||||
#define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) \
|
||||
AV_PRAGMA(DATA_ALIGN(v,n)) \
|
||||
t __attribute__((aligned(n))) v
|
||||
#define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) \
|
||||
AV_PRAGMA(DATA_ALIGN(v,n)) \
|
||||
static const t __attribute__((aligned(n))) v
|
||||
#elif defined(__DJGPP__)
|
||||
#define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t __attribute__ ((aligned (FFMIN(n, 16)))) v
|
||||
#define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) static const t av_used __attribute__ ((aligned (FFMIN(n, 16)))) v
|
||||
#elif defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)
|
||||
#define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
|
||||
#define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) static const t av_used __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
|
||||
#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
|
||||
#define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) __declspec(align(n)) t v
|
||||
#define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) __declspec(align(n)) static const t v
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t v
|
||||
#define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) static const t v
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_mem_attrs Function Attributes
|
||||
* Function attributes applicable to memory handling functions.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* These function attributes can help compilers emit more useful warnings, or
|
||||
* generate better code.
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @def av_malloc_attrib
|
||||
* Function attribute denoting a malloc-like function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see <a href="https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Common-Function-Attributes.html#index-g_t_0040code_007bmalloc_007d-function-attribute-3251">Function attribute `malloc` in GCC's documentation</a>
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1)
|
||||
#define av_malloc_attrib __attribute__((__malloc__))
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define av_malloc_attrib
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @def av_alloc_size(...)
|
||||
* Function attribute used on a function that allocates memory, whose size is
|
||||
* given by the specified parameter(s).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @code{.c}
|
||||
* void *av_malloc(size_t size) av_alloc_size(1);
|
||||
* void *av_calloc(size_t nmemb, size_t size) av_alloc_size(1, 2);
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ... One or two parameter indexes, separated by a comma
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see <a href="https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Common-Function-Attributes.html#index-g_t_0040code_007balloc_005fsize_007d-function-attribute-3220">Function attribute `alloc_size` in GCC's documentation</a>
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,3)
|
||||
#define av_alloc_size(...) __attribute__((alloc_size(__VA_ARGS__)))
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define av_alloc_size(...)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_mem_funcs Heap Management
|
||||
* Functions responsible for allocating, freeing, and copying memory.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All memory allocation functions have a built-in upper limit of `INT_MAX`
|
||||
* bytes. This may be changed with av_max_alloc(), although exercise extreme
|
||||
* caution when doing so.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate a memory block with alignment suitable for all memory accesses
|
||||
* (including vectors if available on the CPU).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated
|
||||
* @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if the block cannot
|
||||
* be allocated
|
||||
* @see av_mallocz()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *av_malloc(size_t size) av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate a memory block with alignment suitable for all memory accesses
|
||||
* (including vectors if available on the CPU) and zero all the bytes of the
|
||||
* block.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated
|
||||
* @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if it cannot be allocated
|
||||
* @see av_malloc()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *av_mallocz(size_t size) av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate a memory block for an array with av_malloc().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The allocated memory will have size `size * nmemb` bytes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param nmemb Number of element
|
||||
* @param size Size of a single element
|
||||
* @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if the block cannot
|
||||
* be allocated
|
||||
* @see av_malloc()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
av_alloc_size(1, 2) static inline void *av_malloc_array(size_t nmemb, size_t size)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!size || nmemb >= INT_MAX / size)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
return av_malloc(nmemb * size);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate a memory block for an array with av_mallocz().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The allocated memory will have size `size * nmemb` bytes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param nmemb Number of elements
|
||||
* @param size Size of the single element
|
||||
* @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if the block cannot
|
||||
* be allocated
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see av_mallocz()
|
||||
* @see av_malloc_array()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
av_alloc_size(1, 2) static inline void *av_mallocz_array(size_t nmemb, size_t size)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!size || nmemb >= INT_MAX / size)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
return av_mallocz(nmemb * size);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Non-inlined equivalent of av_mallocz_array().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Created for symmetry with the calloc() C function.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *av_calloc(size_t nmemb, size_t size) av_malloc_attrib;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate, reallocate, or free a block of memory.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If `ptr` is `NULL` and `size` > 0, allocate a new block. If `size` is
|
||||
* zero, free the memory block pointed to by `ptr`. Otherwise, expand or
|
||||
* shrink that block of memory according to `size`.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ptr Pointer to a memory block already allocated with
|
||||
* av_realloc() or `NULL`
|
||||
* @param size Size in bytes of the memory block to be allocated or
|
||||
* reallocated
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return Pointer to a newly-reallocated block or `NULL` if the block
|
||||
* cannot be reallocated or the function is used to free the memory block
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the returned pointer is not guaranteed to be
|
||||
* correctly aligned.
|
||||
* @see av_fast_realloc()
|
||||
* @see av_reallocp()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *av_realloc(void *ptr, size_t size) av_alloc_size(2);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate, reallocate, or free a block of memory through a pointer to a
|
||||
* pointer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If `*ptr` is `NULL` and `size` > 0, allocate a new block. If `size` is
|
||||
* zero, free the memory block pointed to by `*ptr`. Otherwise, expand or
|
||||
* shrink that block of memory according to `size`.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to a pointer to a memory block already allocated
|
||||
* with av_realloc(), or a pointer to `NULL`. The pointer
|
||||
* is updated on success, or freed on failure.
|
||||
* @param[in] size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated or
|
||||
* reallocated
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return Zero on success, an AVERROR error code on failure
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the allocated memory is not guaranteed to be
|
||||
* correctly aligned.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
av_warn_unused_result
|
||||
int av_reallocp(void *ptr, size_t size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate, reallocate, or free a block of memory.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function does the same thing as av_realloc(), except:
|
||||
* - It takes two size arguments and allocates `nelem * elsize` bytes,
|
||||
* after checking the result of the multiplication for integer overflow.
|
||||
* - It frees the input block in case of failure, thus avoiding the memory
|
||||
* leak with the classic
|
||||
* @code{.c}
|
||||
* buf = realloc(buf);
|
||||
* if (!buf)
|
||||
* return -1;
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
* pattern.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *av_realloc_f(void *ptr, size_t nelem, size_t elsize);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate, reallocate, or free an array.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If `ptr` is `NULL` and `nmemb` > 0, allocate a new block. If
|
||||
* `nmemb` is zero, free the memory block pointed to by `ptr`.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ptr Pointer to a memory block already allocated with
|
||||
* av_realloc() or `NULL`
|
||||
* @param nmemb Number of elements in the array
|
||||
* @param size Size of the single element of the array
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return Pointer to a newly-reallocated block or NULL if the block
|
||||
* cannot be reallocated or the function is used to free the memory block
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the allocated memory is not guaranteed to be
|
||||
* correctly aligned.
|
||||
* @see av_reallocp_array()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
av_alloc_size(2, 3) void *av_realloc_array(void *ptr, size_t nmemb, size_t size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate, reallocate, or free an array through a pointer to a pointer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If `*ptr` is `NULL` and `nmemb` > 0, allocate a new block. If `nmemb` is
|
||||
* zero, free the memory block pointed to by `*ptr`.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to a pointer to a memory block already
|
||||
* allocated with av_realloc(), or a pointer to `NULL`.
|
||||
* The pointer is updated on success, or freed on failure.
|
||||
* @param[in] nmemb Number of elements
|
||||
* @param[in] size Size of the single element
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return Zero on success, an AVERROR error code on failure
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the allocated memory is not guaranteed to be
|
||||
* correctly aligned.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
av_alloc_size(2, 3) int av_reallocp_array(void *ptr, size_t nmemb, size_t size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Reallocate the given buffer if it is not large enough, otherwise do nothing.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If the given buffer is `NULL`, then a new uninitialized buffer is allocated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If the given buffer is not large enough, and reallocation fails, `NULL` is
|
||||
* returned and `*size` is set to 0, but the original buffer is not changed or
|
||||
* freed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* A typical use pattern follows:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @code{.c}
|
||||
* uint8_t *buf = ...;
|
||||
* uint8_t *new_buf = av_fast_realloc(buf, ¤t_size, size_needed);
|
||||
* if (!new_buf) {
|
||||
* // Allocation failed; clean up original buffer
|
||||
* av_freep(&buf);
|
||||
* return AVERROR(ENOMEM);
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in,out] ptr Already allocated buffer, or `NULL`
|
||||
* @param[in,out] size Pointer to current size of buffer `ptr`. `*size` is
|
||||
* changed to `min_size` in case of success or 0 in
|
||||
* case of failure
|
||||
* @param[in] min_size New size of buffer `ptr`
|
||||
* @return `ptr` if the buffer is large enough, a pointer to newly reallocated
|
||||
* buffer if the buffer was not large enough, or `NULL` in case of
|
||||
* error
|
||||
* @see av_realloc()
|
||||
* @see av_fast_malloc()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *av_fast_realloc(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate a buffer, reusing the given one if large enough.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Contrary to av_fast_realloc(), the current buffer contents might not be
|
||||
* preserved and on error the old buffer is freed, thus no special handling to
|
||||
* avoid memleaks is necessary.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* `*ptr` is allowed to be `NULL`, in which case allocation always happens if
|
||||
* `size_needed` is greater than 0.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @code{.c}
|
||||
* uint8_t *buf = ...;
|
||||
* av_fast_malloc(&buf, ¤t_size, size_needed);
|
||||
* if (!buf) {
|
||||
* // Allocation failed; buf already freed
|
||||
* return AVERROR(ENOMEM);
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to pointer to an already allocated buffer.
|
||||
* `*ptr` will be overwritten with pointer to new
|
||||
* buffer on success or `NULL` on failure
|
||||
* @param[in,out] size Pointer to current size of buffer `*ptr`. `*size` is
|
||||
* changed to `min_size` in case of success or 0 in
|
||||
* case of failure
|
||||
* @param[in] min_size New size of buffer `*ptr`
|
||||
* @see av_realloc()
|
||||
* @see av_fast_mallocz()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_fast_malloc(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate and clear a buffer, reusing the given one if large enough.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Like av_fast_malloc(), but all newly allocated space is initially cleared.
|
||||
* Reused buffer is not cleared.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* `*ptr` is allowed to be `NULL`, in which case allocation always happens if
|
||||
* `size_needed` is greater than 0.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to pointer to an already allocated buffer.
|
||||
* `*ptr` will be overwritten with pointer to new
|
||||
* buffer on success or `NULL` on failure
|
||||
* @param[in,out] size Pointer to current size of buffer `*ptr`. `*size` is
|
||||
* changed to `min_size` in case of success or 0 in
|
||||
* case of failure
|
||||
* @param[in] min_size New size of buffer `*ptr`
|
||||
* @see av_fast_malloc()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_fast_mallocz(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free a memory block which has been allocated with a function of av_malloc()
|
||||
* or av_realloc() family.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ptr Pointer to the memory block which should be freed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note `ptr = NULL` is explicitly allowed.
|
||||
* @note It is recommended that you use av_freep() instead, to prevent leaving
|
||||
* behind dangling pointers.
|
||||
* @see av_freep()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_free(void *ptr);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free a memory block which has been allocated with a function of av_malloc()
|
||||
* or av_realloc() family, and set the pointer pointing to it to `NULL`.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @code{.c}
|
||||
* uint8_t *buf = av_malloc(16);
|
||||
* av_free(buf);
|
||||
* // buf now contains a dangling pointer to freed memory, and accidental
|
||||
* // dereference of buf will result in a use-after-free, which may be a
|
||||
* // security risk.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* uint8_t *buf = av_malloc(16);
|
||||
* av_freep(&buf);
|
||||
* // buf is now NULL, and accidental dereference will only result in a
|
||||
* // NULL-pointer dereference.
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ptr Pointer to the pointer to the memory block which should be freed
|
||||
* @note `*ptr = NULL` is safe and leads to no action.
|
||||
* @see av_free()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_freep(void *ptr);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Duplicate a string.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s String to be duplicated
|
||||
* @return Pointer to a newly-allocated string containing a
|
||||
* copy of `s` or `NULL` if the string cannot be allocated
|
||||
* @see av_strndup()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char *av_strdup(const char *s) av_malloc_attrib;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Duplicate a substring of a string.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s String to be duplicated
|
||||
* @param len Maximum length of the resulting string (not counting the
|
||||
* terminating byte)
|
||||
* @return Pointer to a newly-allocated string containing a
|
||||
* substring of `s` or `NULL` if the string cannot be allocated
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char *av_strndup(const char *s, size_t len) av_malloc_attrib;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Duplicate a buffer with av_malloc().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param p Buffer to be duplicated
|
||||
* @param size Size in bytes of the buffer copied
|
||||
* @return Pointer to a newly allocated buffer containing a
|
||||
* copy of `p` or `NULL` if the buffer cannot be allocated
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *av_memdup(const void *p, size_t size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Overlapping memcpy() implementation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param dst Destination buffer
|
||||
* @param back Number of bytes back to start copying (i.e. the initial size of
|
||||
* the overlapping window); must be > 0
|
||||
* @param cnt Number of bytes to copy; must be >= 0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note `cnt > back` is valid, this will copy the bytes we just copied,
|
||||
* thus creating a repeating pattern with a period length of `back`.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_memcpy_backptr(uint8_t *dst, int back, int cnt);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_mem_dynarray Dynamic Array
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Utilities to make an array grow when needed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Sometimes, the programmer would want to have an array that can grow when
|
||||
* needed. The libavutil dynamic array utilities fill that need.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* libavutil supports two systems of appending elements onto a dynamically
|
||||
* allocated array, the first one storing the pointer to the value in the
|
||||
* array, and the second storing the value directly. In both systems, the
|
||||
* caller is responsible for maintaining a variable containing the length of
|
||||
* the array, as well as freeing of the array after use.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The first system stores pointers to values in a block of dynamically
|
||||
* allocated memory. Since only pointers are stored, the function does not need
|
||||
* to know the size of the type. Both av_dynarray_add() and
|
||||
* av_dynarray_add_nofree() implement this system.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @code
|
||||
* type **array = NULL; //< an array of pointers to values
|
||||
* int nb = 0; //< a variable to keep track of the length of the array
|
||||
*
|
||||
* type to_be_added = ...;
|
||||
* type to_be_added2 = ...;
|
||||
*
|
||||
* av_dynarray_add(&array, &nb, &to_be_added);
|
||||
* if (nb == 0)
|
||||
* return AVERROR(ENOMEM);
|
||||
*
|
||||
* av_dynarray_add(&array, &nb, &to_be_added2);
|
||||
* if (nb == 0)
|
||||
* return AVERROR(ENOMEM);
|
||||
*
|
||||
* // Now:
|
||||
* // nb == 2
|
||||
* // &to_be_added == array[0]
|
||||
* // &to_be_added2 == array[1]
|
||||
*
|
||||
* av_freep(&array);
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The second system stores the value directly in a block of memory. As a
|
||||
* result, the function has to know the size of the type. av_dynarray2_add()
|
||||
* implements this mechanism.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @code
|
||||
* type *array = NULL; //< an array of values
|
||||
* int nb = 0; //< a variable to keep track of the length of the array
|
||||
*
|
||||
* type to_be_added = ...;
|
||||
* type to_be_added2 = ...;
|
||||
*
|
||||
* type *addr = av_dynarray2_add((void **)&array, &nb, sizeof(*array), NULL);
|
||||
* if (!addr)
|
||||
* return AVERROR(ENOMEM);
|
||||
* memcpy(addr, &to_be_added, sizeof(to_be_added));
|
||||
*
|
||||
* // Shortcut of the above.
|
||||
* type *addr = av_dynarray2_add((void **)&array, &nb, sizeof(*array),
|
||||
* (const void *)&to_be_added2);
|
||||
* if (!addr)
|
||||
* return AVERROR(ENOMEM);
|
||||
*
|
||||
* // Now:
|
||||
* // nb == 2
|
||||
* // to_be_added == array[0]
|
||||
* // to_be_added2 == array[1]
|
||||
*
|
||||
* av_freep(&array);
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Add the pointer to an element to a dynamic array.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The array to grow is supposed to be an array of pointers to
|
||||
* structures, and the element to add must be a pointer to an already
|
||||
* allocated structure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The array is reallocated when its size reaches powers of 2.
|
||||
* Therefore, the amortized cost of adding an element is constant.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* In case of success, the pointer to the array is updated in order to
|
||||
* point to the new grown array, and the number pointed to by `nb_ptr`
|
||||
* is incremented.
|
||||
* In case of failure, the array is freed, `*tab_ptr` is set to `NULL` and
|
||||
* `*nb_ptr` is set to 0.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in,out] tab_ptr Pointer to the array to grow
|
||||
* @param[in,out] nb_ptr Pointer to the number of elements in the array
|
||||
* @param[in] elem Element to add
|
||||
* @see av_dynarray_add_nofree(), av_dynarray2_add()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_dynarray_add(void *tab_ptr, int *nb_ptr, void *elem);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Add an element to a dynamic array.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Function has the same functionality as av_dynarray_add(),
|
||||
* but it doesn't free memory on fails. It returns error code
|
||||
* instead and leave current buffer untouched.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return >=0 on success, negative otherwise
|
||||
* @see av_dynarray_add(), av_dynarray2_add()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
av_warn_unused_result
|
||||
int av_dynarray_add_nofree(void *tab_ptr, int *nb_ptr, void *elem);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Add an element of size `elem_size` to a dynamic array.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The array is reallocated when its number of elements reaches powers of 2.
|
||||
* Therefore, the amortized cost of adding an element is constant.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* In case of success, the pointer to the array is updated in order to
|
||||
* point to the new grown array, and the number pointed to by `nb_ptr`
|
||||
* is incremented.
|
||||
* In case of failure, the array is freed, `*tab_ptr` is set to `NULL` and
|
||||
* `*nb_ptr` is set to 0.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in,out] tab_ptr Pointer to the array to grow
|
||||
* @param[in,out] nb_ptr Pointer to the number of elements in the array
|
||||
* @param[in] elem_size Size in bytes of an element in the array
|
||||
* @param[in] elem_data Pointer to the data of the element to add. If
|
||||
* `NULL`, the space of the newly added element is
|
||||
* allocated but left uninitialized.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return Pointer to the data of the element to copy in the newly allocated
|
||||
* space
|
||||
* @see av_dynarray_add(), av_dynarray_add_nofree()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *av_dynarray2_add(void **tab_ptr, int *nb_ptr, size_t elem_size,
|
||||
const uint8_t *elem_data);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_mem_misc Miscellaneous Functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Other functions related to memory allocation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Multiply two `size_t` values checking for overflow.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in] a,b Operands of multiplication
|
||||
* @param[out] r Pointer to the result of the operation
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, AVERROR(EINVAL) on overflow
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline int av_size_mult(size_t a, size_t b, size_t *r)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t t = a * b;
|
||||
/* Hack inspired from glibc: don't try the division if nelem and elsize
|
||||
* are both less than sqrt(SIZE_MAX). */
|
||||
if ((a | b) >= ((size_t)1 << (sizeof(size_t) * 4)) && a && t / a != b)
|
||||
return AVERROR(EINVAL);
|
||||
*r = t;
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Set the maximum size that may be allocated in one block.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The value specified with this function is effective for all libavutil's @ref
|
||||
* lavu_mem_funcs "heap management functions."
|
||||
*
|
||||
* By default, the max value is defined as `INT_MAX`.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param max Value to be set as the new maximum size
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @warning Exercise extreme caution when using this function. Don't touch
|
||||
* this if you do not understand the full consequence of doing so.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_max_alloc(size_t max);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_MEM_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_MOTION_VECTOR_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_MOTION_VECTOR_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct AVMotionVector {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Where the current macroblock comes from; negative value when it comes
|
||||
* from the past, positive value when it comes from the future.
|
||||
* XXX: set exact relative ref frame reference instead of a +/- 1 "direction".
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int32_t source;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Width and height of the block.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t w, h;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Absolute source position. Can be outside the frame area.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int16_t src_x, src_y;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Absolute destination position. Can be outside the frame area.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int16_t dst_x, dst_y;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Extra flag information.
|
||||
* Currently unused.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint64_t flags;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Motion vector
|
||||
* src_x = dst_x + motion_x / motion_scale
|
||||
* src_y = dst_y + motion_y / motion_scale
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int32_t motion_x, motion_y;
|
||||
uint16_t motion_scale;
|
||||
} AVMotionVector;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_MOTION_VECTOR_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2013 Reimar Döffinger <Reimar.Doeffinger@gmx.de>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu_murmur3
|
||||
* Public header for MurmurHash3 hash function implementation.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_MURMUR3_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_MURMUR3_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_murmur3 Murmur3
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu_hash
|
||||
* MurmurHash3 hash function implementation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* MurmurHash3 is a non-cryptographic hash function, of which three
|
||||
* incompatible versions were created by its inventor Austin Appleby:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - 32-bit output
|
||||
* - 128-bit output for 32-bit platforms
|
||||
* - 128-bit output for 64-bit platforms
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg only implements the last variant: 128-bit output designed for 64-bit
|
||||
* platforms. Even though the hash function was designed for 64-bit platforms,
|
||||
* the function in reality works on 32-bit systems too, only with reduced
|
||||
* performance.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @anchor lavu_murmur3_seedinfo
|
||||
* By design, MurmurHash3 requires a seed to operate. In response to this,
|
||||
* libavutil provides two functions for hash initiation, one that requires a
|
||||
* seed (av_murmur3_init_seeded()) and one that uses a fixed arbitrary integer
|
||||
* as the seed, and therefore does not (av_murmur3_init()).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* To make hashes comparable, you should provide the same seed for all calls to
|
||||
* this hash function -- if you are supplying one yourself, that is.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate an AVMurMur3 hash context.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return Uninitialized hash context or `NULL` in case of error
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct AVMurMur3 *av_murmur3_alloc(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize or reinitialize an AVMurMur3 hash context with a seed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[out] c Hash context
|
||||
* @param[in] seed Random seed
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see av_murmur3_init()
|
||||
* @see @ref lavu_murmur3_seedinfo "Detailed description" on a discussion of
|
||||
* seeds for MurmurHash3.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_murmur3_init_seeded(struct AVMurMur3 *c, uint64_t seed);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize or reinitialize an AVMurMur3 hash context.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Equivalent to av_murmur3_init_seeded() with a built-in seed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[out] c Hash context
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see av_murmur3_init_seeded()
|
||||
* @see @ref lavu_murmur3_seedinfo "Detailed description" on a discussion of
|
||||
* seeds for MurmurHash3.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_murmur3_init(struct AVMurMur3 *c);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Update hash context with new data.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[out] c Hash context
|
||||
* @param[in] src Input data to update hash with
|
||||
* @param[in] len Number of bytes to read from `src`
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_murmur3_update(struct AVMurMur3 *c, const uint8_t *src, int len);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Finish hashing and output digest value.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in,out] c Hash context
|
||||
* @param[out] dst Buffer where output digest value is stored
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_murmur3_final(struct AVMurMur3 *c, uint8_t dst[16]);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_MURMUR3_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,866 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* AVOptions
|
||||
* copyright (c) 2005 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_OPT_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_OPT_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* AVOptions
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "rational.h"
|
||||
#include "avutil.h"
|
||||
#include "dict.h"
|
||||
#include "log.h"
|
||||
#include "pixfmt.h"
|
||||
#include "samplefmt.h"
|
||||
#include "version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup avoptions AVOptions
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu_data
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
* AVOptions provide a generic system to declare options on arbitrary structs
|
||||
* ("objects"). An option can have a help text, a type and a range of possible
|
||||
* values. Options may then be enumerated, read and written to.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @section avoptions_implement Implementing AVOptions
|
||||
* This section describes how to add AVOptions capabilities to a struct.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All AVOptions-related information is stored in an AVClass. Therefore
|
||||
* the first member of the struct should be a pointer to an AVClass describing it.
|
||||
* The option field of the AVClass must be set to a NULL-terminated static array
|
||||
* of AVOptions. Each AVOption must have a non-empty name, a type, a default
|
||||
* value and for number-type AVOptions also a range of allowed values. It must
|
||||
* also declare an offset in bytes from the start of the struct, where the field
|
||||
* associated with this AVOption is located. Other fields in the AVOption struct
|
||||
* should also be set when applicable, but are not required.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following example illustrates an AVOptions-enabled struct:
|
||||
* @code
|
||||
* typedef struct test_struct {
|
||||
* const AVClass *class;
|
||||
* int int_opt;
|
||||
* char *str_opt;
|
||||
* uint8_t *bin_opt;
|
||||
* int bin_len;
|
||||
* } test_struct;
|
||||
*
|
||||
* static const AVOption test_options[] = {
|
||||
* { "test_int", "This is a test option of int type.", offsetof(test_struct, int_opt),
|
||||
* AV_OPT_TYPE_INT, { .i64 = -1 }, INT_MIN, INT_MAX },
|
||||
* { "test_str", "This is a test option of string type.", offsetof(test_struct, str_opt),
|
||||
* AV_OPT_TYPE_STRING },
|
||||
* { "test_bin", "This is a test option of binary type.", offsetof(test_struct, bin_opt),
|
||||
* AV_OPT_TYPE_BINARY },
|
||||
* { NULL },
|
||||
* };
|
||||
*
|
||||
* static const AVClass test_class = {
|
||||
* .class_name = "test class",
|
||||
* .item_name = av_default_item_name,
|
||||
* .option = test_options,
|
||||
* .version = LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT,
|
||||
* };
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Next, when allocating your struct, you must ensure that the AVClass pointer
|
||||
* is set to the correct value. Then, av_opt_set_defaults() can be called to
|
||||
* initialize defaults. After that the struct is ready to be used with the
|
||||
* AVOptions API.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* When cleaning up, you may use the av_opt_free() function to automatically
|
||||
* free all the allocated string and binary options.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Continuing with the above example:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @code
|
||||
* test_struct *alloc_test_struct(void)
|
||||
* {
|
||||
* test_struct *ret = av_mallocz(sizeof(*ret));
|
||||
* ret->class = &test_class;
|
||||
* av_opt_set_defaults(ret);
|
||||
* return ret;
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* void free_test_struct(test_struct **foo)
|
||||
* {
|
||||
* av_opt_free(*foo);
|
||||
* av_freep(foo);
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @subsection avoptions_implement_nesting Nesting
|
||||
* It may happen that an AVOptions-enabled struct contains another
|
||||
* AVOptions-enabled struct as a member (e.g. AVCodecContext in
|
||||
* libavcodec exports generic options, while its priv_data field exports
|
||||
* codec-specific options). In such a case, it is possible to set up the
|
||||
* parent struct to export a child's options. To do that, simply
|
||||
* implement AVClass.child_next() and AVClass.child_class_next() in the
|
||||
* parent struct's AVClass.
|
||||
* Assuming that the test_struct from above now also contains a
|
||||
* child_struct field:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @code
|
||||
* typedef struct child_struct {
|
||||
* AVClass *class;
|
||||
* int flags_opt;
|
||||
* } child_struct;
|
||||
* static const AVOption child_opts[] = {
|
||||
* { "test_flags", "This is a test option of flags type.",
|
||||
* offsetof(child_struct, flags_opt), AV_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS, { .i64 = 0 }, INT_MIN, INT_MAX },
|
||||
* { NULL },
|
||||
* };
|
||||
* static const AVClass child_class = {
|
||||
* .class_name = "child class",
|
||||
* .item_name = av_default_item_name,
|
||||
* .option = child_opts,
|
||||
* .version = LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT,
|
||||
* };
|
||||
*
|
||||
* void *child_next(void *obj, void *prev)
|
||||
* {
|
||||
* test_struct *t = obj;
|
||||
* if (!prev && t->child_struct)
|
||||
* return t->child_struct;
|
||||
* return NULL
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* const AVClass child_class_next(const AVClass *prev)
|
||||
* {
|
||||
* return prev ? NULL : &child_class;
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
* Putting child_next() and child_class_next() as defined above into
|
||||
* test_class will now make child_struct's options accessible through
|
||||
* test_struct (again, proper setup as described above needs to be done on
|
||||
* child_struct right after it is created).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* From the above example it might not be clear why both child_next()
|
||||
* and child_class_next() are needed. The distinction is that child_next()
|
||||
* iterates over actually existing objects, while child_class_next()
|
||||
* iterates over all possible child classes. E.g. if an AVCodecContext
|
||||
* was initialized to use a codec which has private options, then its
|
||||
* child_next() will return AVCodecContext.priv_data and finish
|
||||
* iterating. OTOH child_class_next() on AVCodecContext.av_class will
|
||||
* iterate over all available codecs with private options.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @subsection avoptions_implement_named_constants Named constants
|
||||
* It is possible to create named constants for options. Simply set the unit
|
||||
* field of the option the constants should apply to a string and
|
||||
* create the constants themselves as options of type AV_OPT_TYPE_CONST
|
||||
* with their unit field set to the same string.
|
||||
* Their default_val field should contain the value of the named
|
||||
* constant.
|
||||
* For example, to add some named constants for the test_flags option
|
||||
* above, put the following into the child_opts array:
|
||||
* @code
|
||||
* { "test_flags", "This is a test option of flags type.",
|
||||
* offsetof(child_struct, flags_opt), AV_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS, { .i64 = 0 }, INT_MIN, INT_MAX, "test_unit" },
|
||||
* { "flag1", "This is a flag with value 16", 0, AV_OPT_TYPE_CONST, { .i64 = 16 }, 0, 0, "test_unit" },
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @section avoptions_use Using AVOptions
|
||||
* This section deals with accessing options in an AVOptions-enabled struct.
|
||||
* Such structs in FFmpeg are e.g. AVCodecContext in libavcodec or
|
||||
* AVFormatContext in libavformat.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @subsection avoptions_use_examine Examining AVOptions
|
||||
* The basic functions for examining options are av_opt_next(), which iterates
|
||||
* over all options defined for one object, and av_opt_find(), which searches
|
||||
* for an option with the given name.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The situation is more complicated with nesting. An AVOptions-enabled struct
|
||||
* may have AVOptions-enabled children. Passing the AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN flag
|
||||
* to av_opt_find() will make the function search children recursively.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* For enumerating there are basically two cases. The first is when you want to
|
||||
* get all options that may potentially exist on the struct and its children
|
||||
* (e.g. when constructing documentation). In that case you should call
|
||||
* av_opt_child_class_next() recursively on the parent struct's AVClass. The
|
||||
* second case is when you have an already initialized struct with all its
|
||||
* children and you want to get all options that can be actually written or read
|
||||
* from it. In that case you should call av_opt_child_next() recursively (and
|
||||
* av_opt_next() on each result).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @subsection avoptions_use_get_set Reading and writing AVOptions
|
||||
* When setting options, you often have a string read directly from the
|
||||
* user. In such a case, simply passing it to av_opt_set() is enough. For
|
||||
* non-string type options, av_opt_set() will parse the string according to the
|
||||
* option type.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Similarly av_opt_get() will read any option type and convert it to a string
|
||||
* which will be returned. Do not forget that the string is allocated, so you
|
||||
* have to free it with av_free().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* In some cases it may be more convenient to put all options into an
|
||||
* AVDictionary and call av_opt_set_dict() on it. A specific case of this
|
||||
* are the format/codec open functions in lavf/lavc which take a dictionary
|
||||
* filled with option as a parameter. This makes it possible to set some options
|
||||
* that cannot be set otherwise, since e.g. the input file format is not known
|
||||
* before the file is actually opened.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
enum AVOptionType{
|
||||
AV_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS,
|
||||
AV_OPT_TYPE_INT,
|
||||
AV_OPT_TYPE_INT64,
|
||||
AV_OPT_TYPE_DOUBLE,
|
||||
AV_OPT_TYPE_FLOAT,
|
||||
AV_OPT_TYPE_STRING,
|
||||
AV_OPT_TYPE_RATIONAL,
|
||||
AV_OPT_TYPE_BINARY, ///< offset must point to a pointer immediately followed by an int for the length
|
||||
AV_OPT_TYPE_DICT,
|
||||
AV_OPT_TYPE_UINT64,
|
||||
AV_OPT_TYPE_CONST = 128,
|
||||
AV_OPT_TYPE_IMAGE_SIZE = MKBETAG('S','I','Z','E'), ///< offset must point to two consecutive integers
|
||||
AV_OPT_TYPE_PIXEL_FMT = MKBETAG('P','F','M','T'),
|
||||
AV_OPT_TYPE_SAMPLE_FMT = MKBETAG('S','F','M','T'),
|
||||
AV_OPT_TYPE_VIDEO_RATE = MKBETAG('V','R','A','T'), ///< offset must point to AVRational
|
||||
AV_OPT_TYPE_DURATION = MKBETAG('D','U','R',' '),
|
||||
AV_OPT_TYPE_COLOR = MKBETAG('C','O','L','R'),
|
||||
AV_OPT_TYPE_CHANNEL_LAYOUT = MKBETAG('C','H','L','A'),
|
||||
AV_OPT_TYPE_BOOL = MKBETAG('B','O','O','L'),
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* AVOption
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVOption {
|
||||
const char *name;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* short English help text
|
||||
* @todo What about other languages?
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *help;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The offset relative to the context structure where the option
|
||||
* value is stored. It should be 0 for named constants.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int offset;
|
||||
enum AVOptionType type;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* the default value for scalar options
|
||||
*/
|
||||
union {
|
||||
int64_t i64;
|
||||
double dbl;
|
||||
const char *str;
|
||||
/* TODO those are unused now */
|
||||
AVRational q;
|
||||
} default_val;
|
||||
double min; ///< minimum valid value for the option
|
||||
double max; ///< maximum valid value for the option
|
||||
|
||||
int flags;
|
||||
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_ENCODING_PARAM 1 ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for muxing or encoding
|
||||
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_DECODING_PARAM 2 ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for demuxing or decoding
|
||||
#if FF_API_OPT_TYPE_METADATA
|
||||
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_METADATA 4 ///< some data extracted or inserted into the file like title, comment, ...
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_AUDIO_PARAM 8
|
||||
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_VIDEO_PARAM 16
|
||||
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_SUBTITLE_PARAM 32
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The option is intended for exporting values to the caller.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_EXPORT 64
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The option may not be set through the AVOptions API, only read.
|
||||
* This flag only makes sense when AV_OPT_FLAG_EXPORT is also set.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_READONLY 128
|
||||
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_FILTERING_PARAM (1<<16) ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for filtering
|
||||
//FIXME think about enc-audio, ... style flags
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The logical unit to which the option belongs. Non-constant
|
||||
* options and corresponding named constants share the same
|
||||
* unit. May be NULL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *unit;
|
||||
} AVOption;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A single allowed range of values, or a single allowed value.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVOptionRange {
|
||||
const char *str;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Value range.
|
||||
* For string ranges this represents the min/max length.
|
||||
* For dimensions this represents the min/max pixel count or width/height in multi-component case.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
double value_min, value_max;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Value's component range.
|
||||
* For string this represents the unicode range for chars, 0-127 limits to ASCII.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
double component_min, component_max;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Range flag.
|
||||
* If set to 1 the struct encodes a range, if set to 0 a single value.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int is_range;
|
||||
} AVOptionRange;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* List of AVOptionRange structs.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVOptionRanges {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Array of option ranges.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Most of option types use just one component.
|
||||
* Following describes multi-component option types:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* AV_OPT_TYPE_IMAGE_SIZE:
|
||||
* component index 0: range of pixel count (width * height).
|
||||
* component index 1: range of width.
|
||||
* component index 2: range of height.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note To obtain multi-component version of this structure, user must
|
||||
* provide AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE to av_opt_query_ranges or
|
||||
* av_opt_query_ranges_default function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Multi-component range can be read as in following example:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @code
|
||||
* int range_index, component_index;
|
||||
* AVOptionRanges *ranges;
|
||||
* AVOptionRange *range[3]; //may require more than 3 in the future.
|
||||
* av_opt_query_ranges(&ranges, obj, key, AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE);
|
||||
* for (range_index = 0; range_index < ranges->nb_ranges; range_index++) {
|
||||
* for (component_index = 0; component_index < ranges->nb_components; component_index++)
|
||||
* range[component_index] = ranges->range[ranges->nb_ranges * component_index + range_index];
|
||||
* //do something with range here.
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* av_opt_freep_ranges(&ranges);
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVOptionRange **range;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Number of ranges per component.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int nb_ranges;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Number of componentes.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int nb_components;
|
||||
} AVOptionRanges;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Show the obj options.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param req_flags requested flags for the options to show. Show only the
|
||||
* options for which it is opt->flags & req_flags.
|
||||
* @param rej_flags rejected flags for the options to show. Show only the
|
||||
* options for which it is !(opt->flags & req_flags).
|
||||
* @param av_log_obj log context to use for showing the options
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_opt_show2(void *obj, void *av_log_obj, int req_flags, int rej_flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Set the values of all AVOption fields to their default values.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s an AVOption-enabled struct (its first member must be a pointer to AVClass)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_opt_set_defaults(void *s);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Set the values of all AVOption fields to their default values. Only these
|
||||
* AVOption fields for which (opt->flags & mask) == flags will have their
|
||||
* default applied to s.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s an AVOption-enabled struct (its first member must be a pointer to AVClass)
|
||||
* @param mask combination of AV_OPT_FLAG_*
|
||||
* @param flags combination of AV_OPT_FLAG_*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_opt_set_defaults2(void *s, int mask, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Parse the key/value pairs list in opts. For each key/value pair
|
||||
* found, stores the value in the field in ctx that is named like the
|
||||
* key. ctx must be an AVClass context, storing is done using
|
||||
* AVOptions.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param opts options string to parse, may be NULL
|
||||
* @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to
|
||||
* separate key from value
|
||||
* @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
|
||||
* two pairs from each other
|
||||
* @return the number of successfully set key/value pairs, or a negative
|
||||
* value corresponding to an AVERROR code in case of error:
|
||||
* AVERROR(EINVAL) if opts cannot be parsed,
|
||||
* the error code issued by av_opt_set() if a key/value pair
|
||||
* cannot be set
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_set_options_string(void *ctx, const char *opts,
|
||||
const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Parse the key-value pairs list in opts. For each key=value pair found,
|
||||
* set the value of the corresponding option in ctx.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ctx the AVClass object to set options on
|
||||
* @param opts the options string, key-value pairs separated by a
|
||||
* delimiter
|
||||
* @param shorthand a NULL-terminated array of options names for shorthand
|
||||
* notation: if the first field in opts has no key part,
|
||||
* the key is taken from the first element of shorthand;
|
||||
* then again for the second, etc., until either opts is
|
||||
* finished, shorthand is finished or a named option is
|
||||
* found; after that, all options must be named
|
||||
* @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
|
||||
* key from value, for example '='
|
||||
* @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
|
||||
* two pairs from each other, for example ':' or ','
|
||||
* @return the number of successfully set key=value pairs, or a negative
|
||||
* value corresponding to an AVERROR code in case of error:
|
||||
* AVERROR(EINVAL) if opts cannot be parsed,
|
||||
* the error code issued by av_set_string3() if a key/value pair
|
||||
* cannot be set
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Options names must use only the following characters: a-z A-Z 0-9 - . / _
|
||||
* Separators must use characters distinct from option names and from each
|
||||
* other.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_opt_set_from_string(void *ctx, const char *opts,
|
||||
const char *const *shorthand,
|
||||
const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free all allocated objects in obj.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_opt_free(void *obj);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Check whether a particular flag is set in a flags field.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param field_name the name of the flag field option
|
||||
* @param flag_name the name of the flag to check
|
||||
* @return non-zero if the flag is set, zero if the flag isn't set,
|
||||
* isn't of the right type, or the flags field doesn't exist.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_opt_flag_is_set(void *obj, const char *field_name, const char *flag_name);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Set all the options from a given dictionary on an object.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to AVClass
|
||||
* @param options options to process. This dictionary will be freed and replaced
|
||||
* by a new one containing all options not found in obj.
|
||||
* Of course this new dictionary needs to be freed by caller
|
||||
* with av_dict_free().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR if some option was found in obj,
|
||||
* but could not be set.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see av_dict_copy()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_opt_set_dict(void *obj, struct AVDictionary **options);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Set all the options from a given dictionary on an object.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to AVClass
|
||||
* @param options options to process. This dictionary will be freed and replaced
|
||||
* by a new one containing all options not found in obj.
|
||||
* Of course this new dictionary needs to be freed by caller
|
||||
* with av_dict_free().
|
||||
* @param search_flags A combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_*.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR if some option was found in obj,
|
||||
* but could not be set.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see av_dict_copy()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_opt_set_dict2(void *obj, struct AVDictionary **options, int search_flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Extract a key-value pair from the beginning of a string.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ropts pointer to the options string, will be updated to
|
||||
* point to the rest of the string (one of the pairs_sep
|
||||
* or the final NUL)
|
||||
* @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
|
||||
* key from value, for example '='
|
||||
* @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
|
||||
* two pairs from each other, for example ':' or ','
|
||||
* @param flags flags; see the AV_OPT_FLAG_* values below
|
||||
* @param rkey parsed key; must be freed using av_free()
|
||||
* @param rval parsed value; must be freed using av_free()
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return >=0 for success, or a negative value corresponding to an
|
||||
* AVERROR code in case of error; in particular:
|
||||
* AVERROR(EINVAL) if no key is present
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_opt_get_key_value(const char **ropts,
|
||||
const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep,
|
||||
unsigned flags,
|
||||
char **rkey, char **rval);
|
||||
|
||||
enum {
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Accept to parse a value without a key; the key will then be returned
|
||||
* as NULL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_OPT_FLAG_IMPLICIT_KEY = 1,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup opt_eval_funcs Evaluating option strings
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
* This group of functions can be used to evaluate option strings
|
||||
* and get numbers out of them. They do the same thing as av_opt_set(),
|
||||
* except the result is written into the caller-supplied pointer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to AVClass.
|
||||
* @param o an option for which the string is to be evaluated.
|
||||
* @param val string to be evaluated.
|
||||
* @param *_out value of the string will be written here.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, a negative number on failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_opt_eval_flags (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, int *flags_out);
|
||||
int av_opt_eval_int (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, int *int_out);
|
||||
int av_opt_eval_int64 (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, int64_t *int64_out);
|
||||
int av_opt_eval_float (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, float *float_out);
|
||||
int av_opt_eval_double(void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, double *double_out);
|
||||
int av_opt_eval_q (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, AVRational *q_out);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN (1 << 0) /**< Search in possible children of the
|
||||
given object first. */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The obj passed to av_opt_find() is fake -- only a double pointer to AVClass
|
||||
* instead of a required pointer to a struct containing AVClass. This is
|
||||
* useful for searching for options without needing to allocate the corresponding
|
||||
* object.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ (1 << 1)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* In av_opt_get, return NULL if the option has a pointer type and is set to NULL,
|
||||
* rather than returning an empty string.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_OPT_ALLOW_NULL (1 << 2)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allows av_opt_query_ranges and av_opt_query_ranges_default to return more than
|
||||
* one component for certain option types.
|
||||
* @see AVOptionRanges for details.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE (1 << 12)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Look for an option in an object. Consider only options which
|
||||
* have all the specified flags set.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in] obj A pointer to a struct whose first element is a
|
||||
* pointer to an AVClass.
|
||||
* Alternatively a double pointer to an AVClass, if
|
||||
* AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ search flag is set.
|
||||
* @param[in] name The name of the option to look for.
|
||||
* @param[in] unit When searching for named constants, name of the unit
|
||||
* it belongs to.
|
||||
* @param opt_flags Find only options with all the specified flags set (AV_OPT_FLAG).
|
||||
* @param search_flags A combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_*.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return A pointer to the option found, or NULL if no option
|
||||
* was found.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note Options found with AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN flag may not be settable
|
||||
* directly with av_opt_set(). Use special calls which take an options
|
||||
* AVDictionary (e.g. avformat_open_input()) to set options found with this
|
||||
* flag.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const AVOption *av_opt_find(void *obj, const char *name, const char *unit,
|
||||
int opt_flags, int search_flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Look for an option in an object. Consider only options which
|
||||
* have all the specified flags set.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in] obj A pointer to a struct whose first element is a
|
||||
* pointer to an AVClass.
|
||||
* Alternatively a double pointer to an AVClass, if
|
||||
* AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ search flag is set.
|
||||
* @param[in] name The name of the option to look for.
|
||||
* @param[in] unit When searching for named constants, name of the unit
|
||||
* it belongs to.
|
||||
* @param opt_flags Find only options with all the specified flags set (AV_OPT_FLAG).
|
||||
* @param search_flags A combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_*.
|
||||
* @param[out] target_obj if non-NULL, an object to which the option belongs will be
|
||||
* written here. It may be different from obj if AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN is present
|
||||
* in search_flags. This parameter is ignored if search_flags contain
|
||||
* AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return A pointer to the option found, or NULL if no option
|
||||
* was found.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const AVOption *av_opt_find2(void *obj, const char *name, const char *unit,
|
||||
int opt_flags, int search_flags, void **target_obj);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Iterate over all AVOptions belonging to obj.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param obj an AVOptions-enabled struct or a double pointer to an
|
||||
* AVClass describing it.
|
||||
* @param prev result of the previous call to av_opt_next() on this object
|
||||
* or NULL
|
||||
* @return next AVOption or NULL
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const AVOption *av_opt_next(const void *obj, const AVOption *prev);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Iterate over AVOptions-enabled children of obj.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param prev result of a previous call to this function or NULL
|
||||
* @return next AVOptions-enabled child or NULL
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *av_opt_child_next(void *obj, void *prev);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Iterate over potential AVOptions-enabled children of parent.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param prev result of a previous call to this function or NULL
|
||||
* @return AVClass corresponding to next potential child or NULL
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const AVClass *av_opt_child_class_next(const AVClass *parent, const AVClass *prev);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup opt_set_funcs Option setting functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
* Those functions set the field of obj with the given name to value.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in] obj A struct whose first element is a pointer to an AVClass.
|
||||
* @param[in] name the name of the field to set
|
||||
* @param[in] val The value to set. In case of av_opt_set() if the field is not
|
||||
* of a string type, then the given string is parsed.
|
||||
* SI postfixes and some named scalars are supported.
|
||||
* If the field is of a numeric type, it has to be a numeric or named
|
||||
* scalar. Behavior with more than one scalar and +- infix operators
|
||||
* is undefined.
|
||||
* If the field is of a flags type, it has to be a sequence of numeric
|
||||
* scalars or named flags separated by '+' or '-'. Prefixing a flag
|
||||
* with '+' causes it to be set without affecting the other flags;
|
||||
* similarly, '-' unsets a flag.
|
||||
* @param search_flags flags passed to av_opt_find2. I.e. if AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN
|
||||
* is passed here, then the option may be set on a child of obj.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 0 if the value has been set, or an AVERROR code in case of
|
||||
* error:
|
||||
* AVERROR_OPTION_NOT_FOUND if no matching option exists
|
||||
* AVERROR(ERANGE) if the value is out of range
|
||||
* AVERROR(EINVAL) if the value is not valid
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_opt_set (void *obj, const char *name, const char *val, int search_flags);
|
||||
int av_opt_set_int (void *obj, const char *name, int64_t val, int search_flags);
|
||||
int av_opt_set_double (void *obj, const char *name, double val, int search_flags);
|
||||
int av_opt_set_q (void *obj, const char *name, AVRational val, int search_flags);
|
||||
int av_opt_set_bin (void *obj, const char *name, const uint8_t *val, int size, int search_flags);
|
||||
int av_opt_set_image_size(void *obj, const char *name, int w, int h, int search_flags);
|
||||
int av_opt_set_pixel_fmt (void *obj, const char *name, enum AVPixelFormat fmt, int search_flags);
|
||||
int av_opt_set_sample_fmt(void *obj, const char *name, enum AVSampleFormat fmt, int search_flags);
|
||||
int av_opt_set_video_rate(void *obj, const char *name, AVRational val, int search_flags);
|
||||
int av_opt_set_channel_layout(void *obj, const char *name, int64_t ch_layout, int search_flags);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @note Any old dictionary present is discarded and replaced with a copy of the new one. The
|
||||
* caller still owns val is and responsible for freeing it.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_opt_set_dict_val(void *obj, const char *name, const AVDictionary *val, int search_flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Set a binary option to an integer list.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param obj AVClass object to set options on
|
||||
* @param name name of the binary option
|
||||
* @param val pointer to an integer list (must have the correct type with
|
||||
* regard to the contents of the list)
|
||||
* @param term list terminator (usually 0 or -1)
|
||||
* @param flags search flags
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define av_opt_set_int_list(obj, name, val, term, flags) \
|
||||
(av_int_list_length(val, term) > INT_MAX / sizeof(*(val)) ? \
|
||||
AVERROR(EINVAL) : \
|
||||
av_opt_set_bin(obj, name, (const uint8_t *)(val), \
|
||||
av_int_list_length(val, term) * sizeof(*(val)), flags))
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup opt_get_funcs Option getting functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
* Those functions get a value of the option with the given name from an object.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in] obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to an AVClass.
|
||||
* @param[in] name name of the option to get.
|
||||
* @param[in] search_flags flags passed to av_opt_find2. I.e. if AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN
|
||||
* is passed here, then the option may be found in a child of obj.
|
||||
* @param[out] out_val value of the option will be written here
|
||||
* @return >=0 on success, a negative error code otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @note the returned string will be av_malloc()ed and must be av_free()ed by the caller
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note if AV_OPT_ALLOW_NULL is set in search_flags in av_opt_get, and the option has
|
||||
* AV_OPT_TYPE_STRING or AV_OPT_TYPE_BINARY and is set to NULL, *out_val will be set
|
||||
* to NULL instead of an allocated empty string.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_opt_get (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, uint8_t **out_val);
|
||||
int av_opt_get_int (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, int64_t *out_val);
|
||||
int av_opt_get_double (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, double *out_val);
|
||||
int av_opt_get_q (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, AVRational *out_val);
|
||||
int av_opt_get_image_size(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, int *w_out, int *h_out);
|
||||
int av_opt_get_pixel_fmt (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, enum AVPixelFormat *out_fmt);
|
||||
int av_opt_get_sample_fmt(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, enum AVSampleFormat *out_fmt);
|
||||
int av_opt_get_video_rate(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, AVRational *out_val);
|
||||
int av_opt_get_channel_layout(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, int64_t *ch_layout);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @param[out] out_val The returned dictionary is a copy of the actual value and must
|
||||
* be freed with av_dict_free() by the caller
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_opt_get_dict_val(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, AVDictionary **out_val);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Gets a pointer to the requested field in a struct.
|
||||
* This function allows accessing a struct even when its fields are moved or
|
||||
* renamed since the application making the access has been compiled,
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @returns a pointer to the field, it can be cast to the correct type and read
|
||||
* or written to.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *av_opt_ptr(const AVClass *avclass, void *obj, const char *name);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free an AVOptionRanges struct and set it to NULL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_opt_freep_ranges(AVOptionRanges **ranges);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get a list of allowed ranges for the given option.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The returned list may depend on other fields in obj like for example profile.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param flags is a bitmask of flags, undefined flags should not be set and should be ignored
|
||||
* AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ indicates that the obj is a double pointer to a AVClass instead of a full instance
|
||||
* AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE indicates that function may return more than one component, @see AVOptionRanges
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The result must be freed with av_opt_freep_ranges.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return number of compontents returned on success, a negative errro code otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_opt_query_ranges(AVOptionRanges **, void *obj, const char *key, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Copy options from src object into dest object.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Options that require memory allocation (e.g. string or binary) are malloc'ed in dest object.
|
||||
* Original memory allocated for such options is freed unless both src and dest options points to the same memory.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param dest Object to copy from
|
||||
* @param src Object to copy into
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, negative on error
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_opt_copy(void *dest, const void *src);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get a default list of allowed ranges for the given option.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This list is constructed without using the AVClass.query_ranges() callback
|
||||
* and can be used as fallback from within the callback.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param flags is a bitmask of flags, undefined flags should not be set and should be ignored
|
||||
* AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ indicates that the obj is a double pointer to a AVClass instead of a full instance
|
||||
* AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE indicates that function may return more than one component, @see AVOptionRanges
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The result must be freed with av_opt_free_ranges.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return number of compontents returned on success, a negative errro code otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_opt_query_ranges_default(AVOptionRanges **, void *obj, const char *key, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Check if given option is set to its default value.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Options o must belong to the obj. This function must not be called to check child's options state.
|
||||
* @see av_opt_is_set_to_default_by_name().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param obj AVClass object to check option on
|
||||
* @param o option to be checked
|
||||
* @return >0 when option is set to its default,
|
||||
* 0 when option is not set its default,
|
||||
* <0 on error
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_opt_is_set_to_default(void *obj, const AVOption *o);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Check if given option is set to its default value.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param obj AVClass object to check option on
|
||||
* @param name option name
|
||||
* @param search_flags combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_*
|
||||
* @return >0 when option is set to its default,
|
||||
* 0 when option is not set its default,
|
||||
* <0 on error
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_opt_is_set_to_default_by_name(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_OPT_SERIALIZE_SKIP_DEFAULTS 0x00000001 ///< Serialize options that are not set to default values only.
|
||||
#define AV_OPT_SERIALIZE_OPT_FLAGS_EXACT 0x00000002 ///< Serialize options that exactly match opt_flags only.
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Serialize object's options.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Create a string containing object's serialized options.
|
||||
* Such string may be passed back to av_opt_set_from_string() in order to restore option values.
|
||||
* A key/value or pairs separator occurring in the serialized value or
|
||||
* name string are escaped through the av_escape() function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in] obj AVClass object to serialize
|
||||
* @param[in] opt_flags serialize options with all the specified flags set (AV_OPT_FLAG)
|
||||
* @param[in] flags combination of AV_OPT_SERIALIZE_* flags
|
||||
* @param[out] buffer Pointer to buffer that will be allocated with string containg serialized options.
|
||||
* Buffer must be freed by the caller when is no longer needed.
|
||||
* @param[in] key_val_sep character used to separate key from value
|
||||
* @param[in] pairs_sep character used to separate two pairs from each other
|
||||
* @return >= 0 on success, negative on error
|
||||
* @warning Separators cannot be neither '\\' nor '\0'. They also cannot be the same.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_opt_serialize(void *obj, int opt_flags, int flags, char **buffer,
|
||||
const char key_val_sep, const char pairs_sep);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_OPT_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,193 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_PARSEUTILS_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_PARSEUTILS_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <time.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "rational.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* misc parsing utilities
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Parse str and store the parsed ratio in q.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note that a ratio with infinite (1/0) or negative value is
|
||||
* considered valid, so you should check on the returned value if you
|
||||
* want to exclude those values.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The undefined value can be expressed using the "0:0" string.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in,out] q pointer to the AVRational which will contain the ratio
|
||||
* @param[in] str the string to parse: it has to be a string in the format
|
||||
* num:den, a float number or an expression
|
||||
* @param[in] max the maximum allowed numerator and denominator
|
||||
* @param[in] log_offset log level offset which is applied to the log
|
||||
* level of log_ctx
|
||||
* @param[in] log_ctx parent logging context
|
||||
* @return >= 0 on success, a negative error code otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_parse_ratio(AVRational *q, const char *str, int max,
|
||||
int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
#define av_parse_ratio_quiet(rate, str, max) \
|
||||
av_parse_ratio(rate, str, max, AV_LOG_MAX_OFFSET, NULL)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Parse str and put in width_ptr and height_ptr the detected values.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in,out] width_ptr pointer to the variable which will contain the detected
|
||||
* width value
|
||||
* @param[in,out] height_ptr pointer to the variable which will contain the detected
|
||||
* height value
|
||||
* @param[in] str the string to parse: it has to be a string in the format
|
||||
* width x height or a valid video size abbreviation.
|
||||
* @return >= 0 on success, a negative error code otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_parse_video_size(int *width_ptr, int *height_ptr, const char *str);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Parse str and store the detected values in *rate.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in,out] rate pointer to the AVRational which will contain the detected
|
||||
* frame rate
|
||||
* @param[in] str the string to parse: it has to be a string in the format
|
||||
* rate_num / rate_den, a float number or a valid video rate abbreviation
|
||||
* @return >= 0 on success, a negative error code otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_parse_video_rate(AVRational *rate, const char *str);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Put the RGBA values that correspond to color_string in rgba_color.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param color_string a string specifying a color. It can be the name of
|
||||
* a color (case insensitive match) or a [0x|#]RRGGBB[AA] sequence,
|
||||
* possibly followed by "@" and a string representing the alpha
|
||||
* component.
|
||||
* The alpha component may be a string composed by "0x" followed by an
|
||||
* hexadecimal number or a decimal number between 0.0 and 1.0, which
|
||||
* represents the opacity value (0x00/0.0 means completely transparent,
|
||||
* 0xff/1.0 completely opaque).
|
||||
* If the alpha component is not specified then 0xff is assumed.
|
||||
* The string "random" will result in a random color.
|
||||
* @param slen length of the initial part of color_string containing the
|
||||
* color. It can be set to -1 if color_string is a null terminated string
|
||||
* containing nothing else than the color.
|
||||
* @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value in case of
|
||||
* failure (for example if color_string cannot be parsed).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_parse_color(uint8_t *rgba_color, const char *color_string, int slen,
|
||||
void *log_ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the name of a color from the internal table of hard-coded named
|
||||
* colors.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function is meant to enumerate the color names recognized by
|
||||
* av_parse_color().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param color_idx index of the requested color, starting from 0
|
||||
* @param rgbp if not NULL, will point to a 3-elements array with the color value in RGB
|
||||
* @return the color name string or NULL if color_idx is not in the array
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *av_get_known_color_name(int color_idx, const uint8_t **rgb);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Parse timestr and return in *time a corresponding number of
|
||||
* microseconds.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param timeval puts here the number of microseconds corresponding
|
||||
* to the string in timestr. If the string represents a duration, it
|
||||
* is the number of microseconds contained in the time interval. If
|
||||
* the string is a date, is the number of microseconds since 1st of
|
||||
* January, 1970 up to the time of the parsed date. If timestr cannot
|
||||
* be successfully parsed, set *time to INT64_MIN.
|
||||
|
||||
* @param timestr a string representing a date or a duration.
|
||||
* - If a date the syntax is:
|
||||
* @code
|
||||
* [{YYYY-MM-DD|YYYYMMDD}[T|t| ]]{{HH:MM:SS[.m...]]]}|{HHMMSS[.m...]]]}}[Z]
|
||||
* now
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
* If the value is "now" it takes the current time.
|
||||
* Time is local time unless Z is appended, in which case it is
|
||||
* interpreted as UTC.
|
||||
* If the year-month-day part is not specified it takes the current
|
||||
* year-month-day.
|
||||
* - If a duration the syntax is:
|
||||
* @code
|
||||
* [-][HH:]MM:SS[.m...]
|
||||
* [-]S+[.m...]
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
* @param duration flag which tells how to interpret timestr, if not
|
||||
* zero timestr is interpreted as a duration, otherwise as a date
|
||||
* @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an
|
||||
* AVERROR code otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_parse_time(int64_t *timeval, const char *timestr, int duration);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Attempt to find a specific tag in a URL.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* syntax: '?tag1=val1&tag2=val2...'. Little URL decoding is done.
|
||||
* Return 1 if found.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_find_info_tag(char *arg, int arg_size, const char *tag1, const char *info);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Simplified version of strptime
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Parse the input string p according to the format string fmt and
|
||||
* store its results in the structure dt.
|
||||
* This implementation supports only a subset of the formats supported
|
||||
* by the standard strptime().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The supported input field descriptors are listed below.
|
||||
* - %H: the hour as a decimal number, using a 24-hour clock, in the
|
||||
* range '00' through '23'
|
||||
* - %J: hours as a decimal number, in the range '0' through INT_MAX
|
||||
* - %M: the minute as a decimal number, using a 24-hour clock, in the
|
||||
* range '00' through '59'
|
||||
* - %S: the second as a decimal number, using a 24-hour clock, in the
|
||||
* range '00' through '59'
|
||||
* - %Y: the year as a decimal number, using the Gregorian calendar
|
||||
* - %m: the month as a decimal number, in the range '1' through '12'
|
||||
* - %d: the day of the month as a decimal number, in the range '1'
|
||||
* through '31'
|
||||
* - %T: alias for '%H:%M:%S'
|
||||
* - %%: a literal '%'
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return a pointer to the first character not processed in this function
|
||||
* call. In case the input string contains more characters than
|
||||
* required by the format string the return value points right after
|
||||
* the last consumed input character. In case the whole input string
|
||||
* is consumed the return value points to the null byte at the end of
|
||||
* the string. On failure NULL is returned.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char *av_small_strptime(const char *p, const char *fmt, struct tm *dt);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Convert the decomposed UTC time in tm to a time_t value.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
time_t av_timegm(struct tm *tm);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_PARSEUTILS_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,430 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* pixel format descriptor
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2009 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_PIXDESC_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_PIXDESC_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <inttypes.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "attributes.h"
|
||||
#include "pixfmt.h"
|
||||
#include "version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct AVComponentDescriptor {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Which of the 4 planes contains the component.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int plane;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Number of elements between 2 horizontally consecutive pixels.
|
||||
* Elements are bits for bitstream formats, bytes otherwise.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int step;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Number of elements before the component of the first pixel.
|
||||
* Elements are bits for bitstream formats, bytes otherwise.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int offset;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Number of least significant bits that must be shifted away
|
||||
* to get the value.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int shift;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Number of bits in the component.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int depth;
|
||||
|
||||
#if FF_API_PLUS1_MINUS1
|
||||
/** deprecated, use step instead */
|
||||
attribute_deprecated int step_minus1;
|
||||
|
||||
/** deprecated, use depth instead */
|
||||
attribute_deprecated int depth_minus1;
|
||||
|
||||
/** deprecated, use offset instead */
|
||||
attribute_deprecated int offset_plus1;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
} AVComponentDescriptor;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Descriptor that unambiguously describes how the bits of a pixel are
|
||||
* stored in the up to 4 data planes of an image. It also stores the
|
||||
* subsampling factors and number of components.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note This is separate of the colorspace (RGB, YCbCr, YPbPr, JPEG-style YUV
|
||||
* and all the YUV variants) AVPixFmtDescriptor just stores how values
|
||||
* are stored not what these values represent.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVPixFmtDescriptor {
|
||||
const char *name;
|
||||
uint8_t nb_components; ///< The number of components each pixel has, (1-4)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Amount to shift the luma width right to find the chroma width.
|
||||
* For YV12 this is 1 for example.
|
||||
* chroma_width = AV_CEIL_RSHIFT(luma_width, log2_chroma_w)
|
||||
* The note above is needed to ensure rounding up.
|
||||
* This value only refers to the chroma components.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t log2_chroma_w;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Amount to shift the luma height right to find the chroma height.
|
||||
* For YV12 this is 1 for example.
|
||||
* chroma_height= AV_CEIL_RSHIFT(luma_height, log2_chroma_h)
|
||||
* The note above is needed to ensure rounding up.
|
||||
* This value only refers to the chroma components.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t log2_chroma_h;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Combination of AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_... flags.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint64_t flags;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Parameters that describe how pixels are packed.
|
||||
* If the format has 1 or 2 components, then luma is 0.
|
||||
* If the format has 3 or 4 components:
|
||||
* if the RGB flag is set then 0 is red, 1 is green and 2 is blue;
|
||||
* otherwise 0 is luma, 1 is chroma-U and 2 is chroma-V.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If present, the Alpha channel is always the last component.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVComponentDescriptor comp[4];
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Alternative comma-separated names.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *alias;
|
||||
} AVPixFmtDescriptor;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Pixel format is big-endian.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_BE (1 << 0)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Pixel format has a palette in data[1], values are indexes in this palette.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_PAL (1 << 1)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* All values of a component are bit-wise packed end to end.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_BITSTREAM (1 << 2)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Pixel format is an HW accelerated format.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_HWACCEL (1 << 3)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* At least one pixel component is not in the first data plane.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_PLANAR (1 << 4)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The pixel format contains RGB-like data (as opposed to YUV/grayscale).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_RGB (1 << 5)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The pixel format is "pseudo-paletted". This means that it contains a
|
||||
* fixed palette in the 2nd plane but the palette is fixed/constant for each
|
||||
* PIX_FMT. This allows interpreting the data as if it was PAL8, which can
|
||||
* in some cases be simpler. Or the data can be interpreted purely based on
|
||||
* the pixel format without using the palette.
|
||||
* An example of a pseudo-paletted format is AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_PSEUDOPAL (1 << 6)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The pixel format has an alpha channel. This is set on all formats that
|
||||
* support alpha in some way. The exception is AV_PIX_FMT_PAL8, which can
|
||||
* carry alpha as part of the palette. Details are explained in the
|
||||
* AVPixelFormat enum, and are also encoded in the corresponding
|
||||
* AVPixFmtDescriptor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The alpha is always straight, never pre-multiplied.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If a codec or a filter does not support alpha, it should set all alpha to
|
||||
* opaque, or use the equivalent pixel formats without alpha component, e.g.
|
||||
* AV_PIX_FMT_RGB0 (or AV_PIX_FMT_RGB24 etc.) instead of AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_ALPHA (1 << 7)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The pixel format is following a Bayer pattern
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_BAYER (1 << 8)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The pixel format contains IEEE-754 floating point values. Precision (double,
|
||||
* single, or half) should be determined by the pixel size (64, 32, or 16 bits).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_FLOAT (1 << 9)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the number of bits per pixel used by the pixel format
|
||||
* described by pixdesc. Note that this is not the same as the number
|
||||
* of bits per sample.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The returned number of bits refers to the number of bits actually
|
||||
* used for storing the pixel information, that is padding bits are
|
||||
* not counted.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_get_bits_per_pixel(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *pixdesc);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the number of bits per pixel for the pixel format
|
||||
* described by pixdesc, including any padding or unused bits.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_get_padded_bits_per_pixel(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *pixdesc);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @return a pixel format descriptor for provided pixel format or NULL if
|
||||
* this pixel format is unknown.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const AVPixFmtDescriptor *av_pix_fmt_desc_get(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Iterate over all pixel format descriptors known to libavutil.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param prev previous descriptor. NULL to get the first descriptor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return next descriptor or NULL after the last descriptor
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const AVPixFmtDescriptor *av_pix_fmt_desc_next(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *prev);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @return an AVPixelFormat id described by desc, or AV_PIX_FMT_NONE if desc
|
||||
* is not a valid pointer to a pixel format descriptor.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVPixelFormat av_pix_fmt_desc_get_id(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Utility function to access log2_chroma_w log2_chroma_h from
|
||||
* the pixel format AVPixFmtDescriptor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See av_get_chroma_sub_sample() for a function that asserts a
|
||||
* valid pixel format instead of returning an error code.
|
||||
* Its recommended that you use avcodec_get_chroma_sub_sample unless
|
||||
* you do check the return code!
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in] pix_fmt the pixel format
|
||||
* @param[out] h_shift store log2_chroma_w (horizontal/width shift)
|
||||
* @param[out] v_shift store log2_chroma_h (vertical/height shift)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, AVERROR(ENOSYS) on invalid or unknown pixel format
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_pix_fmt_get_chroma_sub_sample(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt,
|
||||
int *h_shift, int *v_shift);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @return number of planes in pix_fmt, a negative AVERROR if pix_fmt is not a
|
||||
* valid pixel format.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_pix_fmt_count_planes(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @return the name for provided color range or NULL if unknown.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *av_color_range_name(enum AVColorRange range);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @return the AVColorRange value for name or an AVError if not found.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_color_range_from_name(const char *name);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @return the name for provided color primaries or NULL if unknown.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *av_color_primaries_name(enum AVColorPrimaries primaries);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @return the AVColorPrimaries value for name or an AVError if not found.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_color_primaries_from_name(const char *name);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @return the name for provided color transfer or NULL if unknown.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *av_color_transfer_name(enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic transfer);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @return the AVColorTransferCharacteristic value for name or an AVError if not found.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_color_transfer_from_name(const char *name);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @return the name for provided color space or NULL if unknown.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *av_color_space_name(enum AVColorSpace space);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @return the AVColorSpace value for name or an AVError if not found.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_color_space_from_name(const char *name);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @return the name for provided chroma location or NULL if unknown.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *av_chroma_location_name(enum AVChromaLocation location);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @return the AVChromaLocation value for name or an AVError if not found.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_chroma_location_from_name(const char *name);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the pixel format corresponding to name.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If there is no pixel format with name name, then looks for a
|
||||
* pixel format with the name corresponding to the native endian
|
||||
* format of name.
|
||||
* For example in a little-endian system, first looks for "gray16",
|
||||
* then for "gray16le".
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Finally if no pixel format has been found, returns AV_PIX_FMT_NONE.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVPixelFormat av_get_pix_fmt(const char *name);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the short name for a pixel format, NULL in case pix_fmt is
|
||||
* unknown.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see av_get_pix_fmt(), av_get_pix_fmt_string()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *av_get_pix_fmt_name(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Print in buf the string corresponding to the pixel format with
|
||||
* number pix_fmt, or a header if pix_fmt is negative.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param buf the buffer where to write the string
|
||||
* @param buf_size the size of buf
|
||||
* @param pix_fmt the number of the pixel format to print the
|
||||
* corresponding info string, or a negative value to print the
|
||||
* corresponding header.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char *av_get_pix_fmt_string(char *buf, int buf_size,
|
||||
enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Read a line from an image, and write the values of the
|
||||
* pixel format component c to dst.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param data the array containing the pointers to the planes of the image
|
||||
* @param linesize the array containing the linesizes of the image
|
||||
* @param desc the pixel format descriptor for the image
|
||||
* @param x the horizontal coordinate of the first pixel to read
|
||||
* @param y the vertical coordinate of the first pixel to read
|
||||
* @param w the width of the line to read, that is the number of
|
||||
* values to write to dst
|
||||
* @param read_pal_component if not zero and the format is a paletted
|
||||
* format writes the values corresponding to the palette
|
||||
* component c in data[1] to dst, rather than the palette indexes in
|
||||
* data[0]. The behavior is undefined if the format is not paletted.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_read_image_line(uint16_t *dst, const uint8_t *data[4],
|
||||
const int linesize[4], const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc,
|
||||
int x, int y, int c, int w, int read_pal_component);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Write the values from src to the pixel format component c of an
|
||||
* image line.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param src array containing the values to write
|
||||
* @param data the array containing the pointers to the planes of the
|
||||
* image to write into. It is supposed to be zeroed.
|
||||
* @param linesize the array containing the linesizes of the image
|
||||
* @param desc the pixel format descriptor for the image
|
||||
* @param x the horizontal coordinate of the first pixel to write
|
||||
* @param y the vertical coordinate of the first pixel to write
|
||||
* @param w the width of the line to write, that is the number of
|
||||
* values to write to the image line
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_write_image_line(const uint16_t *src, uint8_t *data[4],
|
||||
const int linesize[4], const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc,
|
||||
int x, int y, int c, int w);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Utility function to swap the endianness of a pixel format.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in] pix_fmt the pixel format
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return pixel format with swapped endianness if it exists,
|
||||
* otherwise AV_PIX_FMT_NONE
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVPixelFormat av_pix_fmt_swap_endianness(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
|
||||
|
||||
#define FF_LOSS_RESOLUTION 0x0001 /**< loss due to resolution change */
|
||||
#define FF_LOSS_DEPTH 0x0002 /**< loss due to color depth change */
|
||||
#define FF_LOSS_COLORSPACE 0x0004 /**< loss due to color space conversion */
|
||||
#define FF_LOSS_ALPHA 0x0008 /**< loss of alpha bits */
|
||||
#define FF_LOSS_COLORQUANT 0x0010 /**< loss due to color quantization */
|
||||
#define FF_LOSS_CHROMA 0x0020 /**< loss of chroma (e.g. RGB to gray conversion) */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Compute what kind of losses will occur when converting from one specific
|
||||
* pixel format to another.
|
||||
* When converting from one pixel format to another, information loss may occur.
|
||||
* For example, when converting from RGB24 to GRAY, the color information will
|
||||
* be lost. Similarly, other losses occur when converting from some formats to
|
||||
* other formats. These losses can involve loss of chroma, but also loss of
|
||||
* resolution, loss of color depth, loss due to the color space conversion, loss
|
||||
* of the alpha bits or loss due to color quantization.
|
||||
* av_get_fix_fmt_loss() informs you about the various types of losses
|
||||
* which will occur when converting from one pixel format to another.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in] dst_pix_fmt destination pixel format
|
||||
* @param[in] src_pix_fmt source pixel format
|
||||
* @param[in] has_alpha Whether the source pixel format alpha channel is used.
|
||||
* @return Combination of flags informing you what kind of losses will occur
|
||||
* (maximum loss for an invalid dst_pix_fmt).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_get_pix_fmt_loss(enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt,
|
||||
enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt,
|
||||
int has_alpha);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Compute what kind of losses will occur when converting from one specific
|
||||
* pixel format to another.
|
||||
* When converting from one pixel format to another, information loss may occur.
|
||||
* For example, when converting from RGB24 to GRAY, the color information will
|
||||
* be lost. Similarly, other losses occur when converting from some formats to
|
||||
* other formats. These losses can involve loss of chroma, but also loss of
|
||||
* resolution, loss of color depth, loss due to the color space conversion, loss
|
||||
* of the alpha bits or loss due to color quantization.
|
||||
* av_get_fix_fmt_loss() informs you about the various types of losses
|
||||
* which will occur when converting from one pixel format to another.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in] dst_pix_fmt destination pixel format
|
||||
* @param[in] src_pix_fmt source pixel format
|
||||
* @param[in] has_alpha Whether the source pixel format alpha channel is used.
|
||||
* @return Combination of flags informing you what kind of losses will occur
|
||||
* (maximum loss for an invalid dst_pix_fmt).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVPixelFormat av_find_best_pix_fmt_of_2(enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt1, enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt2,
|
||||
enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt, int has_alpha, int *loss_ptr);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_PIXDESC_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_PIXELUTILS_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_PIXELUTILS_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
#include "common.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Sum of abs(src1[x] - src2[x])
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef int (*av_pixelutils_sad_fn)(const uint8_t *src1, ptrdiff_t stride1,
|
||||
const uint8_t *src2, ptrdiff_t stride2);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get a potentially optimized pointer to a Sum-of-absolute-differences
|
||||
* function (see the av_pixelutils_sad_fn prototype).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param w_bits 1<<w_bits is the requested width of the block size
|
||||
* @param h_bits 1<<h_bits is the requested height of the block size
|
||||
* @param aligned If set to 2, the returned sad function will assume src1 and
|
||||
* src2 addresses are aligned on the block size.
|
||||
* If set to 1, the returned sad function will assume src1 is
|
||||
* aligned on the block size.
|
||||
* If set to 0, the returned sad function assume no particular
|
||||
* alignment.
|
||||
* @param log_ctx context used for logging, can be NULL
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return a pointer to the SAD function or NULL in case of error (because of
|
||||
* invalid parameters)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
av_pixelutils_sad_fn av_pixelutils_get_sad_fn(int w_bits, int h_bits,
|
||||
int aligned, void *log_ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_PIXELUTILS_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,544 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* pixel format definitions
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libavutil/avconfig.h"
|
||||
#include "version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#define AVPALETTE_SIZE 1024
|
||||
#define AVPALETTE_COUNT 256
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Pixel format.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note
|
||||
* AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 is handled in an endian-specific manner. An RGBA
|
||||
* color is put together as:
|
||||
* (A << 24) | (R << 16) | (G << 8) | B
|
||||
* This is stored as BGRA on little-endian CPU architectures and ARGB on
|
||||
* big-endian CPUs.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note
|
||||
* If the resolution is not a multiple of the chroma subsampling factor
|
||||
* then the chroma plane resolution must be rounded up.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @par
|
||||
* When the pixel format is palettized RGB32 (AV_PIX_FMT_PAL8), the palettized
|
||||
* image data is stored in AVFrame.data[0]. The palette is transported in
|
||||
* AVFrame.data[1], is 1024 bytes long (256 4-byte entries) and is
|
||||
* formatted the same as in AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 described above (i.e., it is
|
||||
* also endian-specific). Note also that the individual RGB32 palette
|
||||
* components stored in AVFrame.data[1] should be in the range 0..255.
|
||||
* This is important as many custom PAL8 video codecs that were designed
|
||||
* to run on the IBM VGA graphics adapter use 6-bit palette components.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @par
|
||||
* For all the 8 bits per pixel formats, an RGB32 palette is in data[1] like
|
||||
* for pal8. This palette is filled in automatically by the function
|
||||
* allocating the picture.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVPixelFormat {
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_NONE = -1,
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples)
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUYV422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Y0 Cb Y1 Cr
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_RGB24, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 24bpp, RGBRGB...
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_BGR24, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 24bpp, BGRBGR...
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples)
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples)
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV410P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:0, 9bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x4 Y samples)
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV411P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x1 Y samples)
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8, ///< Y , 8bpp
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_MONOWHITE, ///< Y , 1bpp, 0 is white, 1 is black, in each byte pixels are ordered from the msb to the lsb
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_MONOBLACK, ///< Y , 1bpp, 0 is black, 1 is white, in each byte pixels are ordered from the msb to the lsb
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_PAL8, ///< 8 bits with AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 palette
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P and setting color_range
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P and setting color_range
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P and setting color_range
|
||||
#if FF_API_XVMC
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_XVMC_MPEG2_MC,///< XVideo Motion Acceleration via common packet passing
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_XVMC_MPEG2_IDCT,
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_XVMC = AV_PIX_FMT_XVMC_MPEG2_IDCT,
|
||||
#endif /* FF_API_XVMC */
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_UYVY422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Cb Y0 Cr Y1
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_UYYVYY411, ///< packed YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, Cb Y0 Y1 Cr Y2 Y3
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_BGR8, ///< packed RGB 3:3:2, 8bpp, (msb)2B 3G 3R(lsb)
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_BGR4, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1 bitstream, 4bpp, (msb)1B 2G 1R(lsb), a byte contains two pixels, the first pixel in the byte is the one composed by the 4 msb bits
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_BGR4_BYTE, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1, 8bpp, (msb)1B 2G 1R(lsb)
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_RGB8, ///< packed RGB 3:3:2, 8bpp, (msb)2R 3G 3B(lsb)
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_RGB4, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1 bitstream, 4bpp, (msb)1R 2G 1B(lsb), a byte contains two pixels, the first pixel in the byte is the one composed by the 4 msb bits
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_RGB4_BYTE, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1, 8bpp, (msb)1R 2G 1B(lsb)
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_NV12, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, 1 plane for Y and 1 plane for the UV components, which are interleaved (first byte U and the following byte V)
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_NV21, ///< as above, but U and V bytes are swapped
|
||||
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_ARGB, ///< packed ARGB 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, ARGBARGB...
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA, ///< packed RGBA 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, RGBARGBA...
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_ABGR, ///< packed ABGR 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, ABGRABGR...
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA, ///< packed BGRA 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, BGRABGRA...
|
||||
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16BE, ///< Y , 16bpp, big-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16LE, ///< Y , 16bpp, little-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0 (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples)
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ440P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0 full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P and setting color_range
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples)
|
||||
#if FF_API_VDPAU
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU_H264,///< H.264 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU_MPEG1,///< MPEG-1 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU_MPEG2,///< MPEG-2 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU_WMV3,///< WMV3 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU_VC1, ///< VC-1 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48BE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as big-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48LE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as little-endian
|
||||
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565BE, ///< packed RGB 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5R 6G 5B(lsb), big-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565LE, ///< packed RGB 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5R 6G 5B(lsb), little-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555BE, ///< packed RGB 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5R 5G 5B(lsb), big-endian , X=unused/undefined
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555LE, ///< packed RGB 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5R 5G 5B(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined
|
||||
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565BE, ///< packed BGR 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5B 6G 5R(lsb), big-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565LE, ///< packed BGR 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5B 6G 5R(lsb), little-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555BE, ///< packed BGR 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5B 5G 5R(lsb), big-endian , X=unused/undefined
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555LE, ///< packed BGR 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5B 5G 5R(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined
|
||||
|
||||
#if FF_API_VAAPI
|
||||
/** @name Deprecated pixel formats */
|
||||
/**@{*/
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI_MOCO, ///< HW acceleration through VA API at motion compensation entry-point, Picture.data[3] contains a vaapi_render_state struct which contains macroblocks as well as various fields extracted from headers
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI_IDCT, ///< HW acceleration through VA API at IDCT entry-point, Picture.data[3] contains a vaapi_render_state struct which contains fields extracted from headers
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI_VLD, ///< HW decoding through VA API, Picture.data[3] contains a VASurfaceID
|
||||
/**@}*/
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI = AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI_VLD,
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Hardware acceleration through VA-API, data[3] contains a
|
||||
* VASurfaceID.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI,
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian
|
||||
#if FF_API_VDPAU
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU_MPEG4, ///< MPEG-4 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_DXVA2_VLD, ///< HW decoding through DXVA2, Picture.data[3] contains a LPDIRECT3DSURFACE9 pointer
|
||||
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444LE, ///< packed RGB 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4R 4G 4B(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444BE, ///< packed RGB 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4R 4G 4B(lsb), big-endian, X=unused/undefined
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444LE, ///< packed BGR 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4B 4G 4R(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444BE, ///< packed BGR 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4B 4G 4R(lsb), big-endian, X=unused/undefined
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YA8, ///< 8 bits gray, 8 bits alpha
|
||||
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_Y400A = AV_PIX_FMT_YA8, ///< alias for AV_PIX_FMT_YA8
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8A= AV_PIX_FMT_YA8, ///< alias for AV_PIX_FMT_YA8
|
||||
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48BE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as big-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48LE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as little-endian
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The following 12 formats have the disadvantage of needing 1 format for each bit depth.
|
||||
* Notice that each 9/10 bits sample is stored in 16 bits with extra padding.
|
||||
* If you want to support multiple bit depths, then using AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16* with the bpp stored separately is better.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 13.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 13.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 15bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 15bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_VDA_VLD, ///< hardware decoding through VDA
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 24bpp
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_GBR24P = AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP, // alias for #AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 27bpp, big-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 27bpp, little-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 30bpp, big-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 30bpp, little-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 48bpp, big-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 48bpp, little-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples)
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples)
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 22.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples), big-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 22.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples), little-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples), big-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples), little-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), big-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), little-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 25bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, big-endian)
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 25bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, little-endian)
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, big-endian)
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, little-endian)
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, big-endian)
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, little-endian)
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, big-endian)
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, little-endian)
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, big-endian)
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, little-endian)
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 64bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, big-endian)
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 64bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, little-endian)
|
||||
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU, ///< HW acceleration through VDPAU, Picture.data[3] contains a VdpVideoSurface
|
||||
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12LE, ///< packed XYZ 4:4:4, 36 bpp, (msb) 12X, 12Y, 12Z (lsb), the 2-byte value for each X/Y/Z is stored as little-endian, the 4 lower bits are set to 0
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12BE, ///< packed XYZ 4:4:4, 36 bpp, (msb) 12X, 12Y, 12Z (lsb), the 2-byte value for each X/Y/Z is stored as big-endian, the 4 lower bits are set to 0
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_NV16, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples)
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_NV20LE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_NV20BE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
|
||||
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64BE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64LE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64BE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64LE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian
|
||||
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YVYU422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Y0 Cr Y1 Cb
|
||||
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_VDA, ///< HW acceleration through VDA, data[3] contains a CVPixelBufferRef
|
||||
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YA16BE, ///< 16 bits gray, 16 bits alpha (big-endian)
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YA16LE, ///< 16 bits gray, 16 bits alpha (little-endian)
|
||||
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP, ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 32bpp
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16BE, ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 64bpp, big-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16LE, ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 64bpp, little-endian
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* HW acceleration through QSV, data[3] contains a pointer to the
|
||||
* mfxFrameSurface1 structure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_QSV,
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* HW acceleration though MMAL, data[3] contains a pointer to the
|
||||
* MMAL_BUFFER_HEADER_T structure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_MMAL,
|
||||
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11VA_VLD, ///< HW decoding through Direct3D11 via old API, Picture.data[3] contains a ID3D11VideoDecoderOutputView pointer
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* HW acceleration through CUDA. data[i] contain CUdeviceptr pointers
|
||||
* exactly as for system memory frames.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_CUDA,
|
||||
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_0RGB=0x123+4,///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 32bpp, XRGBXRGB... X=unused/undefined
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_RGB0, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 32bpp, RGBXRGBX... X=unused/undefined
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_0BGR, ///< packed BGR 8:8:8, 32bpp, XBGRXBGR... X=unused/undefined
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_BGR0, ///< packed BGR 8:8:8, 32bpp, BGRXBGRX... X=unused/undefined
|
||||
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,21bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,21bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,28bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,28bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,42bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,42bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 36bpp, big-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 36bpp, little-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 42bpp, big-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 42bpp, little-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ411P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x1 Y samples) full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV411P and setting color_range
|
||||
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR8, ///< bayer, BGBG..(odd line), GRGR..(even line), 8-bit samples */
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB8, ///< bayer, RGRG..(odd line), GBGB..(even line), 8-bit samples */
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG8, ///< bayer, GBGB..(odd line), RGRG..(even line), 8-bit samples */
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG8, ///< bayer, GRGR..(odd line), BGBG..(even line), 8-bit samples */
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16LE, ///< bayer, BGBG..(odd line), GRGR..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian */
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16BE, ///< bayer, BGBG..(odd line), GRGR..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian */
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB16LE, ///< bayer, RGRG..(odd line), GBGB..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian */
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB16BE, ///< bayer, RGRG..(odd line), GBGB..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian */
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16LE, ///< bayer, GBGB..(odd line), RGRG..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian */
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16BE, ///< bayer, GBGB..(odd line), RGRG..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian */
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16LE, ///< bayer, GRGR..(odd line), BGBG..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian */
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16BE, ///< bayer, GRGR..(odd line), BGBG..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian */
|
||||
#if !FF_API_XVMC
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_XVMC,///< XVideo Motion Acceleration via common packet passing
|
||||
#endif /* !FF_API_XVMC */
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), little-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), big-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), little-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), big-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_AYUV64LE, ///< packed AYUV 4:4:4,64bpp (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), little-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_AYUV64BE, ///< packed AYUV 4:4:4,64bpp (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), big-endian
|
||||
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_VIDEOTOOLBOX, ///< hardware decoding through Videotoolbox
|
||||
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_P010LE, ///< like NV12, with 10bpp per component, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, little-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_P010BE, ///< like NV12, with 10bpp per component, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, big-endian
|
||||
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP12BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 48bpp, big-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP12LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 48bpp, little-endian
|
||||
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP10BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 40bpp, big-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP10LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 40bpp, little-endian
|
||||
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_MEDIACODEC, ///< hardware decoding through MediaCodec
|
||||
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY12BE, ///< Y , 12bpp, big-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY12LE, ///< Y , 12bpp, little-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY10BE, ///< Y , 10bpp, big-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY10LE, ///< Y , 10bpp, little-endian
|
||||
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_P016LE, ///< like NV12, with 16bpp per component, little-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_P016BE, ///< like NV12, with 16bpp per component, big-endian
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Hardware surfaces for Direct3D11.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This is preferred over the legacy AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11VA_VLD. The new D3D11
|
||||
* hwaccel API and filtering support AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11 only.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* data[0] contains a ID3D11Texture2D pointer, and data[1] contains the
|
||||
* texture array index of the frame as intptr_t if the ID3D11Texture2D is
|
||||
* an array texture (or always 0 if it's a normal texture).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11,
|
||||
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY9BE, ///< Y , 9bpp, big-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY9LE, ///< Y , 9bpp, little-endian
|
||||
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRPF32BE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBR 4:4:4, 96bpp, big-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRPF32LE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBR 4:4:4, 96bpp, little-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAPF32BE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBRA 4:4:4:4, 128bpp, big-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAPF32LE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBRA 4:4:4:4, 128bpp, little-endian
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* DRM-managed buffers exposed through PRIME buffer sharing.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* data[0] points to an AVDRMFrameDescriptor.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_DRM_PRIME,
|
||||
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_NB ///< number of pixel formats, DO NOT USE THIS if you want to link with shared libav* because the number of formats might differ between versions
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN
|
||||
# define AV_PIX_FMT_NE(be, le) AV_PIX_FMT_##be
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define AV_PIX_FMT_NE(be, le) AV_PIX_FMT_##le
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(ARGB, BGRA)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32_1 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGBA, ABGR)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(ABGR, RGBA)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR32_1 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGRA, ARGB)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_0RGB32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(0RGB, BGR0)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_0BGR32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(0BGR, RGB0)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY9BE, GRAY9LE)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY10BE, GRAY10LE)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY12BE, GRAY12LE)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY16BE, GRAY16LE)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YA16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YA16BE, YA16LE)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB48BE, RGB48LE)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB565BE, RGB565LE)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB555BE, RGB555LE)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB444BE, RGB444LE)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGBA64BE, RGBA64LE)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR48BE, BGR48LE)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR565BE, BGR565LE)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR555BE, BGR555LE)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR444BE, BGR444LE)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGRA64BE, BGRA64LE)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P9BE , YUV420P9LE)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P9BE , YUV422P9LE)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P9BE , YUV444P9LE)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P10BE, YUV420P10LE)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P10BE, YUV422P10LE)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV440P10BE, YUV440P10LE)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P10BE, YUV444P10LE)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P12BE, YUV420P12LE)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P12BE, YUV422P12LE)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV440P12BE, YUV440P12LE)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P12BE, YUV444P12LE)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P14BE, YUV420P14LE)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P14BE, YUV422P14LE)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P14BE, YUV444P14LE)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P16BE, YUV420P16LE)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P16BE, YUV422P16LE)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P16BE, YUV444P16LE)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP9BE , GBRP9LE)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP10BE, GBRP10LE)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP12BE, GBRP12LE)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP14BE, GBRP14LE)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP16BE, GBRP16LE)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAP10BE, GBRAP10LE)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAP12BE, GBRAP12LE)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAP16BE, GBRAP16LE)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_BGGR16BE, BAYER_BGGR16LE)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_RGGB16BE, BAYER_RGGB16LE)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_GBRG16BE, BAYER_GBRG16LE)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_GRBG16BE, BAYER_GRBG16LE)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRPF32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRPF32BE, GBRPF32LE)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAPF32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAPF32BE, GBRAPF32LE)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA420P9BE , YUVA420P9LE)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P9BE , YUVA422P9LE)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P9BE , YUVA444P9LE)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA420P10BE, YUVA420P10LE)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P10BE, YUVA422P10LE)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P10BE, YUVA444P10LE)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA420P16BE, YUVA420P16LE)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P16BE, YUVA422P16LE)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P16BE, YUVA444P16LE)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(XYZ12BE, XYZ12LE)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_NV20 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(NV20BE, NV20LE)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_AYUV64 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(AYUV64BE, AYUV64LE)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_P010 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P010BE, P010LE)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_P016 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P016BE, P016LE)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Chromaticity coordinates of the source primaries.
|
||||
* These values match the ones defined by ISO/IEC 23001-8_2013 § 7.1.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVColorPrimaries {
|
||||
AVCOL_PRI_RESERVED0 = 0,
|
||||
AVCOL_PRI_BT709 = 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361 / IEC 61966-2-4 / SMPTE RP177 Annex B
|
||||
AVCOL_PRI_UNSPECIFIED = 2,
|
||||
AVCOL_PRI_RESERVED = 3,
|
||||
AVCOL_PRI_BT470M = 4, ///< also FCC Title 47 Code of Federal Regulations 73.682 (a)(20)
|
||||
|
||||
AVCOL_PRI_BT470BG = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 625 / ITU-R BT1358 625 / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM
|
||||
AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE170M = 6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 / ITU-R BT1358 525 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC
|
||||
AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE240M = 7, ///< functionally identical to above
|
||||
AVCOL_PRI_FILM = 8, ///< colour filters using Illuminant C
|
||||
AVCOL_PRI_BT2020 = 9, ///< ITU-R BT2020
|
||||
AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE428 = 10, ///< SMPTE ST 428-1 (CIE 1931 XYZ)
|
||||
AVCOL_PRI_SMPTEST428_1 = AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE428,
|
||||
AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE431 = 11, ///< SMPTE ST 431-2 (2011) / DCI P3
|
||||
AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE432 = 12, ///< SMPTE ST 432-1 (2010) / P3 D65 / Display P3
|
||||
AVCOL_PRI_JEDEC_P22 = 22, ///< JEDEC P22 phosphors
|
||||
AVCOL_PRI_NB ///< Not part of ABI
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Color Transfer Characteristic.
|
||||
* These values match the ones defined by ISO/IEC 23001-8_2013 § 7.2.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic {
|
||||
AVCOL_TRC_RESERVED0 = 0,
|
||||
AVCOL_TRC_BT709 = 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361
|
||||
AVCOL_TRC_UNSPECIFIED = 2,
|
||||
AVCOL_TRC_RESERVED = 3,
|
||||
AVCOL_TRC_GAMMA22 = 4, ///< also ITU-R BT470M / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM
|
||||
AVCOL_TRC_GAMMA28 = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT470BG
|
||||
AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE170M = 6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 or 625 / ITU-R BT1358 525 or 625 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC
|
||||
AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE240M = 7,
|
||||
AVCOL_TRC_LINEAR = 8, ///< "Linear transfer characteristics"
|
||||
AVCOL_TRC_LOG = 9, ///< "Logarithmic transfer characteristic (100:1 range)"
|
||||
AVCOL_TRC_LOG_SQRT = 10, ///< "Logarithmic transfer characteristic (100 * Sqrt(10) : 1 range)"
|
||||
AVCOL_TRC_IEC61966_2_4 = 11, ///< IEC 61966-2-4
|
||||
AVCOL_TRC_BT1361_ECG = 12, ///< ITU-R BT1361 Extended Colour Gamut
|
||||
AVCOL_TRC_IEC61966_2_1 = 13, ///< IEC 61966-2-1 (sRGB or sYCC)
|
||||
AVCOL_TRC_BT2020_10 = 14, ///< ITU-R BT2020 for 10-bit system
|
||||
AVCOL_TRC_BT2020_12 = 15, ///< ITU-R BT2020 for 12-bit system
|
||||
AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE2084 = 16, ///< SMPTE ST 2084 for 10-, 12-, 14- and 16-bit systems
|
||||
AVCOL_TRC_SMPTEST2084 = AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE2084,
|
||||
AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE428 = 17, ///< SMPTE ST 428-1
|
||||
AVCOL_TRC_SMPTEST428_1 = AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE428,
|
||||
AVCOL_TRC_ARIB_STD_B67 = 18, ///< ARIB STD-B67, known as "Hybrid log-gamma"
|
||||
AVCOL_TRC_NB ///< Not part of ABI
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* YUV colorspace type.
|
||||
* These values match the ones defined by ISO/IEC 23001-8_2013 § 7.3.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVColorSpace {
|
||||
AVCOL_SPC_RGB = 0, ///< order of coefficients is actually GBR, also IEC 61966-2-1 (sRGB)
|
||||
AVCOL_SPC_BT709 = 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361 / IEC 61966-2-4 xvYCC709 / SMPTE RP177 Annex B
|
||||
AVCOL_SPC_UNSPECIFIED = 2,
|
||||
AVCOL_SPC_RESERVED = 3,
|
||||
AVCOL_SPC_FCC = 4, ///< FCC Title 47 Code of Federal Regulations 73.682 (a)(20)
|
||||
AVCOL_SPC_BT470BG = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 625 / ITU-R BT1358 625 / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM / IEC 61966-2-4 xvYCC601
|
||||
AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE170M = 6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 / ITU-R BT1358 525 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC
|
||||
AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE240M = 7, ///< functionally identical to above
|
||||
AVCOL_SPC_YCGCO = 8, ///< Used by Dirac / VC-2 and H.264 FRext, see ITU-T SG16
|
||||
AVCOL_SPC_YCOCG = AVCOL_SPC_YCGCO,
|
||||
AVCOL_SPC_BT2020_NCL = 9, ///< ITU-R BT2020 non-constant luminance system
|
||||
AVCOL_SPC_BT2020_CL = 10, ///< ITU-R BT2020 constant luminance system
|
||||
AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE2085 = 11, ///< SMPTE 2085, Y'D'zD'x
|
||||
AVCOL_SPC_CHROMA_DERIVED_NCL = 12, ///< Chromaticity-derived non-constant luminance system
|
||||
AVCOL_SPC_CHROMA_DERIVED_CL = 13, ///< Chromaticity-derived constant luminance system
|
||||
AVCOL_SPC_ICTCP = 14, ///< ITU-R BT.2100-0, ICtCp
|
||||
AVCOL_SPC_NB ///< Not part of ABI
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* MPEG vs JPEG YUV range.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVColorRange {
|
||||
AVCOL_RANGE_UNSPECIFIED = 0,
|
||||
AVCOL_RANGE_MPEG = 1, ///< the normal 219*2^(n-8) "MPEG" YUV ranges
|
||||
AVCOL_RANGE_JPEG = 2, ///< the normal 2^n-1 "JPEG" YUV ranges
|
||||
AVCOL_RANGE_NB ///< Not part of ABI
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Location of chroma samples.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Illustration showing the location of the first (top left) chroma sample of the
|
||||
* image, the left shows only luma, the right
|
||||
* shows the location of the chroma sample, the 2 could be imagined to overlay
|
||||
* each other but are drawn separately due to limitations of ASCII
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1st 2nd 1st 2nd horizontal luma sample positions
|
||||
* v v v v
|
||||
* ______ ______
|
||||
*1st luma line > |X X ... |3 4 X ... X are luma samples,
|
||||
* | |1 2 1-6 are possible chroma positions
|
||||
*2nd luma line > |X X ... |5 6 X ... 0 is undefined/unknown position
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVChromaLocation {
|
||||
AVCHROMA_LOC_UNSPECIFIED = 0,
|
||||
AVCHROMA_LOC_LEFT = 1, ///< MPEG-2/4 4:2:0, H.264 default for 4:2:0
|
||||
AVCHROMA_LOC_CENTER = 2, ///< MPEG-1 4:2:0, JPEG 4:2:0, H.263 4:2:0
|
||||
AVCHROMA_LOC_TOPLEFT = 3, ///< ITU-R 601, SMPTE 274M 296M S314M(DV 4:1:1), mpeg2 4:2:2
|
||||
AVCHROMA_LOC_TOP = 4,
|
||||
AVCHROMA_LOC_BOTTOMLEFT = 5,
|
||||
AVCHROMA_LOC_BOTTOM = 6,
|
||||
AVCHROMA_LOC_NB ///< Not part of ABI
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2009 Baptiste Coudurier <baptiste.coudurier@gmail.com>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_RANDOM_SEED_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_RANDOM_SEED_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup lavu_crypto
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get a seed to use in conjunction with random functions.
|
||||
* This function tries to provide a good seed at a best effort bases.
|
||||
* Its possible to call this function multiple times if more bits are needed.
|
||||
* It can be quite slow, which is why it should only be used as seed for a faster
|
||||
* PRNG. The quality of the seed depends on the platform.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t av_get_random_seed(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_RANDOM_SEED_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,214 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* rational numbers
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2003 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu_math_rational
|
||||
* Utilties for rational number calculation.
|
||||
* @author Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
#include <limits.h>
|
||||
#include "attributes.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_math_rational AVRational
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu_math
|
||||
* Rational number calculation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* While rational numbers can be expressed as floating-point numbers, the
|
||||
* conversion process is a lossy one, so are floating-point operations. On the
|
||||
* other hand, the nature of FFmpeg demands highly accurate calculation of
|
||||
* timestamps. This set of rational number utilities serves as a generic
|
||||
* interface for manipulating rational numbers as pairs of numerators and
|
||||
* denominators.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Many of the functions that operate on AVRational's have the suffix `_q`, in
|
||||
* reference to the mathematical symbol "ℚ" (Q) which denotes the set of all
|
||||
* rational numbers.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Rational number (pair of numerator and denominator).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVRational{
|
||||
int num; ///< Numerator
|
||||
int den; ///< Denominator
|
||||
} AVRational;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Create an AVRational.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Useful for compilers that do not support compound literals.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note The return value is not reduced.
|
||||
* @see av_reduce()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline AVRational av_make_q(int num, int den)
|
||||
{
|
||||
AVRational r = { num, den };
|
||||
return r;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Compare two rationals.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param a First rational
|
||||
* @param b Second rational
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return One of the following values:
|
||||
* - 0 if `a == b`
|
||||
* - 1 if `a > b`
|
||||
* - -1 if `a < b`
|
||||
* - `INT_MIN` if one of the values is of the form `0 / 0`
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline int av_cmp_q(AVRational a, AVRational b){
|
||||
const int64_t tmp= a.num * (int64_t)b.den - b.num * (int64_t)a.den;
|
||||
|
||||
if(tmp) return (int)((tmp ^ a.den ^ b.den)>>63)|1;
|
||||
else if(b.den && a.den) return 0;
|
||||
else if(a.num && b.num) return (a.num>>31) - (b.num>>31);
|
||||
else return INT_MIN;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Convert an AVRational to a `double`.
|
||||
* @param a AVRational to convert
|
||||
* @return `a` in floating-point form
|
||||
* @see av_d2q()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline double av_q2d(AVRational a){
|
||||
return a.num / (double) a.den;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Reduce a fraction.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This is useful for framerate calculations.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[out] dst_num Destination numerator
|
||||
* @param[out] dst_den Destination denominator
|
||||
* @param[in] num Source numerator
|
||||
* @param[in] den Source denominator
|
||||
* @param[in] max Maximum allowed values for `dst_num` & `dst_den`
|
||||
* @return 1 if the operation is exact, 0 otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_reduce(int *dst_num, int *dst_den, int64_t num, int64_t den, int64_t max);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Multiply two rationals.
|
||||
* @param b First rational
|
||||
* @param c Second rational
|
||||
* @return b*c
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational av_mul_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Divide one rational by another.
|
||||
* @param b First rational
|
||||
* @param c Second rational
|
||||
* @return b/c
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational av_div_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Add two rationals.
|
||||
* @param b First rational
|
||||
* @param c Second rational
|
||||
* @return b+c
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational av_add_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Subtract one rational from another.
|
||||
* @param b First rational
|
||||
* @param c Second rational
|
||||
* @return b-c
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational av_sub_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Invert a rational.
|
||||
* @param q value
|
||||
* @return 1 / q
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static av_always_inline AVRational av_inv_q(AVRational q)
|
||||
{
|
||||
AVRational r = { q.den, q.num };
|
||||
return r;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Convert a double precision floating point number to a rational.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* In case of infinity, the returned value is expressed as `{1, 0}` or
|
||||
* `{-1, 0}` depending on the sign.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param d `double` to convert
|
||||
* @param max Maximum allowed numerator and denominator
|
||||
* @return `d` in AVRational form
|
||||
* @see av_q2d()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational av_d2q(double d, int max) av_const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Find which of the two rationals is closer to another rational.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param q Rational to be compared against
|
||||
* @param q1,q2 Rationals to be tested
|
||||
* @return One of the following values:
|
||||
* - 1 if `q1` is nearer to `q` than `q2`
|
||||
* - -1 if `q2` is nearer to `q` than `q1`
|
||||
* - 0 if they have the same distance
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_nearer_q(AVRational q, AVRational q1, AVRational q2);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Find the value in a list of rationals nearest a given reference rational.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param q Reference rational
|
||||
* @param q_list Array of rationals terminated by `{0, 0}`
|
||||
* @return Index of the nearest value found in the array
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_find_nearest_q_idx(AVRational q, const AVRational* q_list);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Convert an AVRational to a IEEE 32-bit `float` expressed in fixed-point
|
||||
* format.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param q Rational to be converted
|
||||
* @return Equivalent floating-point value, expressed as an unsigned 32-bit
|
||||
* integer.
|
||||
* @note The returned value is platform-indepedant.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t av_q2intfloat(AVRational q);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* RC4 encryption/decryption/pseudo-random number generator
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_RC4_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_RC4_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_rc4 RC4
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu_crypto
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct AVRC4 {
|
||||
uint8_t state[256];
|
||||
int x, y;
|
||||
} AVRC4;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate an AVRC4 context.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRC4 *av_rc4_alloc(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Initializes an AVRC4 context.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param key_bits must be a multiple of 8
|
||||
* @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption, currently has no effect
|
||||
* @return zero on success, negative value otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_rc4_init(struct AVRC4 *d, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits, int decrypt);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Encrypts / decrypts using the RC4 algorithm.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param count number of bytes
|
||||
* @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
|
||||
* @param src source array, can be equal to dst, may be NULL
|
||||
* @param iv not (yet) used for RC4, should be NULL
|
||||
* @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption, not (yet) used
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_rc4_crypt(struct AVRC4 *d, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_RC4_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_REPLAYGAIN_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_REPLAYGAIN_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* ReplayGain information (see
|
||||
* http://wiki.hydrogenaudio.org/index.php?title=ReplayGain_1.0_specification).
|
||||
* The size of this struct is a part of the public ABI.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVReplayGain {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Track replay gain in microbels (divide by 100000 to get the value in dB).
|
||||
* Should be set to INT32_MIN when unknown.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int32_t track_gain;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Peak track amplitude, with 100000 representing full scale (but values
|
||||
* may overflow). 0 when unknown.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t track_peak;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Same as track_gain, but for the whole album.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int32_t album_gain;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Same as track_peak, but for the whole album,
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t album_peak;
|
||||
} AVReplayGain;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_REPLAYGAIN_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2007 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2013 James Almer <jamrial@gmail.com>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu_ripemd
|
||||
* Public header for RIPEMD hash function implementation.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_RIPEMD_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_RIPEMD_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "attributes.h"
|
||||
#include "version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_ripemd RIPEMD
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu_hash
|
||||
* RIPEMD hash function implementation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
extern const int av_ripemd_size;
|
||||
|
||||
struct AVRIPEMD;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate an AVRIPEMD context.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct AVRIPEMD *av_ripemd_alloc(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize RIPEMD hashing.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param context pointer to the function context (of size av_ripemd_size)
|
||||
* @param bits number of bits in digest (128, 160, 256 or 320 bits)
|
||||
* @return zero if initialization succeeded, -1 otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_ripemd_init(struct AVRIPEMD* context, int bits);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Update hash value.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param context hash function context
|
||||
* @param data input data to update hash with
|
||||
* @param len input data length
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_ripemd_update(struct AVRIPEMD* context, const uint8_t* data, unsigned int len);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Finish hashing and output digest value.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param context hash function context
|
||||
* @param digest buffer where output digest value is stored
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_ripemd_final(struct AVRIPEMD* context, uint8_t *digest);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_RIPEMD_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,272 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "avutil.h"
|
||||
#include "attributes.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup lavu_audio
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_sampfmts Audio sample formats
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Audio sample format enumeration and related convenience functions.
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Audio sample formats
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - The data described by the sample format is always in native-endian order.
|
||||
* Sample values can be expressed by native C types, hence the lack of a signed
|
||||
* 24-bit sample format even though it is a common raw audio data format.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - The floating-point formats are based on full volume being in the range
|
||||
* [-1.0, 1.0]. Any values outside this range are beyond full volume level.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - The data layout as used in av_samples_fill_arrays() and elsewhere in FFmpeg
|
||||
* (such as AVFrame in libavcodec) is as follows:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @par
|
||||
* For planar sample formats, each audio channel is in a separate data plane,
|
||||
* and linesize is the buffer size, in bytes, for a single plane. All data
|
||||
* planes must be the same size. For packed sample formats, only the first data
|
||||
* plane is used, and samples for each channel are interleaved. In this case,
|
||||
* linesize is the buffer size, in bytes, for the 1 plane.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVSampleFormat {
|
||||
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE = -1,
|
||||
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_U8, ///< unsigned 8 bits
|
||||
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16, ///< signed 16 bits
|
||||
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32, ///< signed 32 bits
|
||||
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLT, ///< float
|
||||
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_DBL, ///< double
|
||||
|
||||
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_U8P, ///< unsigned 8 bits, planar
|
||||
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16P, ///< signed 16 bits, planar
|
||||
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32P, ///< signed 32 bits, planar
|
||||
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLTP, ///< float, planar
|
||||
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_DBLP, ///< double, planar
|
||||
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S64, ///< signed 64 bits
|
||||
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S64P, ///< signed 64 bits, planar
|
||||
|
||||
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NB ///< Number of sample formats. DO NOT USE if linking dynamically
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the name of sample_fmt, or NULL if sample_fmt is not
|
||||
* recognized.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *av_get_sample_fmt_name(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return a sample format corresponding to name, or AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE
|
||||
* on error.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVSampleFormat av_get_sample_fmt(const char *name);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the planar<->packed alternative form of the given sample format, or
|
||||
* AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error. If the passed sample_fmt is already in the
|
||||
* requested planar/packed format, the format returned is the same as the
|
||||
* input.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVSampleFormat av_get_alt_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int planar);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the packed alternative form of the given sample format.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If the passed sample_fmt is already in packed format, the format returned is
|
||||
* the same as the input.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return the packed alternative form of the given sample format or
|
||||
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVSampleFormat av_get_packed_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the planar alternative form of the given sample format.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If the passed sample_fmt is already in planar format, the format returned is
|
||||
* the same as the input.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return the planar alternative form of the given sample format or
|
||||
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVSampleFormat av_get_planar_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Generate a string corresponding to the sample format with
|
||||
* sample_fmt, or a header if sample_fmt is negative.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param buf the buffer where to write the string
|
||||
* @param buf_size the size of buf
|
||||
* @param sample_fmt the number of the sample format to print the
|
||||
* corresponding info string, or a negative value to print the
|
||||
* corresponding header.
|
||||
* @return the pointer to the filled buffer or NULL if sample_fmt is
|
||||
* unknown or in case of other errors
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char *av_get_sample_fmt_string(char *buf, int buf_size, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return number of bytes per sample.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param sample_fmt the sample format
|
||||
* @return number of bytes per sample or zero if unknown for the given
|
||||
* sample format
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_get_bytes_per_sample(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Check if the sample format is planar.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param sample_fmt the sample format to inspect
|
||||
* @return 1 if the sample format is planar, 0 if it is interleaved
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_sample_fmt_is_planar(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the required buffer size for the given audio parameters.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[out] linesize calculated linesize, may be NULL
|
||||
* @param nb_channels the number of channels
|
||||
* @param nb_samples the number of samples in a single channel
|
||||
* @param sample_fmt the sample format
|
||||
* @param align buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment)
|
||||
* @return required buffer size, or negative error code on failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_samples_get_buffer_size(int *linesize, int nb_channels, int nb_samples,
|
||||
enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_sampmanip Samples manipulation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Functions that manipulate audio samples
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Fill plane data pointers and linesize for samples with sample
|
||||
* format sample_fmt.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The audio_data array is filled with the pointers to the samples data planes:
|
||||
* for planar, set the start point of each channel's data within the buffer,
|
||||
* for packed, set the start point of the entire buffer only.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The value pointed to by linesize is set to the aligned size of each
|
||||
* channel's data buffer for planar layout, or to the aligned size of the
|
||||
* buffer for all channels for packed layout.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The buffer in buf must be big enough to contain all the samples
|
||||
* (use av_samples_get_buffer_size() to compute its minimum size),
|
||||
* otherwise the audio_data pointers will point to invalid data.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see enum AVSampleFormat
|
||||
* The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[out] audio_data array to be filled with the pointer for each channel
|
||||
* @param[out] linesize calculated linesize, may be NULL
|
||||
* @param buf the pointer to a buffer containing the samples
|
||||
* @param nb_channels the number of channels
|
||||
* @param nb_samples the number of samples in a single channel
|
||||
* @param sample_fmt the sample format
|
||||
* @param align buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment)
|
||||
* @return >=0 on success or a negative error code on failure
|
||||
* @todo return minimum size in bytes required for the buffer in case
|
||||
* of success at the next bump
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_samples_fill_arrays(uint8_t **audio_data, int *linesize,
|
||||
const uint8_t *buf,
|
||||
int nb_channels, int nb_samples,
|
||||
enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate a samples buffer for nb_samples samples, and fill data pointers and
|
||||
* linesize accordingly.
|
||||
* The allocated samples buffer can be freed by using av_freep(&audio_data[0])
|
||||
* Allocated data will be initialized to silence.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see enum AVSampleFormat
|
||||
* The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[out] audio_data array to be filled with the pointer for each channel
|
||||
* @param[out] linesize aligned size for audio buffer(s), may be NULL
|
||||
* @param nb_channels number of audio channels
|
||||
* @param nb_samples number of samples per channel
|
||||
* @param align buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment)
|
||||
* @return >=0 on success or a negative error code on failure
|
||||
* @todo return the size of the allocated buffer in case of success at the next bump
|
||||
* @see av_samples_fill_arrays()
|
||||
* @see av_samples_alloc_array_and_samples()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_samples_alloc(uint8_t **audio_data, int *linesize, int nb_channels,
|
||||
int nb_samples, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate a data pointers array, samples buffer for nb_samples
|
||||
* samples, and fill data pointers and linesize accordingly.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This is the same as av_samples_alloc(), but also allocates the data
|
||||
* pointers array.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see av_samples_alloc()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_samples_alloc_array_and_samples(uint8_t ***audio_data, int *linesize, int nb_channels,
|
||||
int nb_samples, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Copy samples from src to dst.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param dst destination array of pointers to data planes
|
||||
* @param src source array of pointers to data planes
|
||||
* @param dst_offset offset in samples at which the data will be written to dst
|
||||
* @param src_offset offset in samples at which the data will be read from src
|
||||
* @param nb_samples number of samples to be copied
|
||||
* @param nb_channels number of audio channels
|
||||
* @param sample_fmt audio sample format
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_samples_copy(uint8_t **dst, uint8_t * const *src, int dst_offset,
|
||||
int src_offset, int nb_samples, int nb_channels,
|
||||
enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Fill an audio buffer with silence.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param audio_data array of pointers to data planes
|
||||
* @param offset offset in samples at which to start filling
|
||||
* @param nb_samples number of samples to fill
|
||||
* @param nb_channels number of audio channels
|
||||
* @param sample_fmt audio sample format
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_samples_set_silence(uint8_t **audio_data, int offset, int nb_samples,
|
||||
int nb_channels, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2007 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu_sha
|
||||
* Public header for SHA-1 & SHA-256 hash function implementations.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_SHA_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_SHA_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "attributes.h"
|
||||
#include "version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_sha SHA
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu_hash
|
||||
* SHA-1 and SHA-256 (Secure Hash Algorithm) hash function implementations.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This module supports the following SHA hash functions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - SHA-1: 160 bits
|
||||
* - SHA-224: 224 bits, as a variant of SHA-2
|
||||
* - SHA-256: 256 bits, as a variant of SHA-2
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see For SHA-384, SHA-512, and variants thereof, see @ref lavu_sha512.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
extern const int av_sha_size;
|
||||
|
||||
struct AVSHA;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate an AVSHA context.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct AVSHA *av_sha_alloc(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize SHA-1 or SHA-2 hashing.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param context pointer to the function context (of size av_sha_size)
|
||||
* @param bits number of bits in digest (SHA-1 - 160 bits, SHA-2 224 or 256 bits)
|
||||
* @return zero if initialization succeeded, -1 otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_sha_init(struct AVSHA* context, int bits);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Update hash value.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ctx hash function context
|
||||
* @param data input data to update hash with
|
||||
* @param len input data length
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T
|
||||
void av_sha_update(struct AVSHA *ctx, const uint8_t *data, unsigned int len);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
void av_sha_update(struct AVSHA *ctx, const uint8_t *data, size_t len);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Finish hashing and output digest value.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param context hash function context
|
||||
* @param digest buffer where output digest value is stored
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_sha_final(struct AVSHA* context, uint8_t *digest);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_SHA_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2007 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2013 James Almer <jamrial@gmail.com>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu_sha512
|
||||
* Public header for SHA-512 implementation.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_SHA512_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_SHA512_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "attributes.h"
|
||||
#include "version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_sha512 SHA-512
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu_hash
|
||||
* SHA-512 (Secure Hash Algorithm) hash function implementations.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This module supports the following SHA-2 hash functions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - SHA-512/224: 224 bits
|
||||
* - SHA-512/256: 256 bits
|
||||
* - SHA-384: 384 bits
|
||||
* - SHA-512: 512 bits
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see For SHA-1, SHA-256, and variants thereof, see @ref lavu_sha.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
extern const int av_sha512_size;
|
||||
|
||||
struct AVSHA512;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate an AVSHA512 context.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct AVSHA512 *av_sha512_alloc(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize SHA-2 512 hashing.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param context pointer to the function context (of size av_sha512_size)
|
||||
* @param bits number of bits in digest (224, 256, 384 or 512 bits)
|
||||
* @return zero if initialization succeeded, -1 otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_sha512_init(struct AVSHA512* context, int bits);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Update hash value.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param context hash function context
|
||||
* @param data input data to update hash with
|
||||
* @param len input data length
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T
|
||||
void av_sha512_update(struct AVSHA512* context, const uint8_t* data, unsigned int len);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
void av_sha512_update(struct AVSHA512* context, const uint8_t* data, size_t len);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Finish hashing and output digest value.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param context hash function context
|
||||
* @param digest buffer where output digest value is stored
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_sha512_final(struct AVSHA512* context, uint8_t *digest);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_SHA512_H */
|
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More
Loading…
Reference in New Issue